Chevrolet 2012 Equinox Owner Manual

Chevrolet 2012 Equinox Owner Manual
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (1,1)
2012 Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Performance and
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Keys, Doors, and
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1
Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-34
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-21
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-29
Drive Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-35
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-41
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-63
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Rear Seat Infotainment . . . . . . . 7-34
Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (2,1)
2012 Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual M
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-3
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-12
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-15
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-14
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (3,1)
Introduction
The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and
EQUINOX are trademarks and/or
service marks of General Motors
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,
or licensors.
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 20845998 A First Printing
This manual describes features that
may or may not be on your specific
vehicle either because they are
options that you did not purchase or
due to changes subsequent to the
printing of this owner manual.
Please refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm each of
the features found on your vehicle.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Limited” for
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
appears in this manual.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
©
iii
Canadian Vehicle Owners
Propriétaires Canadiens
A French language copy of this
manual can be obtained from your
dealer or from:
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
suivante:
Helm, Incorporated
P.O. Box 07130
Detroit, MI 48207
1-800-551-4123
Numéro de poste 6438 de langue
française
www.helminc.com
2011 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
iv
Black plate (4,1)
Introduction
Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce them.
{ WARNING
These mean there is something
that could hurt you or other
people.
Notice: This means there is
something that could result in
property or vehicle damage. This
would not be covered by the
vehicle's warranty.
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.
M : This symbol is shown when
you need to see your owner manual
for additional instructions or
information.
* : This symbol is shown when
you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
information.
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result in
serious injury or death.
Warning or Caution indicates a
hazard that could result in injury or
death.
Symbols
A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (5,1)
Introduction
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to
the Index.
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
# : Air Conditioning
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
$ : Brake System Warning Light
" : Charging System
I : Cruise Control
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
O : Exterior Lamps
# : Fog Lamps
. : Fuel Gauge
+ : Fuses
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
j : LATCH System Child
Restraints
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
J : OnStar®
} : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
% : Steering Wheel Controls
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/Stabilitrak®
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
v
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
vi
Black plate (6,1)
Introduction
2 NOTES
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (1,1)
In Brief
In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Initial Drive Information
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Head Restraint
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Steering Wheel
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-15
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Vehicle Features
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . .
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . .
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . .
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
1-18
1-20
1-20
1-20
1-20
1-21
1-21
1-22
1-22
1-23
1-23
1-24
1-24
1-24
1-1
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control
System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-25
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-26
Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-26
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
1-2
Black plate (2,1)
In Brief
Instrument Panel
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (3,1)
In Brief
A. Air Vents on page 8‑5.
B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever.
See Turn and Lane-Change
Signals on page 6‑3.
G. Navigation Screen
(If Equipped).
P.
H. Safety Locks on page 2‑8.
Q. Ignition Positions on page 9‑21.
I.
R. Climate Control Systems on
page 8‑1 (If Equipped).
Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6‑1.
Fog Lamps on page 6‑4
(If Equipped).
Rear Window Wiper/Washer on
page 5‑5.
E. Power Door Locks on page 2‑7.
F.
Instrument Panel Storage on
page 4‑1 (If Equipped).
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Display (If Equipped). See
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System on page 9‑41.
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
Indicator (If Equipped). See
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
on page 9‑48.
Infotainment on page 7‑1.
Navigation System
(If Equipped). See Navigation
System Manual.
J.
C. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑9.
D. Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5‑3.
1-3
Hood Release. See Hood on
page 10‑5.
K. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out
of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on page 5‑15.
L.
Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5‑2.
Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8‑3
(If Equipped).
S. Shift Lever. See Shifting Into
Park on page 9‑26.
T.
Fuel Economy Mode on
page 9‑32 (If Equipped).
Cruise Control on page 9‑38
Cruise Control .
U. StabiliTrak® System on
page 9‑37.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System on page 9‑41
(If Equipped).
V.
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
on page 9‑48 (If Equipped).
M. Instrument Panel Illumination
Control on page 6‑4.
N. Steering Wheel Adjustment on
page 5‑2.
O. Horn on
page
5‑3.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Power Outlets on page 5‑7.
W. CD Player on page 7‑24.
X. Driver Information Center
Buttons (If Equipped). See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
on page 5‑24.
Y.
Hazard Warning Flashers on
page 6‑3.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
1-4
Black plate (4,1)
In Brief
Initial Drive
Information
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized.
V : For vehicles with the power
liftgate, press and hold until the
liftgate begins to move to open the
liftgate.
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.
For vehicles without the power
liftgate, first press K, then press
and hold V to unlock the liftgate.
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter will work up to
60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle.
Press this button to extend the key.
The key can be used for the ignition
and all locks.
K : Press to unlock the driver door
or all doors.
Q:
Press to lock all doors.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
7 : Press and release to locate the
vehicle. Press and hold for at least
two seconds to sound the panic
alarm. Press 7 again to cancel the
panic alarm.
See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2‑3.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (5,1)
In Brief
1-5
Remote Vehicle Start
Canceling a Remote Start
Door Locks
With this feature the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
Starting the Vehicle
.
Press / until the parking lamps
turn off.
To lock or unlock the vehicle from
the outside, press Q or K on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter.
.
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.
Insert the key and turn it to ON/
RUN and then back to
LOCK/OFF.
1. Press and release Q on the
Remote Keyless Entry
transmitter.
2. Press and hold / for about
two seconds. The turn signal
lamps will briefly flash to confirm
the vehicle has been started.
The parking lamps will turn on
and remain on as long as the
engine is running. The vehicle's
doors will be locked.
See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2‑5.
3. The key must be inserted and
turned to ON/RUN before
driving.
Base Radio Shown, Uplevel
Similar
There is a power door lock switch
on the instrument panel.
The engine will shut off after
10 minutes unless a time extension
is done or the key is inserted and
turned to ON/RUN.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
1-6
Black plate (6,1)
In Brief
Liftgate
Manual Liftgate Operation
Unlock the vehicle before opening
the liftgate.
Press the touchpad located in the
handle of the liftgate, above the
license plate, and lift up to open.
Do not press the touchpad while
closing the liftgate. This will cause
the liftgate to be unlatched.
There are power door lock switches
on the front door panels.
Q:
K:
Press to lock the doors.
Press to unlock the doors.
Base Radio Shown, Uplevel
Similar
{ : Press for Safety Locks. See
Safety Locks on page 2‑8.
See Door Locks on page 2‑7.
To manually unlock a door from
inside the vehicle, pull once on the
door handle to unlock it, and a
second time to open it.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (7,1)
In Brief
Power Liftgate Operation
Notice: If you open the liftgate
without checking for overhead
obstructions such as a garage
door, you could damage the
liftgate or the liftgate glass.
Always check to make sure the
area above and behind the liftgate
is clear before opening it.
1-7
Windows
Choose the power liftgate mode by
turning the dial on the switch to
either the 3/4 or MAX position.
Press the button to open or close
the liftgate.
On vehicles with a power liftgate,
the switch is on the overhead
console. The vehicle must be in
P (Park) to use the power feature.
The taillamps flash when the power
liftgate moves.
See Liftgate (Manual) on page 2‑9
or Liftgate (Power) on page 2‑10.
Press the front of the switch to lower
the window. Pull the switch up to
raise it.
Pushing or pulling the switch part of
the way will open or close the
window as long as the switch is
operated.
See Power Windows on page 2‑19.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
1-8
Black plate (8,1)
In Brief
Seat Adjustment
.
Four‐Way Power Driver Seat
Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the control (B) up
or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3‑4 for more information.
Eight‐Way Power Driver Seat
.
Raise or lower the front or rear
part of the seat cushion by
moving the front or rear of the
control up or down.
.
Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the entire control up
or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3‑4 for more information.
A. Seat Position Handle
B. Height Adjustment Control
To adjust the seat:
.
Move the seat forward or
rearward using the handle under
the front of the seat cushion (A).
See Seat Adjustment on
page 3‑3.
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
.
Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (9,1)
In Brief
Lumbar Adjustment
Reclining Seatbacks
Manual Reclining Seatbacks
1-9
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
Eight-Way Power Seat Shown,
Four-Way Similar
A. Lumbar Switch
To recline a manual seatback:
If available, press and hold the front
or rear of the switch (A) to increase
or decrease lumbar support.
Release the switch when the
seatback reaches the desired level
of lumbar support.
1. Lift the lever.
See Lumbar Adjustment on
page 3‑5 for more information.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
1-10
Black plate (10,1)
In Brief
Power Reclining Seatbacks
Memory Features
turned off. These automatically
stored positions are referred to as
RKE Memory positions.
Storing Button Memory Positions
To save positions into Button
Memory:
1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback
recliner, and both outside mirrors
to the desired driving positions.
2. Press and hold MEM (Memory)
and “1” at the same time until a
beep sounds.
To adjust a power seatback,
if available:
.
Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
.
Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
See Reclining Seatbacks on
page 3‑5.
On vehicles with the memory
feature, the “1” and “2” buttons on
the outboard side of the driver seat
are used to manually save and
recall the driver seat and outside
mirror positions. These manually
stored positions are referred to as
Button Memory positions.
The vehicle will also automatically
save driver seat and outside mirror
positions to the current driver
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter when the ignition is
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a
second driver using “2.”
To recall the manually saved Button
Memory positions, press and hold
“1” or “2.” The driver seat and
outside mirrors move to the
positions stored to those buttons
when pressed. Releasing “1” or “2”
before the stored positions are
reached stops the recall.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (11,1)
In Brief
To automatically recall RKE Memory
positions, unlock the driver door
with the RKE transmitter and open
the driver door. If the driver door is
already open, pressing the RKE
transmitter K button will also
activate the RKE Memory recall.
The driver seat and outside mirrors
will move to the previously saved
RKE Memory positions.
Heated Seats
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper
position.
Easy Exit Driver Seat
To activate, turn the ignition off and
open the driver door. If the driver
door is already open, turning the
ignition off will activate the easy exit
driver seat.
This feature can be turned on or off
using the vehicle personalization
menu. See “Easy Exit Driver Seat”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑34 for more information.
Head Restraint
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
See Memory Seats on page 3‑7 for
more information.
This feature moves the seat
rearward allowing the driver more
room to exit the vehicle.
1-11
Uplevel Climate Control System
Shown, Base Similar
If available, the buttons are near the
climate controls. To operate, the
ignition must be in ON/RUN.
Press z or J to heat the driver or
passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
Indicator lights on the button show
the temperature setting.
See Heated Front Seats on
page 3‑9.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
For more information see Head
Restraints on page 3‑2 and Seat
Adjustment on page 3‑3.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
1-12
Black plate (12,1)
In Brief
Safety Belts
Passenger Sensing
System
United States
Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
safety belts properly:
.
Safety Belts on page 3‑12.
.
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly on page 3‑13.
.
Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑15.
.
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑43.
Canada
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
The passenger sensing system will
turn off the right front passenger
frontal airbag under certain
conditions. The driver airbag,
seat‐mounted side impact airbags,
and roof‐rail airbags are not affected
by the passenger sensing system.
The passenger airbag status
indicator will be visible on the
overhead console when the vehicle
is started. See Passenger Sensing
System on page 3‑28 for more
information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (13,1)
In Brief
Mirror Adjustment
Interior
Exterior
Manual inside rearview mirrors can
be adjusted by holding in the center
to move the mirror for a clearer view
of behind the vehicle. Adjust the
mirror to avoid glare from the
headlamps behind you. Push the
tab forward for daytime use and pull
it for nighttime use.
1-13
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
See Manual Rearview Mirror on
page 2‑17.
To adjust the mirrors:
1. Move the selector switch to
L (left) or R (right) to choose the
driver or passenger mirror.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move each mirror in the
desired direction.
Vehicles with an automatic dimming
inside rearview mirror can
automatically reduce the glare from
the headlamps of the vehicle behind
you. The dimming feature comes on
and the indicator light comes on
each time the vehicle is started.
See Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror on page 2‑18.
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever (A) down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever (A) up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
3. Return the selector switch to the
middle position.
See Power Mirrors on page 2‑15.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
1-14
Black plate (14,1)
In Brief
Interior Lighting
+:
Reading Lamps
The dome lamps can also be turned
on and off by pressing the buttons
next to the lamps.
These lamps are located on the
overhead console. These lamps
come on automatically when any
door is opened.
For manual operation, press the
button next to each lamp to turn it
on or off.
Turns the dome lamps on.
For more information on interior
lighting, See Instrument Panel
Illumination Control on page 6‑4.
Exterior Lighting
; : Turns on the parking lamps,
together with the sidemarker lamps,
taillamps, license plate lamps, and
instrument panel lights.
5 : Turns on the headlamps,
together with the parking lamps,
sidemarker lamps, taillamps, license
plate lamps, and instrument panel
lights.
For more information, see:
Center Dome Lamps
.
There are front and rear dome
lamps.
Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6‑1.
.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
on page 6‑2.
.
Fog Lamps on page 6‑4.
The dome lamp controls are located
in the overhead console. To change
the settings, press the following:
*:
The exterior lamp control is located
on the turn signal/lane change lever.
1:
O : Turn to operate the exterior
lamps.
Turns the lamp off, even when
a door is open.
The lamps come on
automatically when a door is
opened.
O:
Turns the exterior lamps off.
AUTO: Turns the exterior lamps on
and off automatically depending on
the exterior light.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (15,1)
In Brief
Windshield Wiper/Washer
1-15
Rear Window Wiper/Washer
The rear wiper controls are on the
end of the windshield wiper lever.
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
The windshield wiper/washer lever
is located on the right side of the
steering column. With the ignition in
ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/
START, move the windshield wiper
lever to select the wiper speed.
8 : For a single wipe, briefly move
the wiper lever down. For several
wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
n L FRONT (Windshield
Washer): Pull the windshield wiper
lever toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
ON: Press the upper portion of the
button for continuous rear window
wipes.
OFF: The rear wiper turns off when
the button is returned to the middle
position.
HI: Use for fast wipes.
LO: Use for slow wipes.
INT: (Intermittent Wipes): Move
the lever up to INT for intermittent
wipes, then turn the 3 INT band
up for more frequent wipes or down
for less frequent wipes.
INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes):
Press the lower portion of the button
to set a delay between wipes.
m = REAR : Push the windshield
wiper lever forward to spray washer
fluid on the rear window.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5‑3 and Rear Window Wiper/
Washer on page 5‑5.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
1-16
Black plate (16,1)
In Brief
Climate Controls
The vehicle's heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation can be controlled
with these systems.
Climate Control System
E. Front Defrost
A. Fan Control
F.
B. Air Delivery Mode Controls
G. Recirculation
C. Temperature Control
H. Air Conditioning
Rear Window Defogger
D. Outside Air
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (17,1)
In Brief
Parking Brake
Automatic Climate Control System
A. Fan Control
B. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
H. Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats
C. Air Delivery Mode Controls
I.
Rear Window Defogger
D. Front Defrost
J.
Air Conditioning
E. Recirculation
See Climate Control Systems on
page 8‑1 (If Equipped) or Automatic
Climate Control System on page 8‑3
(If Equipped).
F.
Temperature Control
G. Power
1-17
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
To set the parking brake, hold the
regular brake pedal down, then
push the parking brake pedal down.
If the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light will come on.
See Brake System Warning Light on
page 5‑17.
To release the parking brake, hold
the regular brake pedal down, then
push down momentarily on the
parking brake pedal until you feel
the pedal release. Slowly pull your
foot up off the park brake pedal.
See Parking Brake on page 9‑34.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
1-18
Black plate (18,1)
In Brief
Transmission
Fuel Economy Mode
Vehicle Features
Electronic Range Select
(ERS) Mode
Vehicles with a 2.4L engine have a
Fuel Economy Mode. When
engaged, fuel economy mode can
improve the vehicle's fuel economy.
Radio(s)
VOL/ O : Press to turn the system
ERS or manual mode allows for the
selection of the range of gear
positions. Use this mode when
driving down hill or towing a trailer
to limit the top gear and vehicle
speed.
on and off. Turn to increase or
decrease the volume.
RADIO/BAND or SOURCE: Press
to choose between FM, AM, XM™,
if equipped, CD, or AUX.
To use this feature:
MENU/SEL: Turn to select radio
stations.
1. Move the shift lever to
M (Manual Mode).
Press to show available information
about the current station or track.
2. Press the plus/minus button on
the shift lever, to increase or
decrease the gear range
available.
See Manual Mode on page 9‑31 for
more information.
D : Press to go to the main menu.
g SEEK: Press to seek the
Press the “eco” (economy) button by
the shift lever to turn this feature on
or off. The “eco” light in the
instrument cluster will come on
when engaged, and a Driver
Information Center (DIC) message
“ECO MODE ON” displays. See
Fuel Economy Mode on page 9‑32.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
previous station or track.
l SEEK:
Press to seek the next
station or track.
Buttons 1 ‐ 6: Press to save and
select favorite stations
For more information about these
and other radio features, see
Operation on page 7‑10.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (19,1)
In Brief
1-19
For more information about the Rear
Seat Audio (RSA) System, see Rear
Seat Audio (RSA) System on
page 7‑34.
Turning the Digital Clock On or Off
Setting the 12/24 Hour Format
1. Press the CONFIG button.
1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Time and Date Settings.
2. Select Time and Date Settings.
Storing a Favorite Station
3. Select Clock Displayed.
3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.
Stations from all bands can be
stored in the favorite lists in any
order. Up to six stations can be
stored in each favorite page and the
number of available favorite pages
can be set.
4. Press the MENU/SEL button to
turn the clock on or off.
4. Press the MENU/SEL button to
select the 12 hour or 24 hour
display format.
To store the station to a position in
the list, press the corresponding
numeric button 1-6 until the station
can be heard again.
For more information, see “Storing
and Retrieving Favorites” in AM-FM
Radio (Radio with CD) on page 7‑14
or AM-FM Radio (Radio withCD and
Touchscreen) on page 7‑16.
Setting the Clock
The vehicle has a digital and an
analog clock.
For detailed instructions on setting
either clock, see Clock on page 5‑6.
Setting the Time and Date
1. Press the CONFIG button.
Setting the Month & Day Format
2. Select Time and Date Settings.
1. Press the CONFIG button.
3. Select Set Time or Set Date.
2. Select Time and Date Settings.
4. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
adjust the highlighted value.
3. Highlight Month & Day Format.
5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
select the next value.
6. To save the time or date and
return to the Time and Date
Settings menu, press the E
BACK button at any time or
press the MENU/SEL knob after
adjusting the minutes or year.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
select MM/DD (month/day) or
DD/MM (day/month).
Setting the Auto Time Adjust
1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Time and Date Settings.
3. Highlight Auto Time Adjust.
4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
turn Auto Time Adjust on or off.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
1-20
Black plate (20,1)
In Brief
Satellite Radio
Portable Audio Devices
Vehicles with an XM™ satellite radio
tuner and a valid XM satellite radio
subscription can receive XM
programming.
Some vehicles have a 3.5 mm
(1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB
port located in the center console.
External devices such as iPods®,
laptop computers, MP3 players, CD
changers, and USB storage devices
may be connected, depending on
the audio system.
XM Satellite Radio Service
XM is a satellite radio service based
in the 48 contiguous United States
and 10 Canadian provinces. XM
satellite radio has a wide variety of
programming and commercial-free
music, coast to coast, and in
digital-quality sound. A fee is
required to receive the XM service.
For more information refer to:
.
www.xmradio.com or call
1-800-929-2100 (U.S.).
.
www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
For more information, see Satellite
Radio on page 7‑19.
See Bluetooth (Overview) on
page 7‑36 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls) on
page 7‑38 or Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition) on page 7‑42.
Steering Wheel Controls
For more information, see Auxiliary
Devices on page 7‑28.
Bluetooth®
The Bluetooth system allows users
with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
to make and receive hands-free
calls using the vehicle audio system
and controls.
The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired with the in-vehicle
Bluetooth system before it can be
used in the vehicle. Not all phones
will support all functions.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Some audio steering wheel controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
b / g : Press to interact with the
available Bluetooth or OnStar
systems.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (21,1)
In Brief
$/c:
Press to silence the
vehicle speakers only. Press again
to turn the sound on. For vehicles
with OnStar or Bluetooth systems,
press to reject an incoming call,
or end a current call.
Cruise Control
Navigation System
If the vehicle has a navigation
system, there is a separate
navigation system manual that
includes information on the radio,
audio players, and navigation
system.
Toggle up or down to select the next
or previous favorite radio station,
CD, or MP3 track.
For more information, see Steering
Wheel Controls on page 5‑2.
SET/− : Move the thumbwheel
down toward SET/- to set a speed
and activate cruise control, or to
make the vehicle decelerate.
See Cruise Control on page 9‑38.
_ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio
source.
+ x −: Press + to increase the
volume; press − to decrease the
volume.
1-21
ON/OFF5 CRUISE : Press to turn
the cruise control system on and off.
* CANCEL :
Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
RES/+: Move the thumbwheel up to
make the vehicle resume to a
previously set speed or to
accelerate.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
The navigation system provides
detailed maps of most major
freeways and roads. After a
destination has been set, the
system provides turn-by-turn
instructions for reaching the
destination. In addition, the system
can help locate a variety of points of
interest (POIs), such as banks,
airports, restaurants, and more.
See the navigation system manual
for more information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
1-22
Black plate (22,1)
In Brief
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
MENU: Press this button to get to
the Trip/Fuel Menu and the Vehicle
Information Menu.
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
The DIC display is located in the
center of the instrument panel
cluster. It shows the status of many
vehicle systems.
Q or R : Use these buttons to
scroll through the items in each
menu. A small marker will move
along the page as you scroll through
the items. This shows where each
page is in the menu.
For vehicles with FCA, this system
is intended to help avoid or reduce
the harm caused by front-end
crashes. FCA provides a flashing
visual alert and beeps when
approaching a vehicle directly
ahead too quickly. FCA also
provides a visual alert if following
another vehicle much too closely.
The forward-looking FCA camera
sensor is on the windshield ahead
of the rearview mirror. FCA detects
vehicles within a distance of
approximately 60 m (197 ft) and
operates at speeds above 40 km/h
(25 mph).
SET/CLR: Use this button to set or
clear the menu item when it is
displayed.
For more information, see Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑24.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System on page 9‑41 for more
information.
The DIC buttons are located below
the climate control system.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (23,1)
In Brief
1-23
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
For vehicles with LDW, it is intended
to help avoid unintentional lane
departures. It may provide a
warning if the vehicle is crossing a
lane without using a turn signal.
LDW uses a camera sensor to
detect the lane markings. It only
operates at speeds of 56 km
(35 mph) or greater.
If available, the rear vision camera
displays a view of the area behind
the vehicle when the vehicle is
shifted into R (Reverse). The
display will appear on the radio
screen.
The LDW indicator, @, appears
green if a lane marking is detected.
It changes to amber, flashes, and
sounds three chimes if the vehicle
crosses a detected lane marking
without using the turn signal.
To clean the camera lens, located
above the license plate, rinse it with
water and wipe it with a soft cloth.
To turn LDW on and off, press the
LANE DEPART button, located on
the steering wheel.
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
on page 9‑48 for more information.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on
page 9‑45.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
1-24
Black plate (24,1)
In Brief
Ultrasonic Parking Assist
If available, Ultrasonic Rear Parking
Assist (URPA) system uses sensors
on the rear bumper to assist with
parking and avoiding objects while
in R (Reverse). It operates at
speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph).
URPA uses audible beeps to
provide distance and system
information.
Keep the sensors on the vehicle's
rear bumper clean to ensure proper
operation.
See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on
page 9‑43 for more information.
Roof Rack System
The roof rack cross rails can be
locked in four positions along the
roof rack side rails. Lift the lever to
release and move the cross rail.
Push the lever down to completely
engage into the side rail holes. Slide
the cross rails back and forth until
the lock pins engage in the holes
and a click is heard.
When the roof rack is not in use,
lock one cross rail at the furthest
forward position and lock the other
cross rail at the furthest rearward
position to reduce wind noise. See
Roof Rack System on page 4‑2.
Performance and
Maintenance
Power Outlets
The traction control system limits
wheel spin. The system is on when
the vehicle is started.
The accessory power outlets can be
used to connect electrical
equipment, such as a cell phone or
MP3 player.
There are four accessory power
outlets in the following locations:
below the CD slot, inside the center
console storage, on the rear of the
center console storage, and in the
rear cargo compartment.
To use the outlets, remove the cover
and close when not in use.
See Power Outlets on page 5‑7.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Traction Control
System (TCS)
.
To turn off traction control, press
and release g located on the
console. i illuminates and the
appropriate DIC message
displays. See Vehicle Messages
on page 5‑27.
.
Press and release g again to
turn traction control back on.
For more information, see Traction
Control System (TCS) on
page 9‑35.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (25,1)
In Brief
StabiliTrak® System
Tire Pressure Monitor
The StabiliTrak system assists with
directional control of the vehicle in
difficult driving conditions. The
system is on when the vehicle is
started.
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
.
.
To turn off both Traction Control
and StabiliTrak, press and hold
g until g and i illuminate and
the appropriate DIC message
displays. See Vehicle Messages
on page 5‑27.
Press g again to turn on both
systems.
For more information, see
StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑37.
The TPMS warning light alerts you
to a significant loss in pressure of
one of the vehicle's tires. If the
warning light comes on, stop as
soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑16. The warning
light will remain on until the tire
pressure is corrected.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
1-25
During cooler conditions, the low tire
pressure warning light may appear
when the vehicle is first started and
then turn off. This may be an early
indicator that the tire pressures are
getting low and the tires need to be
inflated to the proper pressure.
The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. It is the
driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
on page 10‑51.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
1-26
Black plate (26,1)
In Brief
Engine Oil Life System
The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message when it is time
to change the engine oil and filter.
The oil life system should be reset
to 100% only following an oil
change.
Resetting the Oil Life System
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN,
with the engine off.
2. Press the DIC MENU button to
display the Vehicle
Information menu.
3. Press either the up or down
arrows to view REMAINING
OIL LIFE.
4. Press the SET/CLR button until
100% is displayed.
5. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF.
Or:
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
the engine off.
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.
.
Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10‑12.
Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
.
Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol)
Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
.
When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
.
Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
2. Fully press and release the
accelerator pedal three times
within five seconds.
Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge
and a yellow fuel cap can use either
unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel
containing up to 85% ethanol (E85).
See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on
page 9‑53. For all other vehicles,
use only the unleaded gasoline
described under Recommended
Fuel on page 9‑51.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (27,1)
In Brief
.
Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.
.
Combine several trips into a
single trip.
.
Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
.
Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users: 1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
As the owner of a new Chevrolet,
you are automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance program.
1-27
Roadside Assistance and OnStar
OnStar®
If you have an active OnStar
subscription, press the Q button
and the current GPS location will be
sent to an OnStar advisor who will
assess your problem, contact
Roadside Assistance, and relay
your exact location to get the help
you need.
If equipped, this vehicle has a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live Advisor
for Emergency, Security, Navigation,
Connection, and Diagnostic
Services. See OnStar Overview on
page 14‑1 for more information.
Online Owner Center
The Online Owner Center is a
complimentary service that includes
online service reminders, vehicle
maintenance tips, online owner
manual, special privileges,
and more.
Sign up today at:
www.chevyownercenter.com
(U.S.) or www.gm.ca (Canada).
See Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13‑6 for more information.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
1-28
Black plate (28,1)
In Brief
2 NOTES
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (1,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keys, Doors, and
Windows
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . .
Park Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keys and Locks
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . .
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-2
2-3
2-3
2-5
2-7
2-7
2-8
Doors
Liftgate (Manual) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Liftgate (Power) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Interior Mirrors
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-17
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti-theft Alarm System . . . . . .
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . .
2-15
2-15
2-16
2-16
2-17
2-13
2-13
2-14
2-14
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2-1
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
2-2
Black plate (2,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keys and Locks
Keys
{ WARNING
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the ignition key is dangerous for
many reasons. Children or others
could be badly injured or even
killed. They could operate the
power windows or other controls
or even make the vehicle move.
The windows will function with the
keys in the ignition and children
could be seriously injured or killed
if caught in the path of a closing
window. Do not leave the keys in
a vehicle with children.
The key that is part of the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can
be used for the ignition and all
locks.
Press the button on the RKE
transmitter to extend the key. Press
the button and the key blade to
retract the key.
See your dealer if a new key is
needed.
Notice: If the keys get locked in
the vehicle, it may have to be
damaged to get them out. Always
carry a spare key.
If locked out of the vehicle, see
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13‑6.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (3,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
With an active OnStar subscription,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview on page 14‑1.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
.
Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.
.
If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑17 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
If there is a decrease in the RKE
operating range:
There are other conditions which
can affect the performance of the
transmitter. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑3.
.
Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
.
Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter will work up to 60 m
(195 ft) away from the vehicle.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2-3
RKE Without Remote Start Shown
The following may be available:
Q (Lock):
Press to lock all doors.
The turn signal indicators may flash
and/or the horn may sound to
indicate locking. See “Remote
Lock Feedback” under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑34. If a
passenger door is open when Q is
pressed, all doors lock. If the driver
door is open when Q is pressed, all
doors lock except the driver door.
These settings can be modified.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
2-4
Black plate (4,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
See “Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑34.
Pressing Q may also arm the
theft-deterrent system. See
Anti-theft Alarm System on
page 2‑13.
K (Unlock):
Press to unlock the
driver door or all doors. See
“Remote Door Unlock” under
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑34. The turn signal
indicators flash to indicate unlocking
has occurred. For more information
see “Remote Unlock Light
Feedback” under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑34.
Pressing K may also disarm the
theft-deterrent system. See
Anti-theft Alarm System on
page 2‑13.
V (Remote Liftgate Release):
First press K, then press and hold
V to unlock the liftgate. For
vehicles with the power liftgate,
press and hold V until the liftgate
begins to move to open the liftgate.
7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic
Alarm): Press and release one
time to locate the vehicle. The
exterior lamps flash and the horn
chirps. Press and hold 7 for at least
two seconds to sound the panic
alarm. The horn sounds and the
turn signals flash until 7 is pressed
again or the key is placed in the
ignition and turned to ON/RUN.
/ (Remote Vehicle Start):
For
vehicles with this feature, first press
Q then press and hold / to start
the engine from outside the vehicle
using the RKE transmitter. See
Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑5
for additional information.
The buttons on the keys are
disabled when there is a key in the
ignition.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to this vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
When the replacement transmitter is
programmed to this vehicle, all
remaining transmitters must also be
reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen
transmitters will no longer work
once the new transmitter is
programmed.
Battery Replacement
Replace the battery if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC. See
“Replace Battery in Remote Key”
under Key and Lock Messages on
page 5‑30.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (5,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
The battery is not rechargeable. To
replace the battery:
1. Push the button on the
transmitter to extend the key.
2. Remove the battery cover by
prying with a finger.
3. Remove the battery by pushing
on the battery and sliding it
toward the key blade.
4. Insert the new battery, positive
side facing up. Push the battery
down until it is held in place.
Replace with a CR2032 or
equivalent battery.
5. Snap the battery cover back on
to the transmitter.
Remote Vehicle Start
The vehicle may have this feature
that allows you to start the engine
from outside the vehicle.
/ (Remote Vehicle Start):
This
button will be on the RKE
transmitter if the vehicle has remote
start.
Vehicles with an automatic climate
control system will default to a
heating or cooling mode depending
on the outside temperature during a
remote start. Once the key is turned
to ON/RUN, the system will turn on
at the setting the vehicle was last
set to. If the vehicle has heated
seats, they may come on during a
remote start. See Heated Front
Seats on page 3‑9 for more
information.
Laws in some local communities
may restrict the use of remote
starters. For example, some laws
require a person using remote start
to have the vehicle in view. Check
local regulations for any
requirements.
There are other conditions which
can affect the performance of the
transmitter. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑3 for
additional information.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2-5
Starting the Engine Using Remote
Start
To start the engine using the remote
start feature:
1. Press and release
RKE transmitter.
Q on the
2. Press and hold / for about
two seconds. The turn signal
lamps will briefly flash to confirm
the vehicle has been started.
The parking lamps will turn on
and remain on as long as the
engine is running. The vehicle's
doors will be locked.
3. The key must be inserted and
turned to ON/RUN before
driving.
The engine will shut off after
10 minutes unless a time
extension is done or the key is
inserted and turned to ON/RUN.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
2-6
Black plate (6,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Extending Engine Run Time
For a 10-minute extension, repeat
Steps 1 and 2 while the engine is
still running. The remote start can
be extended once.
When the remote start is extended,
the second 10 minutes will start
immediately.
For example, if the engine has been
running for 5 minutes, and
10 minutes are added, the engine
will run for a total of 15 minutes.
A maximum of two remote starts or
remote start attempts are allowed
between ignition cycles.
The vehicle's ignition switch must
be turned to ON/RUN and then back
to LOCK/OFF using the key, before
the remote start procedure can be
used again.
Shutting the Engine Off After a
Remote Start
.
There is an emission control
system malfunction.
To shut off the engine:
.
The engine coolant temperature
is too high.
.
The oil pressure is low.
Two remote vehicle starts have
already been used.
The vehicle is not in P (Park).
.
Press / until the parking lamps
turn off.
.
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.
.
Insert the key and turn it to ON/
RUN and then back to
LOCK/OFF.
.
Conditions in Which Remote Start
Will Not Work
The remote vehicle start feature will
not operate if:
.
The key is in the ignition.
.
The hood or doors are not
closed.
.
The hazard warning flashers
are on.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Remote Start Ready
If the vehicle does not have the
remote vehicle start feature, it may
have the remote start ready feature.
This feature allows your dealer to
add the manufacturer's remote
vehicle start feature. See your
dealer to add the manufacturer's
remote vehicle start feature to the
vehicle.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (7,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Door Locks
{ WARNING
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
.
.
Passengers, especially
children, can easily open the
doors and fall out of a moving
vehicle. The chance of being
thrown out of the vehicle in a
crash is increased if the
doors are not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
safety belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child can
be overcome by extreme heat
and can suffer permanent
injuries or even death from
heat stroke. Always lock the
vehicle whenever leaving it.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
.
2-7
Power Door Locks
Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when slowing or stopping the
vehicle. Lock the doors to
help prevent this from
happening.
To lock or unlock a door from the
outside of the vehicle, use the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. Pull the handle once
from the inside to unlock the door,
and a second time to open it.
Base Radio Shown, Uplevel
Similar
There is a power door lock switch
on the instrument panel.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
2-8
Black plate (8,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Pressing the power lock switch
twice or Q on the RKE transmitter
twice will override the delayed
locking feature and immediately lock
all doors.
Safety Locks
This feature can be programmed.
See “Delayed Door Lock” under
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑34.
There are power door lock switches
on the front door panels.
Q:
K:
Base Radio Shown, Uplevel
Similar
Press to lock the doors.
Press to unlock the doors.
The rear door safety locks switch is
on the instrument panel.
When locking the doors with a
power door lock switch and a door
or the liftgate is open, the doors will
lock five seconds after the last door
is closed. Three chimes sound to
signal the delayed locking feature is
in use.
Rear door safety locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear
doors from inside the vehicle.
Press { to activate the safety locks.
When activated, the LED light in the
switch changes to amber.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Press { again to deactivate the
safety locks.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (9,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Doors
WARNING (Continued)
Liftgate (Manual)
{ WARNING
Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the
liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with
any objects that pass through the
seal between the body and the
trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine
exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. It can cause
unconsciousness and even death.
If the vehicle must be driven with
the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open:
.
Close all of the windows.
.
Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)
.
Adjust the Climate Control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air and
set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See Climate
Control System in the Index.
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9‑28.
Notice: If you open the liftgate
without checking for overhead
obstructions such as a garage
door, you could damage the
liftgate or the liftgate glass.
Always check to make sure the
area above and behind the liftgate
is clear before opening it.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2-9
Unlock the vehicle before opening
the liftgate.
Press the touchpad located in the
handle of the liftgate, above the
license plate, and lift up to open.
Do not press the touchpad while
closing the liftgate. This will cause
the liftgate to be unlatched.
Always close the liftgate before
driving.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
2-10
Black plate (10,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Liftgate (Power)
Power Liftgate Operation
WARNING (Continued)
.
Adjust the Climate Control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air and
set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See “Climate
Control Systems” in the
Index.
.
If the vehicle is equipped with
a power liftgate, disable the
power liftgate function.
{ WARNING
Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the
liftgate or trunk/hatch open,
or with any objects that pass
through the seal between the
body and the trunk/hatch or
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle must be driven with
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
.
Close all of the windows.
.
Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9‑28.
On vehicles with a power liftgate,
the switch is on the overhead
console. The vehicle must be in
P (Park) to use the power feature.
The taillamps flash when the power
liftgate moves.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
{ WARNING
You or others could be injured if
caught in the path of the power
liftgate. Make sure there is no one
in the way of the liftgate as it is
opening and closing.
Notice: If you open the liftgate
without checking for overhead
obstructions such as a garage
door, you could damage the
liftgate or the liftgate glass.
Always check to make sure the
area above and behind the liftgate
is clear before opening it.
The power liftgate has three modes
of operation. Mode selection is
controlled by the interior mode
switch.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (11,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
mounted cargo during power
operation. The liftgate can still be
fully opened manually.
OFF: The liftgate only operates
manually in this position.
.
2-11
Pressing the touchpad switch on
the liftgate outside handle, with
all doors unlocked, to open the
liftgate.
Manual operation of a liftgate that
also has power operation requires
more effort than a standard manual
liftgate.
Choose the power liftgate mode by
turning the dial on the switch until
the indicator lines up with the
desired position. The vehicle must
be in P (Park).
In either the MAX or the 3/4 mode,
the liftgate can be power opened
and closed by:
.
The three modes are:
MAX: The liftgate power opens to
the full open height.
3/4: The liftgate power opens to a
reduced open height that can be set
by the vehicle operator. Use this
setting to prevent the liftgate from
opening into overhead obstructions
such as a garage door or roof
.
First pressing K and then
pressing and holding V on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter until the liftgate starts
moving. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation
on page 2‑3.
Pressing the power liftgate
button in the center of the mode
switch on the overhead console,
with the driver door unlocked.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Press and release 8 on the
liftgate adjacent to the latch to close
the liftgate.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
2-12
Black plate (12,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Pressing any button, or the
touchpad switch, while the liftgate is
moving stops it. Pressing the button
or RKE switch again reverses the
direction. The touchpad switch will
stop the liftgate from moving. There
is a minimum distance that the
power liftgate must already be open
for the system to hold it open.
If movement is stopped below that
minimum, the liftgate closes.
vehicle. Always make sure the
power liftgate is closed and latched
before you drive away.
display. After removing the
obstructions, the liftgate will resume
normal power operation.
If you power open the liftgate and
the liftgate support struts have lost
pressure, the turn signals flash and
a chime sounds. The liftgate stays
open temporarily, then slowly
closes. See your dealer for service
before using the liftgate.
Do not force the liftgate open or
closed during a power cycle.
Obstacle Detection Features
Pinch sensors are located on the
side edges of the liftgate. If an
object is caught between the liftgate
and the body and presses against
this sensor, the liftgate will reverse
direction and open fully. The liftgate
will remain open until it is activated
again or closed manually.
The power liftgate may be
temporarily disabled under extreme
temperatures or low battery
conditions. If this occurs, the liftgate
can still be operated manually.
If you shift the transmission out of
P (Park) while the power function is
in progress, the liftgate power
function will continue to completion.
If you shift the transmission out of
P (Park) and accelerate before the
power liftgate latch is closed, the
liftgate may reverse to the open
position. Cargo could fall out of the
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle
during a power open or close cycle,
a warning chime will sound and the
liftgate will automatically reverse
direction to the full closed or open
position. After removing the
obstruction, the power liftgate
operation can be used again. If the
liftgate encounters multiple
obstacles on the same power cycle,
the power function will deactivate.
The MANUALLY CLOSE POWER
LIFTGATE warning message in the
Driver Information Center (DIC) will
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Power Liftgate 3/4 Mode
To program the liftgate opening
height:
1. Turn the liftgate switch to either
the MAX, or the 3/4 mode
position and power open the
liftgate.
2. Stop the liftgate movement at
the desired height by pressing
any liftgate switch. Manually
adjust the liftgate position if
required.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (13,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
3. Press and hold the button on the
liftgate adjacent to the latch until
the turn signals flash and a beep
sounds to indicate that the new
setting is recorded.
When power opened with the
3/4 mode selected, the liftgate stops
at the new set position.
If you do not hear the audible and
visual feedback when setting the
intermediate stop position, you are
attempting to set the height below
the 3/4 open height minimum
(approximately 1.5 m or 5 ft). The
liftgate cannot be set below that
minimum and the new setting will
not be recorded.
Manual Operation of Power
Liftgate
To change the liftgate to manual
operation, turn the mode switch to
the OFF position.
With the power liftgate disabled and
all of the doors unlocked, the liftgate
can be manually opened and
closed. Manual operation of a
liftgate that also has power
operation requires more effort than
a standard manual liftgate.
To open the liftgate, press the
touchpad on the handle on the
outside of the liftgate, and lift the
gate open. To close the liftgate, use
the pull cup to lower the liftgate and
close. With the power liftgate
disabled, the liftgate electric latch
will still power latch once contact is
made with the striker. Always close
the liftgate before driving.
If the RKE button is pressed while
power operation is disabled, the turn
signals flash and the liftgate will
not move.
The liftgate has an electric latch.
If the battery is disconnected or has
low voltage, the liftgate will not
open. The liftgate will resume
operation when the battery is
reconnected and charged.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2-13
Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
it impossible to steal.
Anti-theft Alarm System
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
system.
Arming the System
To arm the system, do one of the
following:
Q on the RKE transmitter.
.
Press
.
Lock the vehicle using the key in
the driver door.
The alarm automatically arms after
about 30 seconds. The security
light, located on the instrument
panel, flashes.
Press V on the RKE transmitter to
open the liftgate without setting off
the alarm. The system rearms when
the liftgate is closed.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
2-14
Black plate (14,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Disarming the System
To disarm the system, do one of the
following:
K on the RKE transmitter.
.
Press
.
Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.
.
Allow the alarm to time out after
about 30 seconds and reset
itself.
The alarm automatically disarms.
If the system is armed and any door
is unlocked without pressing K on
the RKE transmitter, the alarm
sounds.
How to Detect a Tamper
Condition
If K is pressed and the horn
sounds, an attempted break-in has
occurred while the system was
armed.
If the alarm has been activated, the
THEFT ATTEMPTED message will
appear on the DIC. See Key and
Lock Messages on page 5‑30 for
additional information.
Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑17 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
The system is automatically
disarmed when the vehicle is
started with the correct key. The key
uses a transponder that matches an
immobilizer control unit in the
vehicle and automatically disarms
the system. Only an authorized key
starts the vehicle. The vehicle may
not start if the key is damaged.
Immobilizer Operation
This vehicle has a passive
theft-deterrent system.
The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.
The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the key is
removed from the ignition.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
The security light, located in the
instrument panel cluster, comes on
if there is a problem with arming or
disarming the theft-deterrent
system.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (15,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.
If the engine still does not start, and
the key appears to be undamaged
or the light continues to stay on, try
another ignition key. If the engine
does not start with the other key, the
vehicle needs service. If the vehicle
does start, the first key may be
damaged. See your dealer who can
service the theft-deterrent system
and have a new key made.
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
Exterior Mirrors
2-15
Power Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
{ WARNING
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.
To adjust the mirrors:
1. Move the selector switch to
L (left) or R (right) to choose the
driver or passenger mirror.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move each mirror in the
desired direction.
3. Return the selector switch to the
middle position.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
2-16
Black plate (16,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Heated Mirrors
For vehicles with heated mirrors:
Driving with the Blind Spot
Mirror
The heated outside rearview mirrors
turn on when the rear window
defogger is on and help to clear fog
or frost from the surface of the
mirrors.
1. When the approaching vehicle is
a long distance away, the image
in the main mirror is small and
near the inboard edge of the
mirror.
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the
image in the main mirror gets
larger and moves outboard.
1 (Rear Window Defogger): This
button is on the climate control
panel.
3. As the vehicle enters the blind
zone, the image transitions from
the main mirror to the blind spot
mirror.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Automatic Climate Control System
on page 8‑3 for more information.
4. When the vehicle is in the blind
zone, the image only appears in
the blind spot mirror.
Blind Spot Mirrors
The blind spot mirror is a small
convex mirror built into the upper
and outer corner of both outside
mirrors. It can show objects that
may be in the vehicle's blind zone.
Actual Mirror View
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (17,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Using the Outside Mirror with
the Blind Spot Mirror
1. Set the main mirror so that the
side of the vehicle can just be
seen and the blind spot mirror
has an unobstructed view.
2. When checking for traffic or
before changing a lane, look at
the main driver/passenger side
mirror to observe traffic in the
adjacent lane, behind your
vehicle. Check the blind spot
mirror for a vehicle in the blind
zone. Then, glance over your
shoulder to double check before
moving slowly into the
adjacent lane.
Park Tilt Mirrors
If the vehicle is equipped with
memory mirrors, there is an option
to have the mirrors tilt down, when
in R (Reverse), to more easily see
the ground near the vehicle.
When the vehicle is shifted to
R (Reverse), both the driver and
passenger mirrors will tilt downward.
They will return to their previous
position when the vehicle is shifted
out of R (Reverse), the ignition is
turned to OFF, or the vehicle is left
in R (Reverse) for an extended
period of time.
This feature can be turned on or off.
See Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑34.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2-17
Interior Mirrors
Manual Rearview Mirror
Hold the inside rearview mirror in
the center and move it for a clearer
view behind the vehicle. Adjust the
mirror to avoid glare from the
headlamps behind you. Push the
tab forward for daytime use and pull
it for nighttime use.
Vehicles with OnStar have three
control buttons at the bottom of the
mirror. See your dealer for more
information on the system and how
to subscribe to OnStar. See OnStar
Overview on page 14‑1.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
2-18
Black plate (18,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
The vehicle may have an automatic
dimming inside rearview mirror.
Automatic dimming reduces the
glare from the headlamps of the
vehicle behind you. The dimming
feature comes on and the indicator
light comes on each time the vehicle
is started.
O : Press to turn automatic
dimming on or off.
If the vehicle has a rear vision
camera (RVC) the O button for
turning the automatic dimming
feature on or off will not be
available. See Rear Vision Camera
(RVC) on page 9‑45 for more
information.
Vehicles with OnStar® have three
additional control buttons located at
the bottom of the mirror. See your
dealer for more information on the
system and how to subscribe to
OnStar. See OnStar Overview on
page 14‑1.
Cleaning the Mirror
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Windows
{ WARNING
Leaving children, helpless adults,
or pets in a vehicle with the
windows closed is dangerous.
They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke. Never leave a
child, a helpless adult, or a pet
alone in a vehicle, especially with
the windows closed in warm or
hot weather.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (19,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
2-19
Power Windows
{ WARNING
The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof (if equipped).
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the keys is dangerous for many
reasons. Children or others could
be badly injured or even killed.
They could operate the power
windows or other controls or even
make the vehicle move. The
windows will function and they
could be seriously injured or killed
if caught in the path of a closing
window. Do not leave keys in a
vehicle with children.
When there are children in the
rear seat use the window lockout
button to prevent unintentional
operation of the windows.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
The power windows work when the
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). See
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
on page 9‑25.
Press the front of the switch to open
the window. Pull the switch up to
close it.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
2-20
Black plate (20,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Express Down Windows
Window Lockout
Sun Visors
o (Window Lockout): This feature
prevents the rear passenger
windows from operating, except
from the driver position.
Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. Detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot to the side
window, or to extend along the rod,
if available.
Windows that have the
express‐down feature allow the
windows to be lowered without
holding the switch. Press the
window switch fully and release it to
activate the express‐down feature.
The express mode can be canceled
at any time by briefly pressing,
or pulling the switch.
Press o to activate the rear
window lockout switch. The LED
light comes on when activated.
Press o again to deactivate the
lockout switch.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (21,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Express-open/Express-close
Roof
Press and release the front or rear
of the driver side switch to
express-open or express-close the
sunroof.
Sunroof
On vehicles with a sunroof, the
switches used to operate it are on
the headliner above the rearview
mirror. The ignition must be in ON/
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) to
operate the sunroof. See Ignition
Positions on page 9‑21 and
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
on page 9‑25.
2-21
Anti-Pinch Feature
.
Press and hold the front or rear
of the driver side switch to open
or close the sunroof. The
sunshade automatically opens
with the sunroof, but must be
closed manually.
.
Press and hold the rear of the
passenger side switch to vent
the sunroof. Press and hold the
front of the switch to close.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
If an object is in the path of the
sunroof when it is closing, the
anti-pinch feature detects the object
and stops the sunroof from closing
at the point of the obstruction. The
sunroof then returns to the full-open
position.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
2-22
Black plate (22,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation, noise, or plugging the
water drainage system. Periodically
open the sunroof and remove any
obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the
sunroof seal and roof sealing area
using a clean cloth, mild soap, and
water. Do not remove grease from
the sunroof.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (1,1)
Seats and Restraints
Seats and
Restraints
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-19
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Airbag System
Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . .
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . .
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-5
3-7
3-9
Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Safety Belts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . .
3-12
3-13
3-15
3-18
3-19
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-23
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-33
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-34
Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-34
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
3-1
Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child Restraint Systems . . . . .
Where to Put the Restraint . . .
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . .
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat) . . . .
3-35
3-37
3-39
3-41
3-43
3-49
3-50
3-52
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-2
Black plate (2,1)
Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
Front Seats
The vehicle's front seats have head
restraints in the outboard seating
positions.
{ WARNING
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same
height as the top of the occupant's
head. This position reduces the
chance of a neck injury in a crash.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (3,1)
Seats and Restraints
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not designed to be
removed.
Rear Seats
The vehicle's rear seat has head
restraints in the outboard seating
positions that cannot be adjusted.
Rear outboard head restraints are
not designed to be removed.
3-3
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment
{ WARNING
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a
manual driver seat while the
vehicle is moving. The sudden
movement could startle and
confuse you, or make you push a
pedal when you do not want to.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
To adjust a manual seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of the
seat cushion.
2. Move the seat forward or
rearward to adjust the seat
position.
3. Release the handle to stop the
seat from moving.
4. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-4
Black plate (4,1)
Seats and Restraints
Power Seat Adjustment
Four‐Way Power Driver Seat
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑5.
To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑5.
Eight‐Way Power Seats
.
Raise or lower the front or rear
part of the seat cushion by
moving the front or rear of the
control up or down.
.
Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the entire control up
or down.
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑5.
To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑5.
A. Seat Position Handle
B. Height Adjustment Control
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
.
Move the seat forward or
rearward using the handle under
the front of the seat cushion (A).
See Seat Adjustment on
page 3‑3.
.
Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the control (B) up
or down.
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
.
Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (5,1)
Seats and Restraints
Lumbar Adjustment
Power Lumbar
Reclining Seatbacks
{ WARNING
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job when reclined like this.
Eight-Way Power Seat Shown,
Four-Way Similar
A. Lumbar Switch
If available, press and hold the front
or rear of the switch (A) to increase
or decrease lumbar support.
Release the switch when the
seatback reaches the desired level
of lumbar support.
3-5
WARNING (Continued)
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.
The shoulder belt cannot do its
job because it will not be against
your body. Instead, it will be in
front of you. In a crash, you could
go into it, receiving neck or other
injuries.
The lap belt cannot do its job
either. In a crash, the belt could
go up over your abdomen. The
belt forces would be there, not at
your pelvic bones. This could
cause serious internal injuries.
(Continued)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-6
Black plate (6,1)
Seats and Restraints
Manual Reclining Seatbacks
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
{ WARNING
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a
manual driver seat while the
vehicle is moving. The sudden
movement could startle and
confuse you, or make you push a
pedal when you do not want to.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
To recline a manual seatback:
1. Lift the lever.
{ WARNING
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (7,1)
Seats and Restraints
Power Reclining Seatbacks
Memory Seats
3-7
The vehicle will also automatically
save driver seat and outside mirror
positions to the current driver
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter when the ignition is
turned off. These automatically
stored positions are referred to as
RKE Memory positions. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2‑3 for
more information.
Storing Button Memory Positions
To adjust a power seatback,
if available:
.
Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
.
Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
To save positions into Button
Memory:
On vehicles with the memory
feature, the “1” and “2” buttons on
the outboard side of the driver seat
are used to manually save and
recall the driver seat and outside
mirror positions. These manually
stored positions are referred to as
Button Memory positions.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback
recliner, and both outside mirrors
to the desired driving positions.
2. Press and hold MEM (Memory)
and “1” at the same time until a
beep sounds.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a
second driver using “2.”
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-8
Black plate (8,1)
Seats and Restraints
Recalling Button Memory
Positions
Recalling RKE Memory Positions
(Memory Remote Recall)
To recall the manually saved Button
Memory positions, press and hold
“1” or “2.” The driver seat and
outside mirrors move to the
positions stored to those buttons
when pressed. Releasing “1” or “2”
before the stored positions are
reached stops the recall.
The Memory Remote Recall feature
can recall the driver seat and
outside mirrors to previously stored
RKE Memory positions when
entering the vehicle.
If something has blocked the driver
seat while recalling a memory
position, the recall may stop.
Remove the obstruction; then press
and hold the appropriate manual
control for the memory item that is
not recalling for two seconds. Try
recalling the memory position again
by pressing the appropriate memory
button. If the memory position is still
not recalling, see your dealer for
service.
Every time the ignition is turned off,
the positions of the driver seat and
outside mirrors are automatically
stored to the RKE transmitter that
was used to start the vehicle. These
positions are called RKE Memory
positions and may be different than
the previously mentioned Button
Memory positions saved to the
“1” or “2” buttons. To automatically
recall RKE Memory positions,
unlock the driver door with the RKE
transmitter and open the driver door.
If the driver door is already open,
pressing the RKE transmitter K
button will also activate the RKE
Memory recall. The driver seat and
outside mirrors will move to the
previously saved RKE Memory
positions.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
This feature is turned on or off using
the vehicle personalization menu.
See “Memory Remote Recall” under
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑34 for more information.
To stop recall movement, press any
of the memory, power mirror,
or power seat controls.
If something has blocked the driver
seat while recalling a memory
position, the recall may stop.
Remove the obstruction; then press
and hold the appropriate manual
control for the memory item that is
not recalling for two seconds. Try
recalling the memory position again
by opening the driver door and
pressing the RKE K button. If the
memory position is still not recalling,
see your dealer for service.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (9,1)
Seats and Restraints
Easy Exit Driver Seat
This feature moves the seat
rearward allowing the driver more
room to exit the vehicle.
To activate, turn the ignition off and
open the driver door. If the driver
door is already open, turning the
ignition off will activate the easy exit
driver seat.
This feature can be turned on or off
using the vehicle personalization
menu. See “Easy Exit Driver Seat”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑34 for more information.
To stop recall movement, press one
of the memory or power seat
controls.
If something has blocked the driver
seat while recalling the exit position,
the recall may stop. Remove the
obstruction; then press and hold the
power seat control rearward for
two seconds. Try recalling the exit
position again. If the exit position is
still not recalling, see your dealer for
service.
3-9
Heated Front Seats
{ WARNING
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns
even at low temperatures. To
reduce the risk of burns, people
with such a condition should use
care when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Uplevel Climate Control System
Shown, Base Similar
If available, the buttons are near the
climate controls. To operate, the
ignition must be in ON/RUN.
Press z or J to heat the driver or
passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the heated seat will
change to the next lower setting,
and then the off setting. Three lights
indicate the highest setting, and one
light indicates the lowest.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-10
Black plate (10,1)
Seats and Restraints
The passenger seat may take
longer to heat up.
Rear Seats
Remote Start Heated Seats
Split Folding Seatbacks
When it is cold outside, the heated
seats can be programmed to turn on
automatically during a remote
vehicle start. The heated seats will
be canceled when the ignition is
turned on. Press the heated seat
button to use the heated seats after
the vehicle is started.
The heated seat button lights will
not turn on during a remote start.
The temperature of an unoccupied
seat may be reduced.
With this feature, either side of the
rear seatback can be folded down
for more cargo space.
{ WARNING
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
To program the heated seat feature
to enabled, see “Remote Start Auto
Heat Seats” under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑34 for
more information.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
{ WARNING
A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (11,1)
Seats and Restraints
To fold the seatback down:
Keep the seatback in the upright,
locked position when not in use.
Notice: Folding a rear seat with
the safety belts still fastened may
cause damage to the seat or the
safety belts. Always unbuckle the
safety belts and return them to
their normal stowed position
before folding a rear seat.
1. Unbuckle the rear safety belts
and place the front seatbacks in
the upright position. See
Reclining Seatbacks on
page 3‑5.
3-11
To recline the seatback:
1. Lift and hold the lever on top of
the seatback.
2. Tilt the seatback rearward, then
release the lever when the
seatback is in the desired
position.
2. Lift the lever on the top of the
seatback.
3. Fold the seatback forward.
The filler panel behind the seat
will fold with the seatback to
span the gap between the rear
of the seat and the cargo area,
creating a flat load floor. Do not
lift the filler panel.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
To slide the entire seat forward or
rearward:
1. Lift and hold the release bar
under the front of the seat
cushion to unlock the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position.
3. Release the bar.
4. Try to move the seat back and
forth to ensure the seat is locked
into place.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-12
Black plate (12,1)
Seats and Restraints
Safety Belts
This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts
properly. It also describes some
things not to do with safety belts.
{ WARNING
Do not let anyone ride where a
safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
safety belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
Why Safety Belts Work
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
with seats and safety belts.
Always wear a safety belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders on
page 5‑12 for additional information.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
going until something stops you.
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the safety belts!
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (13,1)
Seats and Restraints
When you wear a safety belt, you
and the vehicle slow down together.
There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the
safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts makes such good
sense.
Questions and Answers About
Safety Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
safety belt?
3-13
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear safety
belts?
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only; so they work with
safety belts — not instead of
them. Whether or not an airbag
is provided, all occupants still
have to buckle up to get the
most protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in
all Canadian provinces, the law
requires wearing safety belts.
This section is only for people of
adult size.
There are special things to know
about safety belts and children. And
there are different rules for smaller
children and infants. If a child will be
riding in the vehicle, see Older
Children on page 3‑35 or Infants
and Young Children on page 3‑37.
Follow those rules for everyone's
protection.
It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
A: You could be — whether you are
wearing a safety belt or not.
Your chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-14
Black plate (14,1)
Seats and Restraints
There are important things to know
about wearing a safety belt properly.
.
.
.
Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front
of you.
.
Always use the correct buckle
for your seating position.
Wear the lap part of the belt low
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
{ WARNING
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly.
.
Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.
.
Never wear the shoulder belt
under both arms or behind
your back.
.
Never route the lap or
shoulder belt over an
armrest.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (15,1)
Seats and Restraints
Lap-Shoulder Belt
3-15
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
later in this section for
instructions on use and
important safety information.
All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt.
The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see “Seats”
in the Index.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let it
get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
you pull the belt across you very
quickly. If this happens, let the
belt go back slightly to unlock it.
Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be engaged.
If this happens, let the belt go
back all the way and start again.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the belt
is not long enough, see Safety
Belt Extender on page 3‑19.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
5. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-16
Black plate (16,1)
Seats and Restraints
Adjust the height so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
and not falling off of it. The belt
should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment
could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly on
page 3‑13.
To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
right front passenger seating
positions.
Move the height adjuster up to the
desired position by pushing up on
the height adjuster.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
After the height adjuster is set to the
desired position, try to move it down
without pressing the release
button (A) to make sure it has
locked into position. Press the
release button to lower the height
adjuster.
Safety Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety
belts during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal and near
frontal crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
activation are met. And, if the
vehicle has side impact airbags,
safety belt pretensioners can help
tighten the safety belts in a side
crash or a rollover event.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (17,1)
Seats and Restraints
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners are activated in a
crash, the pretensioners and
possibly other parts of the safety
belt system will need to be replaced.
See Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash on page 3‑20.
3-17
There is one guide for each outside
passenger position in the rear seat.
Here is how to install a comfort
guide to the safety belt:
Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides
This vehicle may have rear shoulder
belt comfort guides. If not, they are
available through your dealer. The
guides may provide added safety
belt comfort for older children who
have outgrown booster seats and
for some adults. When installed and
properly adjusted, the comfort guide
positions the belt away from the
neck and head.
2. Place the guide over the belt,
and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.
1. Remove the guide from its
storage pocket on the side of the
seatback.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-18
Black plate (18,1)
Seats and Restraints
WARNING (Continued)
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can
be removed from the guide. Slide
the guide back into its storage
pocket located on the side of the
seatback.
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety belts.
3. The belt should not be twisted
and it should lie flat. The elastic
cord must be under the belt and
the guide on top.
{ WARNING
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
(Continued)
4. Buckle, position, and release the
safety belt as described
previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder portion of the
belt is on the shoulder and not
falling off of it. The belt should
be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (19,1)
Seats and Restraints
A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making safety
belts effective is wearing them
properly.
3-19
Safety Belt Extender
Safety System Check
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
Now and then, check that the safety
belt reminder light, safety belts,
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
anchorages are all working properly.
Look for any other loose or
damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
from doing its job. See your dealer
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
safety belts may not protect you in a
crash. They can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or
frayed, get a new one right away.
But if a safety belt is not long
enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never
use it for securing child seats. To
wear it, attach it to the regular safety
belt. For more information, see the
instruction sheet that comes with
the extender.
Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt
Reminders on page 5‑12 for more
information.
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑20.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-20
Black plate (20,1)
Seats and Restraints
Safety Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.
{ WARNING
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.
Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts after a
Crash
{ WARNING
A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle.
A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary.
But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Have the safety belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5‑13.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (21,1)
Seats and Restraints
Airbag System
The vehicle has the following
airbags:
.
A frontal airbag for the driver.
.
A frontal airbag for the right front
passenger.
.
A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver.
.
A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the right front
passenger.
.
A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated
directly behind the driver.
.
A roof-rail airbag for the right
front passenger and the
passenger seated directly
behind the right front passenger.
3-21
For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG will appear on the middle
part of the steering wheel for the
driver and on the instrument panel
for the right front passenger.
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
With seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG will
appear on the side of the seatback
closest to the door.
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your safety belt, even
with airbags. Airbags are
designed to work with safety
belts, not replace them. Also,
airbags are not designed to inflate
in every crash. In some crashes
safety belts are the only restraint.
See When Should an Airbag
Inflate? on page 3‑24.
With roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG will appear along the trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
All of the airbags in the vehicle will
have the word AIRBAG embossed
in the trim or on an attached label
near the deployment opening.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
{ WARNING
Wearing your safety belt during a
crash helps reduce the chance of
hitting things inside the vehicle or
being ejected from it. Airbags are
“supplemental restraints” to the
safety belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a safety belt
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-22
Black plate (22,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
{ WARNING
Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to any
airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep
you in position before and during
a crash. Always wear a safety
belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle.
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Airbags plus
lap-shoulder belts offer protection
for adults and older children, but
not for young children and infants.
Neither the vehicle's safety belt
system nor its airbag system is
designed for them. Young
children and infants need the
protection that a child restraint
system can provide. Always
secure children properly in the
vehicle. To read how, see Older
Children on page 3‑35 or Infants
and Young Children on
page 3‑37.
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument panel cluster,
which shows the airbag symbol.
The system checks the airbag
electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5‑13 for
more information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (23,1)
Seats and Restraints
3-23
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver frontal airbag is in the
middle of the steering wheel.
The right front passenger frontal
airbag is in the instrument panel on
the passenger side.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
The seat-mounted side impact
airbags for the driver and right front
passenger are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-24
Black plate (24,1)
Seats and Restraints
WARNING (Continued)
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
right front passenger, and second
row outboard passengers are in the
ceiling above the side windows.
{ WARNING
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
(Continued)
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie‐down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near-frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
injuries mainly to the driver's or right
front passenger's head and chest.
However, they are only designed to
inflate if the impact exceeds a
predetermined deployment
threshold. Deployment thresholds
are used to predict how severe a
crash is likely to be in time for the
airbags to inflate and help restrain
the occupants.
Whether the frontal airbags will or
should deploy is not based on how
fast your vehicle is traveling.
It depends largely on what you hit,
the direction of the impact, and how
quickly your vehicle slows down.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (25,1)
Seats and Restraints
Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds. For
example:
.
If the vehicle hits a stationary
object, the airbags could inflate
at a different crash speed than if
the vehicle hits a moving object.
.
If the vehicle hits an object that
deforms, the airbags could
inflate at a different crash speed
than if the vehicle hits an object
that does not deform.
.
If the vehicle hits a narrow object
(like a pole), the airbags could
inflate at a different crash speed
than if the vehicle hits a wide
object (like a wall).
.
If the vehicle goes into an object
at an angle, the airbags could
inflate at a different crash speed
than if the vehicle goes straight
into the object.
Thresholds can also vary with
specific vehicle design.
3-25
Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
impacts, or in many side impacts.
the system's designed threshold
level. The threshold level can vary
with specific vehicle design.
In addition, the vehicle has
dual-stage frontal airbags.
Dual-stage airbags adjust the
restraint according to crash severity.
The vehicle has electronic frontal
sensors, which help the sensing
system distinguish between a
moderate frontal impact and a more
severe frontal impact. For moderate
frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags
inflate at a level less than full
deployment. For more severe frontal
impacts, full deployment occurs.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are not intended to inflate in frontal
impacts, near-frontal impacts,
rollovers, or rear impacts. Roof-rail
airbags are not intended to inflate in
rear impacts. A seat-mounted side
impact airbag is intended to deploy
on the side of the vehicle that is
struck. Both roof-rail airbags will
deploy when either side of the
vehicle is struck, or if the sensing
system predicts that the vehicle is
about to roll over, or in a severe
frontal impact.
The vehicle has seat-mounted side
impact and roof-rail airbags. See
Airbag System on page 3‑21.
Seat-mounted side impact and
roof-rail airbags are intended to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes. In addition, these roof-rail
airbags are intended to inflate
during a rollover or in a severe
frontal impact. Seat-mounted side
impact and roof-rail airbags will
inflate if theInfocrash
severity
is above
r
mat
i
onPr
ov
i
dedby:
In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
damage to a vehicle or because of
what the repair costs were. For
frontal airbags, inflation is
determined by what the vehicle hits,
the angle of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down. For
seat-mounted side impact and
roof-rail airbags, deployment is
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-26
Black plate (26,1)
Seats and Restraints
determined by the location and
severity of the side impact. In a
rollover event, roof-rail airbag
deployment is determined by the
direction of the roll.
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
For airbag location, see Where Are
the Airbags? on page 3‑23.
How Does an Airbag
Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.
not toward those airbags. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? on
page 3‑24 for more information.
Airbags supplement the protection
provided by safety belts. Frontal
airbags distribute the force of the
impact more evenly over the
occupant's upper body, stopping the
occupant more gradually. Seat‐
mounted side impact and roof-rail
airbags distribute the force of the
impact more evenly over the
occupant's upper body.
Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to safety belts.
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
are designed to help contain the
head and chest of occupants in the
outboard seating positions in the
first and second rows. The rollover
capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help reduce the risk of
full or partial ejection in rollover
events, although no system can
prevent all such ejections.
But airbags would not help in many
types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion is
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
What Will You See after
an Airbag Inflates?
After the frontal airbags and
seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so
quickly that some people may not
even realize an airbag inflated.
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
partially inflated for some time after
they inflate. Some components of
the airbag module may be hot for
several minutes. For location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? on page 3‑23.
The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (27,1)
Seats and Restraints
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.
{ WARNING
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.
hazard warning flashers on, and
shut off the fuel system after the
airbags inflate. You can lock the
doors, turn the interior lamps off,
and turn the hazard warning
flashers off by using the controls for
those features.
In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
.
Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly
other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.
.
The vehicle has a crash sensing
and diagnostic module which
records information after a
crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy on
page 13‑15 and Event Data
Recorders on page 13‑15.
{ WARNING
A crash severe enough to inflate
the airbags may have also
damaged important functions in
the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
the interior lamps on, turn the
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
3-27
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-28
.
Black plate (28,1)
Seats and Restraints
Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for
service.
Passenger Sensing
System
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the right front
passenger position. The passenger
airbag status indicator will be visible
on the overhead console when the
vehicle is started.
United States
Canada
The words ON and OFF, or the
symbol for on and off, are visible
during the system check. If you are
using remote start, if equipped, to
start the vehicle from a distance,
you may not see the system check.
When the system check is
complete, either the word ON or
OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will
be visible. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator on page 5‑13.
The passenger sensing system
turns off the right front passenger
frontal airbag under certain
conditions. The driver airbag,
seat‐mounted side impact airbags
and the roof-rail airbags are not
affected by the passenger sensing
system.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of
the right front passenger seat. The
sensors are designed to detect the
presence of a properly-seated
occupant and determine if the right
front passenger frontal airbag
should be enabled (may inflate)
or not.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct
child restraint for their weight
and size.
We recommend that children be
secured in a rear seat, including: an
infant or a child riding in a
rear-facing child restraint; a child
riding in a forward-facing child seat;
an older child riding in a booster
seat; and children, who are large
enough, using safety belts.
A label on the sun visor says,
“Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front.” This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (29,1)
Seats and Restraints
.
{ WARNING
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates. This is
because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates and the
passenger seat is in a forward
position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag is turned off.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
Secure rear-facing child
restraints in a rear seat, even if
the airbag is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the right front seat, always move
the front passenger seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the right front
passenger frontal airbag if:
.
The right front passenger seat is
unoccupied.
.
The system determines that an
infant is present in a child
restraint.
.
A right front passenger takes
his/her weight off of the seat for
a period of time.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
3-29
Or, if there is a critical problem
with the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right front
passenger frontal airbag, the off
indicator will light and stay lit to
remind you that the airbag is off.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5‑13.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on (may inflate) the
right front passenger frontal airbag
anytime the system senses that a
person of adult size is sitting
properly in the right front
passenger seat.
When the passenger sensing
system has allowed the airbag to be
enabled, the on indicator will light
and stay lit to remind you that the
airbag is active.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-30
Black plate (30,1)
Seats and Restraints
For some children, including
children in child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn
off the right front passenger frontal
airbag, depending upon the
person’s seating posture and body
build. Everyone in the vehicle who
has outgrown child restraints
should wear a safety belt
properly — whether or not there
is an airbag for that person.
{ WARNING
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5‑13 for more
information, including important
safety information.
If the On Indicator is Lit for a
Child Restraint
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions
provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints (Rear
Seat ) on page 3‑50 or Securing
Child Restraints (Front
Passenger Seat) on page 3‑52.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still lit,
turn the vehicle off. Then slightly
recline the vehicle seatback and
adjust the seat cushion,
if adjustable, to make sure that
the vehicle seatback is not
pushing the child restraint into
the seat cushion.
Also make sure the child
restraint is not trapped under the
vehicle head restraint. If this
happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head Restraints
on page 3‑2.
6. Restart the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system
may or may not turn off the
airbag for a child in a child
restraint depending upon the
child’s seating posture and body
build. It is better to secure the
child restraint in a rear seat.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (31,1)
Seats and Restraints
If the Off Indicator is Lit for an
Adult-Size Occupant
use the following steps to allow the
system to detect that person and
enable the right front passenger
frontal airbag:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
If a person of adult-size is sitting in
the right front passenger seat, but
the off indicator is lit, it could be
because that person is not sitting
properly in the seat. If this happens,
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
extended.
5. Restart the vehicle and have the
person remain in this position for
two to three minutes after the on
indicator is lit.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
3-31
Additional Factors Affecting
System Operation
Safety belts help keep the
passenger in position on the seat
during vehicle maneuvers and
braking, which helps the passenger
sensing system maintain the
passenger airbag status. See
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
in the Index for additional
information about the importance of
proper restraint use.
A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers can affect how well the
passenger sensing system
operates. We recommend that you
not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3‑33 for more information
about modifications that can affect
how the system operates.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-32
Seats and Restraints
A wet seat can affect the
performance of the passenger
sensing system. Here is how:
.
.
Black plate (32,1)
The passenger sensing system
may turn off the passenger
airbag when liquid is soaked into
the seat. If this happens, the off
indicator will be lit, and the
airbag readiness light on the
instrument panel will also be lit.
Liquid pooled on the seat that
has not soaked in may make it
more likely that the passenger
sensing system will enable (turn
on) the passenger airbag while a
child restraint or child occupant
is on the seat. If the passenger
airbag is turned on, the on
indicator will be lit.
If the passenger seat gets wet, dry
the seat immediately. If the airbag
readiness light is lit, do not install a
child restraint or allow anyone to
occupy the seat. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5‑13 for
important safety information.
The on indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop or
other electronic device, is put on an
unoccupied seat. If this is not
desired remove the object from
the seat.
{ WARNING
Stowing of articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.
Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
purchase a service manual, see
Service Publications Ordering
Information on page 13‑13.
{ WARNING
For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (33,1)
Seats and Restraints
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Q: Is there anything I might add
to or change about the vehicle
that could keep the airbags
from working properly?
A: Yes. If you add things that
change the vehicle's frame,
bumper system, height, front end
or side sheet metal, they may
keep the airbag system from
working properly. Changing or
moving any parts of the front
seats, safety belts, the airbag
sensing and diagnostic module,
steering wheel, instrument
panel, roof-rail airbag modules,
ceiling headliner or pillar garnish
trim, overhead console, front
sensors, side impact sensors,
rollover sensor module, or airbag
wiring can affect the operation of
the airbag system.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system for
the right front passenger
position, which includes sensors
that are part of the passenger
seat. The passenger sensing
system may not operate properly
if the original seat trim is
replaced with non-GM covers,
upholstery or trim, or with GM
covers, upholstery or trim
designed for a different vehicle.
Any object, such as an
aftermarket seat heater or a
comfort enhancing pad or
device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of
the passenger sensing system.
This could either prevent proper
deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the
passenger sensing system
from properly turning off the
passenger airbag(s). See
Passenger Sensing System on
page 3‑28.
If you have questions, call
Customer Assistance. The
phone numbers and addresses
for Customer Assistance are in
Step Two of the Customer
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
3-33
Satisfaction Procedure in this
manual. See Customer
Satisfaction Procedure on
page 13‑1.
If the vehicle has rollover
roof-rail airbags, see Different
Size Tires and Wheels on
page 10‑60 for additional
important information.
Q: Because I have a disability,
I have to get my vehicle
modified. How can I find out
whether this will affect my
airbag system?
A: If you have questions, call
Customer Assistance. The
phone numbers and addresses
for Customer Assistance are in
Step Two of the Customer
Satisfaction Procedure in this
manual. See Customer
Satisfaction Procedure on
page 13‑1.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-34
Black plate (34,1)
Seats and Restraints
In addition, your dealer and the
service manual have information
about the location of the airbag
sensors, sensing and diagnostic
module and airbag wiring.
Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5‑13 for more information.
Notice: If an airbag covering is
damaged, opened, or broken, the
airbag may not work properly. Do
not open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag covers,
have the airbag covering and/or
airbag module replaced. For the
location of the airbags, see
Where Are the Airbags? on
page 3‑23. See your dealer for
service.
Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
{ WARNING
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5‑13 for more information.
A crash can damage the
airbag systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system
may not work properly and may
not protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (35,1)
Seats and Restraints
Child Restraints
Older Children
The manufacturer's instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
.
Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
.
Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, try using the rear safety
belt comfort guide. See “Rear
Safety Belt Comfort Guides”
under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
page 3‑15 for more information.
If the shoulder belt still does not
rest on the shoulder, then return
to the booster seat.
.
Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle safety belts.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
3-35
Can proper safety belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
Q: What is the proper way to
wear safety belts?
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
page 3‑15.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-36
Black plate (36,1)
Seats and Restraints
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position.
WARNING (Continued)
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
{ WARNING
Never do this.
Never allow two children to wear
the same safety belt. The safety
belt cannot properly spread the
impact forces. In a crash, the two
children can be crushed together
and seriously injured. A safety
belt must be used by only one
person at a time.
{ WARNING
Never do this.
Never allow a child to wear the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
(Continued)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (37,1)
Seats and Restraints
Infants and Young
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
{ WARNING
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck and
the safety belt continues to
tighten. Never leave children
unattended in a vehicle and never
allow children to play with the
safety belts.
Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts offer
protection for adults and older
children, but not for young children
and infants. Neither the vehicle's
safety belt system nor its airbag
system is designed for them. Every
time infants and young children ride
in vehicles, they should have the
protection provided by appropriate
child restraints.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
{ WARNING
Never do this.
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
(Continued)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
3-37
WARNING (Continued)
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
arms. An infant should be
secured in an appropriate
restraint.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-38
Black plate (38,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
Never do this.
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the right front
seat. Secure a rear-facing child
restraint in a rear seat. It is also
better to secure a forward-facing
child restraint in a rear seat. If you
must secure a forward-facing
child restraint in the right front
seat, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as it
will go.
Q: What are the different types of
add-on child restraints?
A: Add-on child restraints, which
are purchased by the vehicle
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular
restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
weight, height, and age but also
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many
different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be
sure it is designed to be used in
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying
that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
The restraint manufacturer's
instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
height limitations for a particular
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints
available for children with
special needs.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (39,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
{ WARNING
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury during a crash, infants
need complete support. This is
because an infant's neck is not
fully developed and its head
weighs so much compared with
the rest of its body. In a crash, an
infant in a rear-facing child
restraint settles into the restraint,
so the crash forces can be
distributed across the strongest
part of an infant's body, the back
and shoulders. Infants should
always be secured in rear-facing
child restraints.
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.
3-39
Child Restraint Systems
(A) Rear‐Facing Infant Seat
A rear-facing infant seat (A)
provides restraint with the seating
surface against the back of the
infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-40
Black plate (40,1)
Seats and Restraints
Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle
{ WARNING
(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat
A forward-facing child seat (B)
provides restraint for the child's
body with the harness.
(C) Booster Seats
A booster seat (C) is a child restraint
designed to improve the fit of the
vehicle's safety belt system.
A booster seat can also help a child
to see out the window.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury,
the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraint
systems must be secured in vehicle
seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3‑43 for
more information. Children can be
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (41,1)
Seats and Restraints
endangered in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle.
When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
The child restraint instructions are
important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
In some areas, Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In
the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat
inspection station. For CPST
availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
Securing the Child within the
Child Restraint
{ WARNING
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
3-41
Where to Put the
Restraint
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position.
We recommend that children and
child restraints be secured in a rear
seat, including: an infant or a child
riding in a rear-facing child restraint;
a child riding in a forward-facing
child seat; an older child riding in a
booster seat; and children, who are
large enough, using safety belts.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-42
Black plate (42,1)
Seats and Restraints
A label on your sun visor says,
“Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front.” This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.
{ WARNING
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates. This is
because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates and the
passenger seat is in a forward
position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
Secure rear-facing child
restraints in a rear seat, even if
the airbag is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the right front seat, always move
the front passenger seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
on page 3‑28 for additional
information.
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others. Always make
sure the child restraint is properly
secured.
Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent safety belt
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
additional passengers or child
restraints. Adjacent seating
positions should not be used if the
child restraint prevents access to or
interferes with the routing of the
safety belt.
Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
your vehicle — even when no child
is in it.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (43,1)
Seats and Restraints
If you need to secure more than one
child restraint in the rear seat,
review the following illustrations.
Depending on where you place the
child restraint or the size of the child
restraint, you may not be able to
access certain safety belt
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
additional passengers or child
restraints.
Configurations for Use of Child
Restraints
A. Child restraint using LATCH
A. Child restraint using LATCH
B. Occupant prohibited
C. Child restraint or occupant
using safety belt
A. Child restraint or occupant
using safety belt
B. Occupant prohibited
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
3-43
A. Child restraint or occupant
using safety belt
B. Child restraint using LATCH
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
This system is designed to make
installation of a child restraint easier.
The LATCH system uses anchors in
the vehicle and attachments on the
child restraint that are made for use
with the LATCH system.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-44
Black plate (44,1)
Seats and Restraints
Make sure that a LATCH-compatible
child restraint is properly installed
using the anchors, or use the
vehicle's safety belts to secure the
restraint, following the instructions
that came with that restraint, and
also the instructions in this manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
child restraint. A child restraint must
never be installed using only the top
tether and anchor.
In order to use the LATCH system in
your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
attachments. The child restraint
manufacturer will provide you with
instructions on how to use the child
restraint and its attachments. The
following explains how to attach a
child restraint with these
attachments in your vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments.
Lower Anchors
Top Tether Anchor
Lower anchors (A) are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are two
lower anchors for each LATCH
seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint
with lower attachments (B).
A top tether (A, C) anchors the
top of the child restraint to the
vehicle. A top tether anchor is built
into the vehicle. The top tether
attachment (B) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (45,1)
Seats and Restraints
Your child restraint may have a
single tether (A) or a dual tether (C).
Either will have a single
attachment (B) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
3-45
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
Top Tether Anchors
Rear Seat
i (Top Tether Anchor):
Seating
positions with top tether anchors.
j (Lower Anchor): Seating
positions with two lower anchors.
The rear outboard seating positions
have exposed metal anchors
located in the crease between the
seatback and the seat cushion.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
The top tether anchors for each rear
seating position are located on the
back of the rear seatback. The rear
compartment storage panel/cover
might need to be adjusted to access
the anchors. Be sure to use an
anchor located on the same side of
the vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
placed.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-46
Black plate (46,1)
Seats and Restraints
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint on page 3‑41 for
additional information.
Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System
{ WARNING
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
not attached to anchors, the child
restraint will not be able to protect
the child correctly. In a crash, the
child could be seriously injured or
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint properly using the
anchors, or use the vehicle safety
belts to secure the restraint,
following the instructions that
came with the child restraint and
the instructions in this manual.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
{ WARNING
Do not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured. To reduce the
risk of serious or fatal injuries
during a crash, attach only one
child restraint per anchor.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (47,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck and
the safety belt continues to
tighten. Buckle any unused safety
belts behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock,
if the vehicle has one, after the
child restraint has been installed.
Notice: Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s safety belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled safety belts to
avoid rubbing the LATCH
attachments.
Do not fold the empty rear seat
with a safety belt buckled. This
could damage the safety belt or
the seat. Unbuckle and return the
safety belt to its stowed position,
before folding the seat.
Make sure to attach the child
restraint at the proper anchor
location.
This system is designed to make
installation of child restraints easier.
When using lower anchors, do not
use the vehicle's safety belts.
Instead use the vehicle's anchors
and child restraint attachments to
secure the restraints. Some
restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure a top tether.
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the top tether and
the safety belts. Refer to the
child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the instructions
in this manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors for
the desired seating
position.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
3-47
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments on the child
restraint to the lower
anchors.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether
be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether to the top tether
anchor, if equipped. Refer to the
child restraint instructions and
the following steps:
2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-48
Black plate (48,1)
Seats and Restraints
2.2. Route, attach and tighten
the top tether according to
your child restraint
instructions and the
following instructions:
.
.
If the position being used
does not have a headrest
or head restraint and a dual
tether is being used, route
the tether over the
seatback.
If the position being used
does not have a headrest
or head restraint and a
single tether is being used,
route the tether over the
seatback.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
If the position being used
has a fixed headrest or
head restraint and a dual
tether is being used, route
the tether around the
headrest or head restraint.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (49,1)
Seats and Restraints
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash
{ WARNING
.
If the position being used
has a fixed headrest or
head restraint and a single
tether is being used, route
the tether over the headrest
or head restraint.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
LATCH path and attempt to
move it side‐to‐side and
back‐and‐forth. There should be
no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement, for proper
installation.
A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
3-49
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-50
Black plate (50,1)
Seats and Restraints
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3‑43 for how and
where to install the child restraint
using LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured in the vehicle using a
safety belt and it uses a top tether,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑43 for top tether anchor
locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
If the child restraint does not have
the LATCH system, you will be
using the safety belt to secure the
child restraint in this position. Be
sure to follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint. Secure
the child in the child restraint when
and as the instructions say.
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint on page 3‑41.
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (51,1)
Seats and Restraints
3-51
6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3‑43 for more
information.
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.
5. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-52
Black plate (52,1)
Seats and Restraints
Armrest Retaining Strap
{ WARNING
center armrest before installing a
rear‐facing child restraint in the
second row center seat position.
A rear center armrest that is not
properly stowed and secured
could fall forward during a sudden
stop or collision. The armrest
could contact an infant secured in
a rear‐facing child restraint in the
center seat position. Fasten the
retaining strap onto the stowed
armrest before installing a
rear‐facing child restraint in the
rear center seat position.
Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint on
page 3‑41.
Stow the rear seat center armrest.
Attach the retaining strap to the
armrest loop (A) and to the center
top tether anchor on the
seatback (B). Make sure the
retaining strap's clips are firmly
attached.
When new, the vehicle's glove box
materials included an armrest
retaining strap. Use it to secure the
Remove the armrest retaining strap
before installing a forward facing
child restraint in the center seat
position, as it may interfere with the
attachment of the top tether to the
top tether anchor on the seatback.
Install the rear-facing child
restraint using the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions and the
instructions described previously.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system which is
designed to turn off the right front
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3‑28 and
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
on page 5‑13 for more information,
including important safety
information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (53,1)
Seats and Restraints
A label on the sun visor says,
“Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front.” This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.
{ WARNING
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates. This is
because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates and the
passenger seat is in a forward
position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
Secure rear-facing child
restraints in a rear seat, even if
the airbag is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the right front seat, always move
the front passenger seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
on page 3‑28 for additional
information.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
3-53
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3‑43 for how and
where to install the child restraint
using LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured using a safety belt and it
uses a top tether, see Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3‑43 for
top tether anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-54
Black plate (54,1)
Seats and Restraints
You will be using the lap-shoulder
belt to secure the child restraint in
this position. Follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag
and seat‐mounted side impact
airbag, the off indicator on the
passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay lit
when you start the vehicle. See
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5‑13.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle, so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (55,1)
Seats and Restraints
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
If the vehicle does not have a
rear seat and the child restraint
has a top tether, follow the
child restraint manufacturer's
instructions regarding the use of
the top tether. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑43 for more information.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
3-55
If the airbags are off, the off
indicator in the passenger airbag
status indicator will come on and
stay on when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
On Indicator is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
System on page 3‑28 for more
information.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
3-56
Black plate (56,1)
Seats and Restraints
2 NOTES
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (1,1)
Storage
Storage
Storage
Compartments
Storage Compartments
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . .
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Center Console Storage . . . . . .
4-1
4-1
4-1
4-1
Instrument Panel Storage
4-1
Cupholders
Two cupholders are in the center
console. Cupholders may be located
in the second row seat armrest. To
access, pull the armrest down.
Center Console Storage
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
There may be a storage
compartment on the instrument
panel. Pull the handle to open.
Glove Box
Open the glove box by lifting up on
the lever.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
For vehicles with a center console
storage, use the lever (A) on the
front to open.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
4-2
Black plate (2,1)
Storage
Additional Storage
Features
Cargo Tie-Downs
Roof Rack System
{ WARNING
Cargo Cover
For vehicles with a cargo cover, use
it to cover items in the rear of the
vehicle.
To remove the cover from the
vehicle, pull both ends toward each
other. To reinstall, place each end of
the cover in the holes behind the
rear seat.
The vehicle may be equipped with
four cargo tie downs (A) located in
the rear compartment.
Convenience Net
This vehicle may have a
convenience net located in the rear
of the vehicle. Attach it to the cargo
tie‐downs for storing small loads.
Do not use the net to store heavy
loads.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
If something is carried on top of
the vehicle that is longer or wider
than the roof rack — like paneling,
plywood, or a mattress — the
wind can catch it while the vehicle
is being driven. The item being
carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
and damage the vehicle. Never
carry something longer or wider
than the roof rack on top of the
vehicle unless using a GM
certified accessory carrier.
This vehicle may be equipped with a
roof rack. For roof racks that do not
have cross rails included, GM
certified cross rails can be
purchased as an accessory. See
your dealer for additional
information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (3,1)
Storage
4-3
Notice: Loading cargo on the
roof rack that weighs more than
100 kg (220 lbs) or hangs over the
rear or sides of the vehicle may
damage the vehicle. Load cargo
so that it rests evenly between
the crossrails, making sure to
fasten cargo securely.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
when driving, check to make sure
cross rails and cargo are securely
fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
rack will make the vehicle's center
of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
braking, or abrupt maneuvers;
otherwise it may result in loss of
control. If driving for a long distance,
on rough roads, or at high speeds,
occasionally stop the vehicle to
make sure the cargo remains in its
place. Do not exceed the maximum
vehicle capacity when loading the
vehicle. For more information on
vehicle capacity and loading, see
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑16.
The roof rack cross rails can be
locked in four positions along the
roof rack side rails. These are the
only positions that the cross rails
will lock.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Lift the lever to release and move
the cross rail.
Position the cross rail on both sides
of the vehicle at the same time.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
4-4
Black plate (4,1)
Storage
Slide the cross rails back and forth
until the lock pins engage in the
holes and a click is heard as the
pins align and the cross rail locks.
Try sliding the cross rails forward
and backward to ensure that they
are correctly secured and that the
levers stay tight to the cross rails.
Do not stand on the plastic lower
body panels when loading cargo on
the roof rack.
Push the lever down to completely
engage into the side rail holes. If the
lever is not tight, then the cross rail
is not engaged in a side rail hole.
When the roof rack is not in use,
lock one cross rail at the furthest
forward position and lock the other
cross rail at the furthest rearward
position to reduce wind noise.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (1,1)
Instruments and Controls
Instruments and
Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3
Rear Window Wiper/
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-12
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-13
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-14
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-20
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-20
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-21
Fuel Economy Light . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-22
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-23
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-23
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
5-1
Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake System Messages . . . .
Compass Messages . . . . . . . . .
Cruise Control Messages . . . .
Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . .
Engine Cooling System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . .
Engine Power Messages . . . .
Fuel System Messages . . . . . .
Key and Lock Messages . . . . .
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ride Control System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airbag System Messages . . . .
Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . .
Anti-theft Alarm System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Vehicle Messages . . .
5-27
5-27
5-28
5-28
5-28
5-28
5-29
5-29
5-30
5-30
5-30
5-30
5-31
5-32
5-32
5-32
5-33
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-2
Black plate (2,1)
Instruments and Controls
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-33
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Vehicle Personalization
Controls
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
4. Pull the lever (A) up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-34
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Steering Wheel Controls
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever (A) down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
For vehicles with audio steering
wheel controls, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (3,1)
Instruments and Controls
b / g (Push to Talk): For vehicles
with Bluetooth® or OnStar®, press to
interact with those systems. See
Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7‑36
or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
on page 7‑38 or Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition) on page 7‑42 or
OnStar Overview on page 14‑1 for
more information.
$ / i (Mute/End Call): Press to
reject an incoming call, or end a
current call. Press to silence the
vehicle speakers while using the
infotainment system. Press again to
turn the sound on.
_ SRC ^ (Toggle Switch): Press to
select an audio source.
Toggle up or down to select the next
or previous favorite radio station or
CD/MP3 track.
+ x − (Volume): Press + or − to
increase or decrease the volume.
Horn
Press a
on the steering wheel
pad to sound the horn.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
5-3
INT: (Intermittent Wipes): Move
the lever up to INT for intermittent
wipes, then turn the 3 INT band
up for more frequent wipes or down
for less frequent wipes.
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
The windshield wiper/washer lever
is located on the right side of the
steering column. With the ignition in
ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/
START, move the windshield wiper
lever to select the wiper speed.
HI: Use for fast wipes.
LO: Use for slow wipes.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
8 (Mist):
For a single wipe, briefly
move the wiper lever down. For
several wipes, hold the wiper
lever down.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-4
Black plate (4,1)
Instruments and Controls
n L FRONT (Windshield
Washer): Pull the windshield wiper
lever toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
The wipers will continue until the
lever is released or the maximum
wash time is reached. When the
windshield wiper lever is released,
additional wipes may occur
depending on how long the
windshield washer had been
activated. See Washer Fluid on
page 10‑23 for information on filling
the windshield washer fluid
reservoir.
{ WARNING
In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.
Clear snow and ice from the wiper
blades before using them. If frozen
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
thaw them. Damaged blades should
be replaced. See Wiper Blade
Replacement on page 10‑29.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Wipe Parking
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/
OFF while the wipers are on LO, HI,
or INT, they will immediately stop.
If the windshield wiper lever is then
moved to off before the driver door
is opened or within 10 minutes, the
wipers will restart and move to the
base of the windshield.
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/
OFF while the wipers are performing
wipes due to windshield washing,
the wipers continue to run until they
reach the base of the windshield.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (5,1)
Instruments and Controls
Rear Window Wiper/
Washer
The rear wiper controls are on the
end of the windshield wiper lever.
ON: Press the upper portion of the
button for continuous rear window
wipes.
OFF: The rear wiper turns off when
the button is returned to the middle
position.
INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes):
Press the lower portion of the button
to set a delay between wipes.
m = REAR (Rear Washer):
Push
the windshield wiper lever forward
to spray washer fluid on the rear
window. The lever returns to its
starting position when released.
Reverse Gear Wipes
If the rear wiper control is off, the
rear wiper will automatically operate
continuously when the shift lever is
in R (Reverse), and the front
windshield wiper is performing low
or high speed wipes. If the rear
wiper control is off, the shift lever is
in R (Reverse), and the front
windshield wiper is performing
interval wipes, then the rear wiper
automatically performs interval
wipes.
The windshield washer reservoir is
used for the windshield and the rear
window. Check the fluid level in the
reservoir if either washer is not
working. See Washer Fluid on
page 10‑23.
Compass
The vehicle may have a compass
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The compass receives
its heading and other information
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
5-5
from the Global Positioning
System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak,
and vehicle speed information.
Avoid covering the GPS antenna for
long periods of time with objects
that may interfere with the antenna's
ability to receive a satellite signal.
See Multi-Band Antenna on
page 7‑23 for the location of the
vehicle's antenna. The compass
system is designed to operate for a
certain number of miles or degrees
of turn before needing a signal from
the GPS satellites. When the
compass display shows CAL, drive
the vehicle for a short distance in an
open area where it can receive a
GPS signal. The compass system
will automatically determine when a
GPS signal is restored and provide
a heading again. See Compass
Messages on page 5‑28 for more
information on the messages that
may be displayed for the compass.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-6
Black plate (6,1)
Instruments and Controls
Clock
The infotainment system controls,
located on the instrument panel, are
used to access the time and date
settings through the menu system.
See Operation on page 7‑10 for
information about how to use the
menu system.
6. To save the time or date and
return to the Time and Date
Settings menu, press the
E BACK button at any time or
press the MENU/SEL knob after
adjusting the minutes or year.
To set the auto time adjust:
To set the 12/24 hour format:
4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
turn Auto Time Adjust on or off.
1. Turn the infotainment system on.
1. Turn the infotainment system on.
2. Press the CONFIG button and
select Time and Date Settings.
3. Highlight Auto Time Adjust.
5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
select Time Zone, and then
select the time zone.
For vehicles with a navigation
system, see the separate navigation
manual to set the clock.
2. Press the CONFIG button and
select Time and Date Settings.
Setting the Clock with Date
Display
To set the Time and Date:
4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
select the 12 hour or 24 hour
display format.
1. Turn the infotainment system on.
To set the month and day format:
Setting the Clock Without Date
Display
2. Press the CONFIG button and
select Time and Date Settings.
1. Turn the infotainment system on.
To set the Time and Date:
1. Turn the infotainment system on.
3. Select Set Time or Set Date.
2. Press the CONFIG button and
select Time and Date Settings.
4. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
adjust the highlighted value.
3. Highlight Month and Day
Format.
5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
select the next value.
4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
select MM/DD (month/day) or
DD/MM (day/month).
3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
6. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
turn Daylight Savings on or off.
2. Press the CONFIG button and
select Time Settings, or press
the H button.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (7,1)
Instruments and Controls
3. Select Set Time.
4. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
adjust the highlighted value.
5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
select the next value.
6. To save the time and return to
the Time Settings menu, press
the E BACK button at any
time or press the MENU/SEL
knob after adjusting the minutes.
To set the 12/24 hour format:
1. Turn the infotainment system on.
2. Press the CONFIG button and
select Time Settings, or press
the H button.
Setting the Clock (Radio with
CD and Touchscreen)
To set the time:
1. Press the CONFIG button to
enter the menu options. Turn the
TUNE/MENU knob to scroll
through the available setup
features. Press the TUNE/MENU
knob or press the Time screen
button to display other options
within that feature.
2. Press + or − to decrease or
increase the Hours and Minutes
displayed on the clock.
3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.
12/24 HR Format: Press the 12 HR
screen button for standard time;
press the 24 HR screen button for
military time.
4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
select the 12 hour or 24 hour
display format.
Day + or Day −: Press the Day +
or Day − display buttons to increase
or decrease the day.
Display: Press Display to turn the
display of the time on the screen on
or off.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
5-7
Power Outlets
The accessory power outlets
can be used to connect electrical
equipment, such as a cell phone or
MP3 player.
There are four accessory power
outlets in the following locations:
below the CD slot, inside the center
console storage, on the rear of the
center console storage, and in the
rear cargo compartment.
To use the outlets, remove the cover
and close when not in use.
Notice: Leaving electrical
equipment plugged in for an
extended period of time while the
vehicle is off will drain the
battery. Always unplug electrical
equipment when not in use and
do not plug in equipment that
exceeds the maximum 20 ampere
rating.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-8
Black plate (8,1)
Instruments and Controls
Certain accessory plugs may not be
compatible with the accessory
power outlets and could overload
vehicle and adapter fuses. If a
problem is experienced, see your
dealer.
When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the installation
instructions included with the
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment on page 9‑63.
Notice: Hanging heavy
equipment from the power outlet
can cause damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty. The
power outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.
Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Gauges can indicate when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Often gauges and warning
lights work together to indicate a
problem with the vehicle.
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while
driving, or when one of the gauges
shows there may be a problem,
check the section that explains what
to do. Follow this manual's advice.
Waiting to do repairs can be costly
and even dangerous.
Warning lights come on when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Some warning lights come
on briefly when the engine is started
to indicate they are working.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (9,1)
Instruments and Controls
Instrument Cluster
English Shown, Metric Similar
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
5-9
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-10
Black plate (10,1)
Instruments and Controls
Speedometer
Odometer
The vehicle's speed can be selected
to display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC) and the speedometer
in either kilometers per hour (km/h)
or miles per hour (mph). Telltales on
the speedometer indicate whether
kilometers or miles were chosen.
The DIC will show the vehicle's
speed after the limit on the
speedometer has been reached.
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.
Fuel Gauge
This vehicle has a tamper‐resistant
odometer. The digital odometer will
read 999,999 if it is turned back.
If the vehicle needs a new odometer
installed, it must be set to the
mileage total of the old odometer.
Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Metric
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (11,1)
Instruments and Controls
Here are some situations that can
occur with the fuel gauge. None of
these indicate a problem with the
fuel gauge.
.
At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
.
It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
.
The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
.
The gauge takes a few seconds
to stabilize after the ignition is
turned on, and goes back to
empty when the ignition is
turned off.
English
When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge shows about how much fuel
the vehicle has left in the fuel tank.
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates the side of the vehicle the
fuel door is on.
The gauge will first indicate empty
before the vehicle is out of fuel and
the low fuel light comes on, but the
vehicle's fuel tank should be
filled soon.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
Metric
5-11
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-12
Black plate (12,1)
Instruments and Controls
Safety Belt Reminders
Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light
Passenger Safety Belt
Reminder Light
There is a driver safety belt
reminder light on the instrument
panel cluster.
English
This gauge measures the
temperature of the vehicle's engine.
If the indicator needle moves to the
hot side of the gauge toward the
colored line, the engine is too hot.
If the vehicle has been operated
under normal driving conditions, pull
off the road, stop the vehicle, and
turn off the engine as soon as
possible.
When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind the driver to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue
several times if the driver remains or
becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.
If the driver safety belt is buckled,
neither the light nor the chime
comes on.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind front passengers to
fasten their safety belt. Then the
light stays on solid until the belt is
buckled.
This cycle continues several times if
the front passenger remains or
becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.
If the front passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (13,1)
Instruments and Controls
The front passenger safety belt
reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other
electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
the safety belt.
Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem. The system
check includes the airbag sensor(s),
passenger sensing system, the
pretensioners, the airbag modules,
the wiring, and the crash sensing
and diagnostic module. For more
information on the airbag system,
see Airbag System on page 3‑21.
5-13
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator
The airbag readiness light comes on
and stays on for several seconds
when the vehicle is started. Then
the light goes out.
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3‑28 for
important safety information. The
overhead console has a passenger
airbag status indicator.
{ WARNING
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
United States
Canada
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-14
Black plate (14,1)
Instruments and Controls
as a system check. If you are using
remote start to start the vehicle from
a distance, if equipped, you may not
see the system check. Then, after
several more seconds, the status
indicator will light either ON or OFF,
or either the on or off symbol to let
you know the status of the right front
passenger frontal airbag.
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the right
front passenger frontal airbag is
enabled (may inflate).
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the
passenger sensing system has
turned off the right front passenger
frontal airbag.
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See
your dealer for service.
{ WARNING
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5‑13 for more
information, including important
safety information.
Charging System Light
The charging system light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned
on, but the engine is not running, as
a check to show the light is working.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
The light turns off when the engine
is started. If it does not, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the light stays on, or comes on
while driving, there may be a
problem with the electrical charging
system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
When this light comes on, the Driver
Information Center (DIC) also
displays a message.
See Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages on page 5‑27.
If a short distance must be driven
with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (15,1)
Instruments and Controls
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
A computer system called OBD II
(On-Board Diagnostics-Second
Generation) monitors the operation
of the vehicle to ensure emissions
are at acceptable levels, to produce
a cleaner environment. This light
comes on when the vehicle is
placed in ON/RUN, as a check to
show it is working. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. See Ignition Positions on
page 9‑21 for more information.
If the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on and stays on while the
engine is running, this indicates that
there is an OBD II problem and
service is required.
Malfunctions often are indicated by
the system before any problem is
apparent. Being aware of the light
can prevent more serious damage
to the vehicle. This system assists
the service technician in correctly
diagnosing any malfunction.
Notice: If the vehicle is
continually driven with this light
on, the emission controls might
not work as well, the vehicle fuel
economy might not be as good,
and the engine might not run as
smoothly. This could lead to
costly repairs that might not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Notice: Modifications made to the
engine, transmission, exhaust,
intake, or fuel system of the
vehicle or the replacement of the
original tires with other than
those of the same Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC) can
affect the vehicle's emission
controls and can cause this light
to come on. Modifications to
these systems could lead to
costly repairs
not
covered
by the
I
nf
or
mat
i
o
nPr
ovi
d
edby:
5-15
vehicle warranty. This could also
result in a failure to pass a
required Emission Inspection/
Maintenance test. See
Accessories and Modifications on
page 10‑3.
This light comes on during a
malfunction in one of two ways:
Light Flashing: A misfire condition
has been detected. A misfire
increases vehicle emissions and
could damage the emission control
system on the vehicle. Diagnosis
and service might be required.
To prevent more serious damage to
the vehicle:
.
Reduce vehicle speed.
.
Avoid hard accelerations.
.
Avoid steep uphill grades.
.
If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as it is possible.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-16
Instruments and Controls
If the light continues to flash, stop
and park the vehicle. Turn the
vehicle off, wait at least 10 seconds,
and restart the engine. If the light is
still flashing, follow the previous
steps and see your dealer for
service as soon as possible.
Light On Steady: An emission
control system malfunction has
been detected on the vehicle.
Diagnosis and service might be
required.
The following may correct an
emission system malfunction:
.
Black plate (16,1)
Check that the fuel cap is fully
installed. See Filling the Tank on
page 9‑54. The diagnostic
system can determine if the
fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. A loose or
missing fuel cap allows fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
A few driving trips with the cap
properly installed should turn the
light off.
.
Check that good quality fuel is
used. Poor fuel quality causes
the engine not to run as
efficiently as designed and may
cause stalling after start-up,
stalling when the vehicle is
changed into gear, misfiring,
hesitation on acceleration,
or stumbling on acceleration.
These conditions might go away
once the engine is warmed up.
Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
Some local governments may have
programs to inspect the on-vehicle
emission control equipment. For the
inspection, the emission system test
equipment is connected to the
vehicle’s Data Link
Connector (DLC).
If one or more of these conditions
occurs, change the fuel brand used.
It will require at least one full tank of
the proper fuel to turn the light off.
See Recommended Fuel on
page 9‑51.
If none of the above have made the
light turn off, your dealer can check
the vehicle. The dealer has the
proper test equipment and
diagnostic tools to fix any
mechanical or electrical problems
that might have developed.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
The DLC is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. See your dealer if assistance
is needed.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (17,1)
Instruments and Controls
The vehicle may not pass
inspection if:
.
.
The malfunction indicator lamp is
on with the engine running, or if
the light does not come on when
the ignition is turned to ON/RUN
while the engine is off.
The OBD II (On-Board
Diagnostics) system determines
that critical emission control
systems have not been
completely diagnosed. The
vehicle would be considered not
ready for inspection. This can
happen if the 12-volt battery has
recently been replaced or run
down. The diagnostic system is
designed to evaluate critical
emission control systems during
normal driving. This can take
several days of routine driving.
If this has been done and the
vehicle still does not pass the
inspection for lack of OBD II
system readiness, your dealer
can prepare the vehicle for
inspection.
Brake System Warning
Light
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining
circuit can still work to stop the
vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need
to be working
Metric
English
The brake indicator light should
come on briefly as the engine is
started. If it does not come on have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
When the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light comes on
when the parking brake is set. The
light stays on if the parking brake
does not fully release. If it stays on
after the parking brake is fully
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
5-17
released, there is a brake problem.
Have the brake system inspected
immediately.
{ WARNING
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.
If the light comes on while driving, a
chime sounds. Pull off the road and
stop. The pedal might be harder to
push or go closer to the floor.
It might also take longer to stop.
If the light is still on, have the
vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑77.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-18
Black plate (18,1)
Instruments and Controls
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
For vehicles with the Antilock Brake
System (ABS), this light comes on
briefly when the engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
If the ABS light comes on and stays
on while driving, stop as soon as
possible and turn the ignition off.
Start the engine again to reset the
system. If the light stays on after
driving at a speed above 20 km/h
(13 mph), see your dealer for
service. A chime may also sound
when the light comes on steady.
If the regular brake system warning
light is not on, the vehicle still has
brakes, but not antilock brakes.
If the regular brake system warning
light is also on, the vehicle does not
have antilock brakes and there is a
problem with the regular brakes.
See Brake System Warning Light on
page 5‑17.
See Brake System Messages on
page 5‑28 for all brake‐related DIC
messages.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light
For vehicles with the lane departure
warning system, this light is located
on the center of the instrument
panel. This light briefly comes on
green while starting the vehicle.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally the
indicator light then turns off.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (19,1)
Instruments and Controls
5-19
Traction Off Light
This light also comes on green
when the system is switched on and
ready to operate.
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
on page 9‑48 for more information.
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) Warning Light
These lights are located on the
center of the instrument panel.
The forward collision alert comes on
and warns when following a vehicle
closely. The light then flashes when
a vehicle is being rapidly
approached.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System on page 9‑41 for more
information.
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
turns off.
The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
button.
The vehicle ahead light comes on
when a vehicle is ahead and a
possible collision can occur.
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
light come on when StabiliTrak is
turned off.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-20
Black plate (20,1)
Instruments and Controls
See Traction Control System (TCS)
on page 9‑35 and StabiliTrak®
System on page 9‑37 for more
information.
See Traction Control System (TCS)
on page 9‑35 and StabiliTrak®
System on page 9‑37 for more
information.
StabiliTrak® OFF Light
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light
If the light is on and not flashing, the
TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak
system have been disabled. A DIC
message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which
feature(s) is no longer functioning
and whether the vehicle requires
service.
If the indicator/warning light is on
and flashing, the TCS and/or the
StabiliTrak system is actively
working.
This light comes on when the
StabiliTrak system is turned off.
If the Traction Control System (TCS)
is off, wheel spin is not limited. If the
StabiliTrak system is off, the system
does not assist in controlling the
vehicle. Turn on the TCS and the
StabiliTrak system and the warning
light turns off.
Check the DIC for applicable
messages. See Ride Control
System Messages on page 5‑31 for
more information.
The StabiliTrak system or the
Traction Control System (TCS)
indicator/warning light comes on
briefly when the engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by the dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
See StabiliTrak® System on
page 9‑37 and Traction Control
System (TCS) on page 9‑35 for
more information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (21,1)
Instruments and Controls
Tire Pressure Light
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.
When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
A tire pressure message can
accompany the light. See Tire
Messages on page 5‑33 for more
information. Stop as soon as
possible, and inflate the tires to the
pressure value shown on the Tire
and Loading Information label. See
Tire Pressure on page 10‑50 for
more information.
When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
This indicates that there may be a
problem with the TPMS. The light
flashes for about a minute and stays
on steady for the remainder of the
ignition cycle. This sequence
repeats with every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10‑53 for more
information.
Engine Oil Pressure Light
{ WARNING
Do not keep driving if the oil
pressure is low. The engine can
become so hot that it catches fire.
Someone could be burned. Check
the oil as soon as possible and
have the vehicle serviced.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
5-21
Notice: Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always follow the maintenance
schedule for changing engine oil.
The oil pressure light should come
on briefly as the engine is started.
If it does not come on, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-22
Black plate (22,1)
Instruments and Controls
Fuel Economy Light
Low Fuel Warning Light
For vehicles with a Driver
Information Center (DIC), see Fuel
System Messages on page 5‑30 for
more information.
Security Light
For vehicles with the fuel economy
mode light, it comes on when the
eco (economy) switch, located on
the center console near the shifter,
is pressed. For vehicles with a
Driver Information Center (DIC) an
ECO MODE ON message displays.
See Fuel System Messages on
page 5‑30 for more information.
Press the switch again to turn off
the light and exit the fuel
saver mode.
English Shown, Metric Similar
This light comes on for a
few seconds when the ignition is
turned on as a check to indicate it is
working. If it does not come on,
have it fixed.
The low fuel warning light is a circle
located on the fuel gauge. This light
comes on and a chime sounds
periodically when the vehicle is low
on fuel. The light goes off when fuel
is added to the fuel tank.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
The immobilizer light should come
on briefly as the engine is started.
If it does not come on, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer Operation
on page 2‑14 for more information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (23,1)
Instruments and Controls
5-23
High-Beam On Light
Front Fog Lamp Light
Cruise Control Light
The high‐beam on light comes on
when the high-beam headlamps are
in use.
The front fog lamp light comes on
when the fog lamps are in use.
The cruise control light is white
whenever the cruise control is set,
and turns green when the cruise
control is active.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer on page 6‑2 for more
information.
The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog
Lamps on page 6‑4 for more
information.
Lamps On Reminder
For vehicles with the lamps on
reminder light, it comes on when the
lights are in use.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
The light turns off when the cruise
control is turned off. See Cruise
Control on page 9‑38 for more
information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-24
Black plate (24,1)
Instruments and Controls
Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
It also shows the shift lever position,
the odometer, and the direction the
vehicle is driving.
SET/CLR (Set/Clear): Use this
button to set or clear the menu item
when it is displayed.
DIC Buttons
Trip/Fuel Menu Items
Press the MENU button until Trip/
Fuel Information Menu is displayed.
Then press R to scroll through the
following menu items:
The vehicle may have a Driver
Information Center (DIC). It displays
information about the vehicle and
warning messages if there is a
system problem detected. DIC
messages display in the center of
the instrument panel cluster. See
Vehicle Messages on page 5‑27 for
more information.
The vehicle may also have features
that can be customized through the
controls on the radio. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑34 for
more information.
DIC Operation and Displays
Use the DIC buttons located in the
center of the instrument panel to
access different displays. The DIC
displays trip, fuel, vehicle system
information, and warning messages.
MENU: Press this button to get to
the Trip/Fuel Menu and the Vehicle
Information Menu.
Q or R : Use these buttons to
scroll through the items in each
menu. A small marker will move
along the page as you scroll through
the items. This shows where each
page is in the menu.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
Trip 1
.
Trip 2
.
Fuel Range
.
Average Fuel Economy
.
Instantaneous Fuel Economy
.
Average Vehicle Speed
.
Timer
.
Digital Speedometer
.
Turn-by-Turn
.
Blank Display
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (25,1)
Instruments and Controls
Trip 1 and Trip 2
This display shows the current
distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
the last reset for the trip odometer.
The trip odometer can be reset to
zero by pressing SET/CLR while the
trip odometer display is showing.
Fuel Range
This display shows the approximate
distance the vehicle can be driven
without refueling. The fuel range
estimate is based on an average of
the vehicle's fuel economy over
recent driving history and the
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
tank. Fuel range cannot be reset.
Average Fuel Economy
This display shows the approximate
average liters per 100 kilometers
(L/100 km) or miles per
gallon (mpg). This number is
calculated based on the number of
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
last time this menu item was reset.
The fuel economy can be reset by
pressing SET/CLR while the
Average Fuel Economy display is
showing. The display may not reset
to zero.
Instantaneous Fuel Economy
This display shows the current fuel
economy in either liters per
100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles
per gallon (mpg). This number
reflects only the fuel economy that
the vehicle has right now and
changes frequently as driving
conditions change. Unlike average
economy, this display cannot be
reset.
Average Vehicle Speed
This display shows the average
speed of the vehicle in kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph). This average is
calculated based on the various
vehicle speeds recorded since the
last reset of this value. The average
speed can be reset by pressing
SET/CLR while the Average Vehicle
Speed display is showing.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
5-25
Timer
This display can be used as a timer.
To start the timer, press SET/CLR
while Timer is displayed. The
display will show the amount of time
that has passed since the timer was
last reset, not including time the
ignition is off. Time will continue to
be counted as long as the ignition is
on, even if another display is being
shown on the DIC. The timer will
record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes
and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after
which the display will return to zero.
To stop the timer, press SET/CLR
briefly while Timer is displayed. To
reset the timer to zero, press and
hold SET/CLR.
Digital Speedometer
The speedometer shows how fast
the vehicle is moving in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph). The speedometer
cannot be reset.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-26
Black plate (26,1)
Instruments and Controls
Turn-by-Turn
Unit
Remaining Oil Life
This display is used for the OnStar
or Navigation System Turn-by-Turn
guidance. See OnStar Overview on
page 14‑1 or the Navigation manual,
if the vehicle has navigation, for
more information.
Press SET/CLR to enter the unit
menu. Then press Q or R to switch
between METRIC or US when the
Unit display is active. Press SET/
CLR to confirm the setting. This will
change the displays on the cluster
and DIC to either metric or English
(US) measurements.
This display shows an estimate of
the oil's remaining useful life.
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
displayed, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains.
Blank Display
This display shows no information.
Vehicle Information Menu
Items
Press the MENU button until Vehicle
Information Menu is displayed. Then
press R to scroll through the
following menu items:
.
Unit
.
Tire Pressure
.
Remaining Oil Life
.
Blank Display
Tire Pressure
The display will show a vehicle with
the approximate pressures of all
four tires. Tire pressure is displayed
in either kilopascal (kPa) or in
pounds per square inch (psi).
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
on page 10‑51 and Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation on page 10‑53 for
more information.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
See Engine Oil Messages on
page 5‑29. The oil should be
changed as soon as possible. See
Engine Oil on page 10‑10. In
addition to the engine oil life system
monitoring the oil life, additional
maintenance is recommended in the
Maintenance Schedule in this
manual. See Maintenance Schedule
on page 11‑3 for more information.
Remember, the Oil Life display must
be reset after each oil change. It will
not reset itself. Also, be careful not
to reset the Oil Life display
accidentally at any time other than
when the oil has just been changed.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (27,1)
Instruments and Controls
It cannot be reset accurately until
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, press SET/
CLR while the Oil Life display is
active. The display will ask for
confirmation of a reset. Press Q or
R to select Yes or No. Then press
SET/CLR to confirm the selection.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10‑12.
Blank Display
This display shows no information.
Compass
The vehicle may have a compass in
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
See Compass on page 5‑5.
Vehicle Messages
Messages are displayed on the DIC
to notify the driver that the status of
the vehicle has changed and that
some action may be needed by the
driver to correct the condition.
Multiple messages may appear one
after another.
Some messages may not require
immediate action, but you can press
SET/CLR to acknowledge that you
received the messages and to clear
them from the display. Some
messages cannot be cleared from
the DIC display because they are
more urgent. These messages
require action before they can be
cleared. You should take any
messages that appear on the
display seriously and remember that
clearing the messages will only
make the messages disappear, not
correct the problem. You will find the
possible messages that can be
displayed and some information
about them grouped by subject in
the following information.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
5-27
Battery Voltage and
Charging Messages
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
This message displays when the
vehicle has detected that the battery
voltage is dropping beyond a
reasonable point. The battery saver
system starts reducing certain
features of the vehicle that you may
be able to notice. At the point that
features are disabled, this message
is displayed. It means that the
vehicle is trying to save the charge
in the battery. Turn off unnecessary
accessories to allow the battery to
recharge.
LOW BATTERY
This message is displayed when the
battery voltage is low. See Battery
on page 10‑26 for more information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-28
Black plate (28,1)
Instruments and Controls
SERVICE BATTERY
CHARGING SYSTEM
This message is displayed when
there is a fault in the battery
charging system. Take the vehicle to
your dealer for service.
Brake System Messages
BRAKE FLUID LOW
This message is displayed when the
brake fluid level is low; see Brake
Fluid on page 10‑24.
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
This message is displayed as a
reminder that the parking brake is
on. Release it before you attempt to
drive.
Compass Messages
Door Ajar Messages
CAL
DOOR OPEN
This message is displayed when the
compass needs to be calibrated.
See Compass on page 5‑5.
A door open symbol will be
displayed on the DIC showing which
door is open. If the vehicle has been
shifted out of P (Park), a DOOR
OPEN message will also be
displayed. Close the door
completely.
–––
Three dashes will be displayed if the
compass needs service. See your
dealer for service.
Cruise Control Messages
MANUALLY CLOSE THE
POWER LIFTGATE
If this message displays when
attempting to activate cruise control,
apply the brake pedal and try again.
This message will display if the
power liftgate encounters multiple
obstacles on the same power cycle.
After removing the obstructions, the
liftgate will resume normal power
operation.
CRUISE SET TO XXX
REAR ACCESS OPEN
This message displays when the
cruise control is set and shows the
speed it was set to. See Cruise
Control on page 9‑38 for more
information.
This message will display along with
a symbol when the liftgate is open.
Close the liftgate completely.
APPLY BRAKE BEFORE
CRUISE
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (29,1)
Instruments and Controls
Engine Cooling System
Messages
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH
ENGINE TEMP
This message displays when the
engine coolant becomes hotter than
the normal operating temperature.
To avoid added strain on a hot
engine, the air conditioning
compressor automatically turns off.
When the coolant temperature
returns to normal, the air
conditioning compressor turns back
on. You can continue to drive the
vehicle.
5-29
ENGINE
OVERHEATED — IDLE
ENGINE
Engine Oil Messages
This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature is too
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
idle until it cools down.
This message displays when the
engine oil needs to be changed.
When you change the engine oil, be
sure to reset the Oil Life System.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10‑12 and Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑24 for
information on how to reset the
system. See Engine Oil on
page 10‑10 and Maintenance
Schedule on page 11‑3 for more
information.
ENGINE
OVERHEATED — STOP
ENGINE
If this message continues to appear,
have the system repaired by your
dealer as soon as possible to avoid
damage to the engine.
This message displays and a
continuous chime sounds if the
engine cooling system reaches
unsafe temperatures for operation.
Stop and turn off the vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so to avoid
severe damage. This message
clears when the engine has cooled
to a safe operating temperature.
COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADD
COOLANT
HIGH COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
This message will display if the
coolant is low. See Engine Coolant
on page 10‑17.
This message displays if the coolant
temperature is hot. See Engine
Overheating on page 10‑20.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays when the
engine oil temperature is too hot.
Stop and allow the vehicle to idle
until it cools down.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-30
Black plate (30,1)
Instruments and Controls
ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL
This message displays when the
engine oil level is too low. Check the
oil level. See Engine Oil on
page 10‑10.
OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP
ENGINE
This message displays if low oil
pressure levels occur. Stop the
vehicle as soon as safely possible
and do not operate it until the cause
of the low oil pressure has been
corrected. Check the oil as soon as
possible and have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer.
Engine Power Messages
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays when the
vehicle's engine power is reduced.
Reduced engine power can affect
the vehicle's ability to accelerate.
If this message is on, but there is no
reduction in performance, proceed
to your destination. The
performance may be reduced the
next time the vehicle is driven. The
vehicle may be driven at a reduced
speed while this message is on, but
maximum acceleration and speed
may be reduced. Anytime this
message stays on, the vehicle
should be taken to your dealer for
service as soon as possible.
Fuel System Messages
ECO MODE ON
On some models, this message
displays when the fuel economy
mode has been turned on by
pressing the eco button near the
shift lever. See Fuel Economy Mode
on page 9‑32 for more information.
FUEL LEVEL LOW
This message displays when the
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as
soon as possible.
TIGHTEN GAS CAP
This message displays when the
fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the
fuel cap.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Key and Lock Messages
REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY
This message displays when the
battery in the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter needs to be
replaced.
Object Detection System
Messages
FORWARD COLLISION
ALERT OFF
If your vehicle has the Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) system, this
message may display if the FCA
system cannot activate due to a
temporary condition. See Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) System on
page 9‑41.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (31,1)
Instruments and Controls
FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED,
CLEAN WINDSHIELD
This message displays when the
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
systems are disabled because the
camera view is blocked and cannot
operate properly. It may also
activate during heavy rain or due to
road spray. To clean the system,
clean the outside of the windshield
area in front of the LDW/FCA
camera sensor.
LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEM
UNAVAILABLE
If your vehicle has the Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) system,
this message may display if the
LDW system cannot activate due to
a temporary condition. See Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) on
page 9‑48 for more information.
PARK ASSIST OFF
This message displays when the
park assist system has been turned
off or when there is a temporary
condition causing the system to be
disabled. See Ultrasonic Parking
Assist on page 9‑43.
SERVICE FRONT CAMERA
This message displays when the
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
systems are disabled and need
service. See your dealer/retailer.
SERVICE PARK ASSIST
This message displays if there is a
problem with the Ultrasonic Rear
Parking Assist (URPA) system. Do
not use this system to help you
park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist
on page 9‑43 for more information.
See your dealer for service.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
5-31
Ride Control System
Messages
ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF
If your vehicle has the All-Wheel
Drive (AWD) system, this message
displays when the rear drive system
is overheating. This message turns
off when the rear drive system cools
down. If the warning message stays
on for a while, you need to reset the
warning message. To reset the
warning message, turn the ignition
off and then back on again. If the
message stays on, see your dealer
right away. See All-Wheel Drive on
page 9‑33 for more information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-32
Black plate (32,1)
Instruments and Controls
SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE
SERVICE STABILITRAK
Airbag System Messages
If your vehicle has the All-Wheel
Drive (AWD) system, this message
displays if a problem occurs with
this system. If this message
appears, stop as soon as possible
and turn off the vehicle. Restart the
vehicle and check for the message
on the DIC display. If the message
is still displayed or appears again
when you begin driving, the AWD
system needs service. See your
dealer.
This message displays if there is a
problem with the StabiliTrak system.
StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑37.
SERVICE AIRBAG
SERVICE TRACTION
CONTROL
This message displays when there
is a problem with the Traction
Control System (TCS). See Traction
Control System (TCS) on
page 9‑35.
STABILITRAK OFF
This message displays when the
StabiliTrak system is turned off. See
StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑37
for more information.
TRACTION CONTROL OFF
This message displays when the
Traction Control System (TCS) is
turned off. Adjust your driving
accordingly.
TRACTION CONTROL ON
This message displays when the
Traction Control System (TCS) is
first turned on. See Traction Control
System (TCS) on page 9‑35 for
more information.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
This message displays if there is a
problem with the airbag system.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.
Safety Belt Messages
BUCKLE SEATBELT
This message displays as a
reminder when the safety belt is not
buckled.
Anti-theft Alarm System
Messages
THEFT ATTEMPTED
This message displays if the vehicle
detects a tamper condition.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (33,1)
Instruments and Controls
Service Vehicle Messages
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
SERVICE AC SYSTEM
This message displays when the
system is learning new tires. See
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
page 10‑53 for more information.
This message is displayed if there is
a problem with the air conditioning
system. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service.
SERVICE POWER STEERING
This message is displayed if there is
a problem with the power steering
system. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service.
Transmission Messages
This message displays when the
pressure in one or more of the tires
is low.
SERVICE TRANSMISSION
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON
This message is displayed if there is
a problem with the vehicle. Take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
The low tire pressure warning light
will also come on. See Tire
Pressure Light on page 5‑21.
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
SYSTEM
This message displays if there is a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
Pressure Monitor Operation on
page 10‑53 for more information.
You can receive more than one tire
pressure message at a time. The
DIC also shows the tire pressure
values. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑24.
TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE
This message also displays LEFT
FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT
REAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicate
the location of the low tire.
Tire Messages
5-33
If a tire pressure message appears
on the DIC, stop as soon as you
can. Inflate the tires by adding air
until the tire pressure is equal to the
values shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Tires
on page 10‑42, Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑16, and Tire Pressure on
page 10‑50.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
This message displays if there is a
problem with the transmission. See
your dealer.
SHIFT TO PARK
This message displays when the
transmission needs to be shifted to
P (Park). This may appear when
attempting to remove the key from
the ignition or from the vehicle if the
vehicle is not in P (Park).
TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays and a chime
sounds if the transmission fluid in
the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the
transmission fluid temperature high
can cause damage to the vehicle.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-34
Black plate (34,1)
Instruments and Controls
Stop the vehicle and let it idle to
allow the transmission to cool. This
message clears when the fluid
temperature reaches a safe level.
Vehicle Reminder
Messages
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
WITH CARE
This message is displayed when ice
conditions are possible.
TURN WIPER CONTROL TO
INTERMITTENT FIRST
This message is displayed when
attempting to adjust the intermittent
wiper speed without intermittent
selected on the wiper control. See
Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5‑3.
Vehicle
Personalization
3. Press the center of the MENU/
SELECT knob to select the
Vehicle Settings menu.
The audio system controls are used
to access the personalization
menus for customizing vehicle
features.
The following list of menu items will
be available:
CONFIG (Configuration): Press to
access the Configuration
Settings Menu.
MENU/SELECT Knob: Press the
center of this knob to enter the
menus and select menu items. Turn
the knob to scroll through the
menus.
E BACK:
Press to exit or move
backwards in a menu.
Entering the Personalization
Menus
1. Turn the infotainment system on
and press the CONFIG button to
access the Configuration
Settings menu.
2. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to
highlight Vehicle Settings.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
Climate and Air Quality
.
Comfort and Convenience
.
Collision/Detection Systems
.
Languages
.
Lighting
.
Power Door Locks
.
Remote Lock/Unlock/Start
.
Return to Factory Settings
Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to
highlight the menu. Press the knob
to select it. Each of the menus is
detailed in the following information.
All of the menus may not be
available. Only those tied to the
features on your vehicle will be
shown.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (35,1)
Instruments and Controls
5-35
Climate and Air Quality
Air Conditioning Mode
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
Select the Climate and Air Quality
menu and the following will be
displayed:
This will allow you to select whether
or not the air conditioning comes on
automatically the next time the
vehicle is started. “On” means that
the air conditioning will be on at
start up, regardless of whether it
was on or off the last time the
vehicle was turned off. “Off” means
the air conditioning will be off at the
next start up, regardless of whether
it was on or off the last time the
vehicle was turned off. “Last
Setting” means that when the
vehicle is started, the air
conditioning will resume whichever
setting it was at the last time the
vehicle was turned off.
When on, this feature will turn the
heated seats on when using remote
start on cold days.
.
Auto Fan Speed
.
Air Conditioning Mode
.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
Auto Fan Speed
This selection is available on
vehicles with the Automatic Climate
Control System. Choose from the
following blower speed settings:
High: Increased speed.
Low: Reduced speed.
Normal: Moderate speed.
Press the MENU/SELECT knob
when Auto Fan Speed is
highlighted. Turn the knob to
highlight “High,” “Normal,” or “Low.”
Press the knob to confirm the
selection and go back to the
last menu.
Press the MENU/SELECT knob
when Air Conditioning Mode is
highlighted. Turn the knob to
highlight “On,” “Off,” or “Last
Setting.” Press the knob to confirm
the selection and go back to the
last menu.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Press the MENU/SELECT knob
when “Remote Start Auto Heat
Seats” is highlighted to toggle
between “On” or “Off.” Press
E BACK to confirm the selection
and go back to the last menu.
Comfort and Convenience
Select the Comfort and
Convenience menu and the
following will be displayed:
.
Easy Exit Driver Seat
.
Chime Volume
.
Reverse Tilt Mirror
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-36
Black plate (36,1)
Instruments and Controls
Easy Exit Driver Seat
When on, this feature will move the
driver seat rearward upon turning
the ignition off and the driver door
opening. This may be performed to
make it easier to exit the vehicle.
See the “Easy Exit Driver Seat”
information under Power Seat
Adjustment on page 3‑4 for more
information.
This allows you to turn the easy exit
seat feature on or off.
Press the MENU/SELECT knob
when “Easy Exit Driver Seat” is
highlighted. Turn the knob to select
“On” or “Off.” Press the knob to
confirm and go back to the
last menu.
Chime Volume
This allows the selection of the
chime volume level.
Press the MENU/SELECT knob
when “Chime Volume” is
highlighted. Turn the knob to select
“Normal” or “High.” Press the knob
to confirm and go back to the
last menu.
Reverse Tilt Mirror
When on, both the driver and
passenger mirrors will tilt downward
when vehicle is shifted to
R (Reverse) to improve visibility of
the ground near the rear wheels.
They will return to their previous
driving position when the vehicle is
shifted out of R (Reverse), the
ignition is turned to OFF, or the
vehicle is left in reverse. See Park
Tilt Mirrors on page 2‑17 for more
information.
This allows you to turn the park tilt
mirrors feature on or off.
Press the MENU/SELECT knob
when “Reverse Tilt Mirror” is
highlighted. Turn the knob to select
“On” or “Off.” Press the knob to
confirm and go back to the
last menu.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Collision/Detection Systems
Select the Collision/Detection
Systems menu and the following will
be displayed:
.
Park Assist
Park Assist
This allows the Ultrasonic Parking
Assist feature to be turned on or off.
Press the MENU/SELECT knob
when “Park Assist” is highlighted.
Turn the knob to select “On,” “Off,”
or “Tow Bar.” Press the knob to
confirm and go back to the
last menu.
See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on
page 9‑43 for more information
Languages
Select the Languages menu and the
following will be displayed:
.
English
.
French
.
Spanish
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (37,1)
Instruments and Controls
Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to
select the language. Press the knob
to confirm and go back to the
last menu.
Lighting
Select the Lighting menu and the
following will be displayed:
.
Vehicle Locator Lights
.
Exit Lighting
Press the MENU/SELECT knob
when “Exit Lighting” is highlighted.
Turn the knob to select “Off,”
“30 Seconds,” “1 Minute,” or
“2 Minutes.” Press the knob to
confirm and go back to the
last menu.
Power Door Locks
Select Power Door Locks and the
following will be displayed:
5-37
Auto Door Unlock
This allows selection of which of the
doors will automatically unlock when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Press the MENU/SELECT knob
when “Auto Door Unlock” is
highlighted. Turn the knob to select
“All Doors,” “Driver Door,” or “Off.”
Press the knob to confirm and go
back to the last menu.
Vehicle Locator Lights
.
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
Delayed Door Lock
This allows the vehicle locator lights
to be turned on or off.
.
Auto Door Unlock
.
Delayed Door Lock
When on, this feature will delay the
locking of the doors. If you want to
override the delay you can press the
power door lock on the instrument
panel.
Press the MENU/SELECT knob
when “Vehicle Locator Lights” is
highlighted to toggle between “On”
or “Off.” Press E BACK to confirm
the selection and go back to the
last menu.
Exit Lighting
This allows the selection of how
long the exterior lamps stay on
when leaving the vehicle when it is
dark outside.
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
When on, this feature will keep the
driver door from locking when the
door is open. If off is selected, the
Delayed Door Lock menu will be
available.
Press the MENU/SELECT knob
when “Unlocked Door Anti Lock
Out” is highlighted to toggle
between “On” or “Off.” Press
E BACK to confirm the selection
and go back
toiothe
last menu.
I
nf
or
mat
nPr
ovi
dedby:
Press the MENU/SELECT knob
when “Delayed Door Lock” is
highlighted. Turn the knob to select
“On” or “Off.” Press the knob to
confirm and go back to the
last menu.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
5-38
Instruments and Controls
Remote Lock/Unlock/Start
Select Remote Lock/Unlock/Start
and the following will be displayed:
.
Black plate (38,1)
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
.
Remote Lock Feedback
.
Remote Door Unlock
.
Memory Remote Recall
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, the exterior lamps will
flash when unlocking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter.
Press the MENU/SELECT knob
when “Remote Unlock Light
Feedback” is highlighted. Turn the
knob to select “Flash Lights” or
“Off.” Press the knob to confirm and
go back to the last menu.
Remote Lock Feedback
This allows selection of what type of
feedback is given when unlocking
the vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
Press the MENU/SELECT knob
when “Remote Lock Feedback” is
highlighted. Turn the knob to select
“Lights and Horn,” “Lights Only,”
“Horn Only,” or “Off.” Press the knob
to confirm and go back to the
last menu.
Remote Door Unlock
This allows selection of which doors
will unlock when pressing the unlock
button on the RKE transmitter.
Press the MENU/SELECT knob
when “Remote Door Unlock” is
highlighted. Turn the knob to select
“All Doors” or “Driver Door.” Press
the knob to confirm and go back to
the last menu.
Memory Remote Recall
This allows the Memory Remote
Recall feature to be turned on or off.
When on, this feature will recall the
current driver's last seat, outside
mirrors upon unlocking the driver
door with the RKE, and opening that
door. The current driver is identified
when the RKE transmitter is used to
unlock the driver door. See “Memory
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Remote Recall” under Power Seat
Adjustment on page 3‑4 for more
information.
Memory Remote Recall is when the
memorized settings will be recalled
as you unlock the vehicle.
Press the MENU/SELECT knob
when “Memory Remote Recall” is
highlighted to toggle between “On”
or “Off.” Press E BACK to confirm
the selection and go back to the
last menu.
Return to Factory Settings
Select “Return to Factory Settings”
to return all of the vehicle
personalization to the default
settings. Turn the knob to select
“Yes” or “No.” Press the knob to
confirm and go back to the
last menu.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (1,1)
Lighting
Lighting
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-3
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls
6-1
AUTO (Automatic Headlamps):
Turns the exterior lamps on and off
automatically depending on the
exterior light. The vehicle will default
to the AUTO setting when it is first
started.
; (Parking Lamps):
Turns on the
parking lamps together with the
following:
.
Sidemarker Lamps
.
Taillamps
.
O (Exterior Lamp Control):
License Plate Lamps
.
Operates the exterior lamps. Turn to
one of the following positions:
Instrument Panel Lights
5 (Headlamps):
The exterior lamp control is on the
turn signal/lane change lever.
O (Off): Briefly turn to this position
to turn the automatic light control off
or on again.
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Battery Load Management . . . . 6-5
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Turns on the
headlamps, together with the
previously listed lamps and lights.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
6-2
Black plate (2,1)
Lighting
Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer
2 3 Headlamp High/Low‐Beam
Changer: Push the turn signal/lane
change lever away from you and
release, to turn the high beams on.
To return to low beams, push the
lever again or pull it toward you and
release.
Flash-to-Pass
The flash‐to‐pass feature works with
the low beams or Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) on or off.
To flash the high beams, pull the
turn signal/lane change lever all the
way toward you, then release it.
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL)
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
system makes the low-beam
headlamps come on at a reduced
brightness in daylight when the
following conditions are met:
This indicator light turns on in the
instrument panel cluster when the
high‐beam headlamps are on.
Fully functional Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) are required on all
vehicles first sold in Canada.
When the DRL are on the taillamps,
sidemarker, instrument panel lights
and other lamps will not be on. The
instrument panel cluster will be lit.
When the exterior lamp band is
turned to the headlamp position, the
low-beam headlamps come on. The
other lamps that come on with the
headlamps will also come on.
.
The ignition is on.
To idle your vehicle with the DRL
off, move the shift lever to P (Park).
The DRL will stay off until the shift
lever is moved out of the P (Park)
position.
.
The exterior lamp band is in the
automatic position.
The regular headlamp system
should be turned on when needed.
.
The transmission is not in
P (Park).
.
The light sensor determines it is
daytime.
.
The parking brake is released.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (3,1)
Lighting
Automatic Headlamp
System
Hazard Warning Flashers
6-3
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
When it is dark enough outside, the
headlamps come on automatically.
An arrow on the instrument panel
cluster will flash in the direction of
the turn or lane change.
Do not cover the light sensor on top
of the instrument panel or the
headlamps will come on when they
are not needed.
The system may also turn on the
headlamps when driving through a
parking garage or tunnel.
| (Hazard Warning Flasher):
Press this button, on the center of
the instrument panel, to make the
front and rear turn signal lamps
flash on and off. This warns others
that you are having trouble.
Press | again to turn the
flashers off.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.
Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
change. Hold it there until the lane
change is complete. If the lever is
briefly pressed and released, the
turn signal flashes three times.
The lever returns to its starting
position when it is released.
If after signaling a turn or a lane
change the arrows flash rapidly or
do not come on, a signal bulb may
be burned out.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
6-4
Black plate (4,1)
Lighting
Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb
is not burned out, check the fuse;
see Fuses on page 10‑36 for more
information.
Fog Lamps
For vehicles with fog lamps, the
control is located on the turn signal/
lane change lever.
Use the fog lamps for better vision
in foggy or misty conditions.
# FOG (Fog Lamps):
Turn the fog
lamp band on the lever to # and
release it, to turn the fog lamps on
or off. The band will return to its
original position.
The parking lamps or low‐beam
headlamps must be on to use the
fog lamps.
The fog lamps will go off whenever
the high-beam headlamps are
turned on. When the high‐beam
headlamps are turned off, the fog
lamps will come on again.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
along with the fog lamps.
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel
Illumination Control
This control is located on the
instrument panel, to the left of the
steering column.
D (Instrument Panel
Brightness): Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to brighten or dim
the lights.
Dome Lamps
There are front and rear dome
lamps.
The dome lamp controls are located
in the overhead console. To change
the settings, press the following:
* (Dome Lamp Override): Turns
the lamps off, even when a door
is open.
1 (Door): The lamps come on
automatically when a door is
opened.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (5,1)
Lighting
+ (On):
Turns the dome lamps on.
The dome lamps can also be turned
on and off by pressing the buttons
next to the lamps.
Reading Lamps
The reading lamps are located on
the overhead console. These lamps
come on automatically when any
door is opened.
For manual operation, press the
button next to each lamp to turn it
on or off.
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
The dome lamp, cargo lamp, and
foot lamp inside the vehicle come
on when any door is opened, if the
dome lamp is in the door position. In
addition, these lamps come on
when the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) unlock button is pressed.
They stay on for 20 seconds or until
a door is opened. After the door is
opened and then closed, the light
remains on for 20 seconds, or until
the ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
6-5
Battery Load
Management
The vehicle has Electric Power
Management (EPM) that estimates
the battery's temperature and state
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage
for best performance and extended
life of the battery.
When the battery's state of charge
is low, the voltage is raised slightly
to quickly bring the charge back up.
When the state of charge is high,
the voltage is lowered slightly to
prevent overcharging. If the vehicle
has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC), you may see the
voltage move up or down. This is
normal. If there is a problem, an
alert will be displayed.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
6-6
Black plate (6,1)
Lighting
The battery can be discharged at
idle if the electrical loads are very
high. This is true for all vehicles.
This is because the generator
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all of the
power needed for very high
electrical loads.
A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, fog
lamps, rear window defogger,
climate control fan at high speed,
heated seats, engine cooling fans,
trailer loads, and loads plugged into
accessory power outlets.
Normally, these actions occur in
steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a DIC message might
be displayed, such as BATTERY
SAVER ACTIVE, BATTERY
VOLTAGE LOW, or LOW BATTERY.
If one of these messages displays, it
is recommended that the driver
reduce the electrical loads as much
as possible. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑24.
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs.
It can increase engine idle speed to
generate more power whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (1,1)
Infotainment System
Infotainment
System
Rear Seat Infotainment
Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Phone
Introduction
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-2
Overview (Radio with CD) . . . . . 7-3
Overview (Radio with CD and
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Radio
AM-FM Radio (Radio
with CD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
AM-FM Radio (Radio withCD
and Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . 7-36
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Trademarks and License
Agreements
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
7-1
Introduction
Infotainment
Read the following pages to
become familiar with the audio
system's features.
{ WARNING
Taking your eyes off the road for
extended periods could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death
to you or others. Do not give
extended attention to
entertainment tasks while driving.
This system provides access to
many audio and non‐audio listings.
Audio Players
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-2
Black plate (2,1)
Infotainment System
To minimize taking your eyes off the
road while driving, do the following
while the vehicle is parked:
.
Become familiar with the
operation and controls of the
audio system.
.
Set up the tone, speaker
adjustments, and preset radio
stations.
For more information, see Defensive
Driving on page 9‑3.
This vehicle's infotainment system
may be equipped with a noise
reduction system which can work
improperly if the audio amplifier,
engine calibrations, exhaust system,
microphones, radio, or speakers are
modified or replaced. This could
result in more noticeable engine
noise at certain speeds.
Notice: Contact your dealer
before adding any equipment.
Navigation System
Adding audio or communication
equipment could interfere with
the operation of the engine, radio,
or other systems, and could
damage them. Follow federal
rules covering mobile radio and
telephone equipment.
Theft-Deterrent Feature
The vehicle has Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP,
the audio system can be played
even after the ignition is turned off.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9‑25 for more
information.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
For vehicles with a navigation
system, see the separate navigation
manual.
The theft-deterrent feature works by
learning a portion of the Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) to the
infotainment system. The
infotainment system does not
operate if it is stolen or moved to a
different vehicle.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (3,1)
Infotainment System
Overview (Radio with CD)
A. VOL/
.
B.
7-3
O
Turns the system on or off
and adjusts the volume.
g SEEK
.
Radio: Seeks the previous
station.
.
CD: Selects the previous
track or rewinds within a
track.
C. FAV
.
Radio: Opens the
favorites list.
D. RADIO/BAND
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
Changes the band while
listening to the radio.
.
Selects the radio when
listening to a different
audio source.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-4
Infotainment System
E. Buttons 1 to 6
.
F.
I.
Radio: Saves and selects
favorite stations.
AUX
.
G.
Black plate (4,1)
MENU/SEL
.
Press: Opens the menus
and selects menu items.
.
Turn: Highlights menu
items or sets values while
in a menu. Manually
selects radio stations while
listening to the radio.
Selects a connected
external audio source.
E BACK
.
.
Menu: Moves one
level back.
Character Input: Deletes
the last character.
H. INFO
.
Radio: Shows available
information about the
current station.
.
CD: Shows available
information about the
current track.
J.
N.
k
.
.
l SEEK
.
Radio: Seeks the next
station.
.
CD: Selects the next track
or fast forwards within a
track.
H
.
CD: Plays or pauses
the CD.
K. CD
L.
M.
.
P.
Selects the CD player
when listening to a
different audio source.
5/?
Opens the phone
main menu.
.
Mutes the audio system.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Opens the settings menu.
X (CD Eject)
.
Removes a disc from the
CD slot.
Q. TONE
.
.
Opens the clock menu.
O. CONFIG
Opens the tone menu.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (5,1)
Infotainment System
Overview (Radio with CD
and Touchscreen)
Keeping your eyes on the road and
your mind on the drive is important
for safe driving. The infotainment
system has built-in features
intended to help with this by
disabling some features when
driving. A grayed-out function is not
available when the vehicle is
moving.
All functions are available when the
vehicle is parked. Do the following
before driving:
.
Become familiar with the
infotainment system operation,
buttons on the faceplate, and
touch-sensitive screen buttons.
.
Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
.
Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
button or a single voice
command for vehicles equipped
with phone capability.
7-5
{ WARNING
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often while using the
navigation system could cause a
crash and you or others could be
injured or killed. Focus your
attention on driving and limit
glances at the moving map on the
navigation screen. Use voice
guidance whenever possible.
Infotainment System Overview
The infotainment system is
controlled by using the buttons on
the faceplate and the touch screen.
See “Infotainment Control Buttons”
in this section for more information.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-6
Black plate (6,1)
Infotainment System
A. VOL/
B.
O
g (Seek Down)
C. FAV (Favorite Pages 1-6)
D. SOURCE
E. Buttons 1 to 6
F.
G.
F HOME (Home Page)
E BACK
H. INFO (Information)
I.
MENU/SEL (Menu/Select)
J.
k (Play/Pause)
? (Mute)
5 (Phone Menu)
l (Seek Up)
H (Clock Menu)
K.
L.
M.
N.
O. CONFIG (Configuration Menu)
P.
X (Eject)
Q. TONE
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (7,1)
Infotainment System
Infotainment Control Buttons
INFO (Information): Press to
toggle through an audio information
screen.
7-7
1. Press to turn the system on
and off.
HOME: See “Home Page” following
in this section.
FAV (Favorite Pages 1-6): Press
to display the current page number
above the preset buttons. The
stored stations for each list display
on the touch-sensitive preset
buttons at the bottom of the screen.
The number of preset FAV lists can
be changed in the
Configuration Menu.
2. Turn to adjust the volume.
MENU/SEL: Turn to highlight a
feature. Press to activate the
highlighted feature.
1. Press to seek the next track.
The buttons on the faceplate are
used to start primary functions while
using the infotainment system.
VOL/
O (Volume/Power):
k (Play/Pause):
Press k to start,
pause, and resume playback. See
CD Player on page 7‑24, and MP3
on page 7‑27 for more information.
SOURCE: Press to change the
audio sources such as AM-FM
Radio, XM™ (if equipped), CD,
and AUX.
TONE: Press to access the sound
menu screen to adjust bass,
midrange, and treble. See AM-FM
Radio (Radio with CD) on page 7‑14
or AM-FM Radio (Radio withCD and
Touchscreen) on page 7‑16 for
more information.
CONFIG (Configure): Press to
adjust features for radio, display,
phone, vehicle, and time.
l (Seek Up):
See Bluetooth
(Overview) on page 7‑36 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) on
page 7‑38 or Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition) on page 7‑42 for more
information.
2. Press and hold to fast forward
through a track.
E BACK:
4. For AM, FM, or XM (if equipped),
press to seek to the next strong
station.
5 (Phone):
Press to return to the
previous screen in a menu.
If on a page accessed directly by a
faceplate button or Home Page
screen button, pressing E BACK
will go to the previous menu.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
3. Release the button to return to
playing speed. See CD Player
on page 7‑24 and MP3 on
page 7‑27 for more information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-8
Black plate (8,1)
Infotainment System
g (Seek Down):
Touch Screen Buttons
1. Press to seek to the beginning of
the current or previous track.
If the track has been playing for
less than five seconds, it seeks
the previous track. If longer than
five seconds, the current track
starts from the beginning.
Touch screen buttons are on the
screen and highlighted when a
feature is available. Some toggle
screen buttons highlight when active
and gray out when inactive.
2. Press and hold to quickly
reverse through a track. Release
the button to return to playing
speed. See CD Player on
page 7‑24 and MP3 on
page 7‑27 for more information.
3. For AM, FM, or XM (if equipped),
press to seek to the previous
strong station.
Preset Buttons (1-6): The preset
buttons numbered one through six
can be used to select stored AM,
FM, and XM (if equipped) stations.
H : Press to set the time.
X (Eject): Press to eject a disc
from the CD player. See CD Player
on page 7‑24.
Home Page
The infotainment system displays a
home page that makes accessing
many of the features an easy
process.
Back: If on page two of the Home
Page, press Back to return to page
one of the Home Page. If on page
one, Back serves no function.
Home: While navigating through
other menus, press to go back to
the Home Page to start a different
feature.
FAV: Press to display a page of
stored (favorite) AM, FM, or XM (if
equipped) stations. Keep pressing
FAV to scroll through the favorite
pages.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Info: Press to toggle through an
audio information screen.
The Home Page Menu lists the
options Customize Home Page and
Restore Home Page Defaults.
Out of all available Home Page
icons, up to eight icons can be
selected and sorted for the first
Home Page screen.
Home Page Features
Various functions are disabled when
the vehicle is moving.
Press the Now Playing screen
button to display the active source
page. The sources available are
AM, FM, XM (if equipped), CD,
USB/iPod, and AUX.
See AM-FM Radio (Radio with CD)
on page 7‑14 or AM-FM Radio
(Radio withCD and Touchscreen) on
page 7‑16, Satellite Radio on
page 7‑19, CD Player on page 7‑24,
and Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑28.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (9,1)
Infotainment System
Press the Phone screen button to
display the Phone main page. See
Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7‑36
or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
on page 7‑38 or Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition) on page 7‑42.
Press the Config screen button to
display the Config main page. From
this display, you can adjust features
such as time and date, radio,
phone, vehicle, and display.
Press the Tone screen button to
display the Tone main page. Adjust
the tone and speakers by pressing
the screen buttons to change the
levels of sound for treble, midrange,
bass, fade, and balance. See
AM-FM Radio (Radio with CD) on
page 7‑14 or AM-FM Radio (Radio
withCD and Touchscreen) on
page 7‑16.
Press the FM screen button to
display the FM main page and play
the current or last tuned FM station.
See AM-FM Radio (Radio with CD)
on page 7‑14 or AM-FM Radio
(Radio withCD and Touchscreen) on
page 7‑16.
Press the AM screen button to
display the AM main page and play
the current or last tuned AM station.
See AM-FM Radio (Radio with CD)
on page 7‑14 or AM-FM Radio
(Radio withCD and Touchscreen) on
page 7‑16.
Press the XM screen button (if
equipped) to display the XM main
page and play the current or last
tuned XM channel. See AM-FM
Radio (Radio with CD) on page 7‑14
or AM-FM Radio (Radio withCD and
Touchscreen) on page 7‑16 and
Satellite Radio on page 7‑19.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
7-9
Press the CD screen button to
display the CD main page and play
the current or last CD track
selected. See CD Player on
page 7‑24.
Press the USB screen button to
display the USB main page and play
the current or last track selected.
See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑28.
Press the AUX screen button to
access any connected auxiliary
device. See Auxiliary Devices on
page 7‑28.
Languages
The vehicle supports English,
French (Canadian), and Spanish.
The default language is English.
To change the display language,
see Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑34 for more information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-10
Black plate (10,1)
Infotainment System
English and Metric Unit
Conversion
To change the display units between
English and metric units, see Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑24 for more information.
Cleaning the Display
Notice: Using abrasive cleaners
when cleaning glass surfaces
could scratch the glass. Use only
a soft cloth and do not spray
cleaner directly on the system as
it could affect the mechanical
parts.
Do not wipe the panel with a hard
cloth or use a volatile liquid such as
paint thinner; it could scratch the
surface or erase the characters on
the buttons.
Operation
Controls
The infotainment system is operated
by using the pushbuttons,
multifunction knobs, display menus,
and steering wheel controls,
if equipped.
Turning the System On or Off
VOL/O (Volume/Power): Press to
turn the system on and off.
5 / ? (Mute): For vehicles with
OnStar, press and hold 5 / ? to
mute the infotainment system. Press
and hold 5 / ? again, or turn the
VOL/ O knob to cancel mute.
For vehicles without OnStar, press
5 / ? to mute the infotainment
system. Press 5 / ? again, or turn
the VOL/ O knob to cancel mute.
Menu System
Automatic Switch‐Off
Controls
If the infotainment system has been
turned on after the ignition is turned
off, the system will turn off
automatically after 10 minutes.
The MENU/SEL knob and the
E BACK button are used to
navigate the menu system.
Volume Control
VOL/O (Volume/Power): Turn to
adjust the volume.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
MENU/SEL (Menu/Select):
Press to:
.
Enter the menu system.
.
Select or activate the highlighted
menu option.
.
Confirm a set value.
.
Turn a system setting on or off.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (11,1)
Infotainment System
Turn to:
.
Highlight a menu option.
.
Select a value.
E BACK:
Selecting a Menu Option
Activating a Setting
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
move the highlighted bar.
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
highlight the setting.
2. Press the MENU/SEL button to
select the highlighted option.
2. Press the MENU/SEL button to
activate the setting.
Submenus
Setting a Value
An arrow on the right‐hand edge of
the menu indicates that it has a
submenu with other options.
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
change the current value of the
setting.
Press to:
.
Exit a menu.
.
Return from a submenu screen
to the previous menu screen.
.
Delete the last character in a
sequence.
F:
7-11
Press to go to main menu.
SOURCE: Press to:
.
Displays menu of AM, FM, XM,
CD, or AUX.
.
Press to toggle through menu.
2. Press the MENU/SEL button to
confirm the setting.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-12
Black plate (12,1)
Infotainment System
Turning a Function On or Off
Press the E BACK button to
delete the last character in the
sequence or press and hold to
delete the entire character
sequence.
Adjusting the Treble, Midrange,
and Bass
Audio Settings
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
highlight the function.
The audio settings can be set for
each radio band and each audio
player source.
1. Press the TONE button.
2. Press the MENU/SEL button to
turn the function on or off.
To quickly reset an audio setting
value to 0:
2. Select Treble, Midrange,
or Bass.
Entering a Character Sequence
1. Press the TONE button.
3. Select the value.
2. Select the audio setting.
Press the E BACK button to go
back to the Tone Settings menu.
3. Press and hold the MENU/SEL
button until the value changes
to 0.
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
highlight the character.
Press the E BACK button to go
back to the Tone Settings menu.
2. Press the MENU/SEL button to
select the character.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (13,1)
Infotainment System
Adjusting the Fader and Balance
Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer)
System Settings
For vehicles that have an equalizer:
Configuring the Number of
Favorite Pages
7-13
1. Press the TONE button.
2. Select Fader or Balance.
1. Press the TONE button.
3. Select the value.
2. Select EQ.
Press the E BACK button to go
back to the Tone Settings menu.
3. Select the setting.
Press the E BACK button to go
back to the Tone Settings menu.
To configure the number of available
favorite pages:
1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Radio Settings.
3. Select Radio Favorites.
4. Select the number of available
favorite pages.
5. Press the E BACK button to
go back to the System
Configuration menu.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-14
Black plate (14,1)
Infotainment System
Auto Volume
Maximum Startup Volume
The auto volume feature
automatically adjusts the radio
volume to compensate for road and
wind noise as the vehicle speeds up
or slows down, so that the volume
level is consistent.
The maximum volume played when
the Radio with CD is first turned on
can be set.
The buttons used to control the
radio are:
1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Radio Settings.
3. Select Maximum Startup
Volume.
2. Select Radio Settings.
3. Select Auto Volume.
AM-FM Radio (Radio
with CD)
Control Buttons
The level of volume compensation
can be selected, or the auto volume
feature can be turned off.
1. Press the CONFIG button.
Radio
RADIO/BAND or SOURCE: Press
to turn the radio on and choose
between AM, FM, XM™,
if equipped, CD, or AUX.
MENU/SEL: Turn to manually
search for stations.
4. Select the setting.
D HOME: Press to go to the
main menu.
5. Press the E BACK button to
go back to the System
Configuration menu.
FAV: Press to open the
favorites list.
4. Select the setting.
5. Press the E BACK button to
go back to the System
Configuration menu.
l SEEK or g SEEK: Press to
search for stations. Press and hold
to scan for stations.
k:
Press to pause the CD.
1 to 6: Press to select preset
stations.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (15,1)
Infotainment System
7-15
RDS (Radio Data System)
Selecting a Band
Manual Tuning
The radio may have RDS. The RDS
feature is available for use only on
FM stations that broadcast RDS
information. This feature only works
when the information from the radio
station is available. In rare cases, a
radio station could broadcast
incorrect information that causes the
radio features to work improperly.
If this happens, contact the radio
station.
Press the RADIO/BAND or
SOURCE button to choose AM, FM,
or XM™, if equipped. The last
station that was playing starts
playing again.
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to select
the frequency on the display.
Selecting a Station
2. Select Favorites List.
While the radio is tuned to an
FM-RDS station, the station name
or call letters display.
Radio Menus
Radio menus are available for AM
and FM.
Press the MENU/SEL knob to open
the main radio menu for that band.
Seek Tuning
Favorites List
1. Press the MENU/SEL knob.
3. Select the station.
If the radio station is not known:
Station Lists
Briefly press g SEEK or l SEEK,
to automatically search for the next
available station. If a station is not
found, the radio switches to a more
sensitive search level. If a station
still is not found, the frequency that
was last active begins to play.
1. Press the MENU/SEL knob.
If the radio station is known:
3. Select the station.
Press and hold g SEEK or
l SEEK until the station on the
display is reached, then release the
button.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2. Select AM or FM Station List. All
receivable stations in the current
reception area are displayed. If a
station list has not been created,
an automatic station search
is done.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-16
Black plate (16,1)
Infotainment System
Category Lists
Updating Station & Category Lists
Retrieving Stations
Most stations that broadcast an
RDS program type code specify the
type of programming transmitted.
Some stations change the program
type code depending on the
content. The system stores the RDS
stations sorted by program type in
the FM category list.
If stations stored in the station list
can no longer be received:
Press the FAV button to open a
favorite page or to switch to another
favorite page. Briefly press one of
the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the
station.
To search for a programming type
determined by station:
1. Press the MENU/SEL knob.
2. Select Update AM or FM Station
List, if the stations stored in the
station list are no longer
received. A station search will be
completed and the first station in
the updated list will play.
1. Press the MENU/SEL knob.
To cancel the station search, press
the MENU/SEL knob.
2. Select FM category list. A list of
all programming types available
displays.
Storing a Station as a Favorite
3. Select the programming type.
A list of stations that transmit
programming of the selected
type displays.
4. Select the station.
The category lists are updated
when the station lists are
updated.
Stations from all bands can be
stored in any order in the favorite
pages.
Up to six stations can be stored in
each favorite page and the number
of available favorite pages can
be set.
Storing a Station as a Favorite
To store the station to a position in
the list, press the corresponding
button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
AM-FM Radio (Radio
withCD and Touchscreen)
Playing the Radio
Audio Source
VOL/
O (Power/Volume):
1. Press to turn the radio on or off.
2. Turn to increase or decrease the
volume of the active source (i.e.,
current audio source, active
navigation voice guidance,
or traffic prompts).
The steering wheel controls can
also be used to adjust the volume.
See "Steering Wheel Controls" on
page 5‑2 for more information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (17,1)
Infotainment System
To access the radio main page,
press the SOURCE button on the
faceplate, the Now Playing screen
button, or one of the audio screen
buttons on the Home Page.
Setting the Tone
To adjust the speaker fade:
To adjust the tone:
.
.
Treble: Press + or − to change
the level.
While on the audio main page,
press the Source button repeatedly
to display and cycle through the
available sources (AM, FM, and XM
(if equipped), CD, USB/iPod,
and AUX).
.
Middle (Midrange): Press +
or − to change the level.
.
Bass: Press + or − to change
the level.
Adjusting the Speakers
Infotainment System Menus
To adjust the speaker balance:
Tone Settings
To access the tone settings, press
the Home Page Tone button or the
TONE button on the faceplate.
Use the tone settings to adjust the
following features:
.
Setting the tone
.
Adjusting the speakers
.
Press the left arrow on the
bottom for more sound from the
left speakers or the right arrow
on the bottom for more sound
from the right speakers. The
middle position balances the
sound between the left and right
speakers.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
7-17
Press the upper arrow for more
sound from the front speakers
and the lower arrow for more
sound from the rear speakers.
The middle position balances
the sound between the front and
rear speakers.
EQ Settings
The EQ settings are selected
through the tone menu. Press the
left or right arrows to cycle through
the EQ options. The available
choices are Pop, Rock, Jazz,
Classical, and Talk.
Finding a Station
To select the band, see “Audio
Source” earlier in this section.
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to find a
radio station. To select a preset
station, touch the FAV button and
choose a preset station.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-18
Black plate (18,1)
Infotainment System
Seeking a Station
Press g or
station.
l to search for a
AM
1. Press the AM screen button on
the Home Page or select AM
from the source pop-up to
display the AM main page.
2. From the AM screen, press the
Menu screen button to display
the AM stations.
3. Press to select the desired
option. To update the station list,
touch Refresh.
FM
1. Press the FM screen button on
the Home Page or select FM
from the source pop-up to
display the FM main page.
2. From the FM screen, press the
Menu screen button to display
the FM stations.
3. Press to select the desired
option. To update the station list,
touch Refresh.
Storing Radio Station Presets
XM (If Equipped)
Up to 36 preset stations can be
stored. AM, FM, and XM,
if equipped, can be mixed.
1. Press the XM screen button on
the Home Page or select XM
from the source pop-up to
display the XM main page.
2. From the XM screen, press the
Menu screen button to display
the XM categories.
3. Touch a desired category and
then turn the TUNE/MENU knob
to scroll the station list.
Changing the Sources
To change audio sources from any
of the audio main pages (AM, FM,
XM, CD, USB/iPod, or AUX), press
the SOURCE button on the
faceplate or the Source screen
button to display a pop-up of
available audio sources. Touch-tap
or press the SOURCE button on the
faceplate repeatedly to change the
desired source.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
There are a few ways to store
presets.
1. From the AM, FM, or XM main
page, press and hold one of the
preset screen buttons located at
the bottom of the screen. After a
few seconds, a beep will be
heard and the new preset
information will display on that
screen button.
2. Touch and hold a preset button
to store the currently active
station. After a few seconds, a
beep will be heard and the new
preset information will display on
a small pop-up display at the
bottom of the screen.
3. Repeat the steps for each
preset.
To change the number of preset
pages, see “Mixed-Band Presets”
following for more information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (19,1)
Infotainment System
7-19
Recalling a Preset Station
Mixed-Band Presets
XM Satellite Radio Service
To recall a preset station from a FAV
page, do the following:
Each page can store six preset
stations. The presets within a page
can be from different radio bands.
XM is a satellite radio service based
in the 48 contiguous United States
and 10 Canadian provinces. XM
Satellite Radio has a wide variety of
programming and commercial-free
music, coast to coast, and in
digital-quality sound. If XM service
needs to be reactivated, the radio
will display “No Subscription Please
Renew on channel XM1.” A service
fee is required to receive the XM
service. For more information,
contact XM at www.xmradio.com or
call 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and
www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-438-9677 in Canada.
.
Press the FAV button on the
faceplate to display the FAV
pop-up. Select the desired
preset from the pop-up.
.
Press the FAV screen button at
the top bar to display the preset
pop-up that appears at the
bottom of the page. Press one of
the preset screen buttons to go
to the selected preset station.
.
In the AM, FM, or XM
(if equipped) main page, press
one of the preset screen buttons
to go to the selected preset
station.
To scroll through the pages, press
the FAV button located on the
faceplate or the FAV screen button
on the top bar. The current page
number displays above the preset
buttons. The stored stations for
each FAV page display on the
preset buttons at the bottom of the
screen. The number of FAV pages
displayed can be changed in the
Radio Settings in the
Configuration Menu.
Satellite Radio
Control Buttons
Vehicles with an XM™ Satellite
Radio tuner and a valid XM Satellite
Radio subscription can receive XM
programming.
The buttons used to control the XM
radio are:
SOURCE: Press to turn the radio
on and choose between AM, FM,
and XM™, if equipped.
g SEEK or l SEEK: Press to go
to the previous or next station.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-20
Black plate (20,1)
Infotainment System
FAV: Press to open the
favorites list.
To add or remove categories:
1 to 6: Press to select preset
stations.
2. Select Radio Settings.
MENU/SEL: Turn to select stations.
Press to open the XM Satellite
Radio menu.
4. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
highlight the category.
Selecting the XM Band
Press the SOURCE button to
choose between the AM, FM, and
XM bands. The last channel played
in that band begins to play when
that band is selected.
Removing or Adding
Categories (Radio with CD)
XM channels are organized in
categories.
Channels in a category that have
been removed can still be accessed
by using the g SEEK or l SEEK
buttons, or the MENU/SEL knob.
1. Press the CONFIG button.
3. Select XM Categories.
5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
remove or add the category.
Selecting an XM Channel
XM channels can be selected by
using g SEEK, l SEEK, the
MENU/SEL knob, or the menu
system.
Selecting a Channel Using
g SEEK or l SEEK
.
.
Press and release g SEEK or
l SEEK to go to the previous
or next channel.
Press and hold g SEEK or
l SEEK to scroll through the
previous or next channel until
the channel is reached.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Selecting a Channel Using the
MENU/SEL Knob
To select an XM channel using the
MENU/SEL knob:
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
highlight an XM channel. The
channel is selected after a short
delay.
To select a channel using the menu:
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob and
select Channel List.
2. Select the desired channel.
Selecting a Channel Using the
Menu System
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
2. Select XM Category List.
3. Select the category.
4. Select the channel.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (21,1)
Infotainment System
Storing an XM Channel as a
Favorite
Channels from all bands can be
stored in any order in the favorite
pages.
Up to six channels can be stored in
each favorite page and the number
of available favorite pages can
be set.
Storing a Channel as a Favorite
To store the channel to a position
in the list, press and hold the
corresponding 1 to 6 button until the
channel can be heard again.
Retrieving Channels
Press the FAV button to open a
favorite page or to change to
another favorite page. Briefly press
one of the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve
the channel.
Removing or Adding
Categories (Radio with CD and
Touchscreen)
Removing or Adding Categories
1. From the Home Page press the
Config screen button or the
CONFIG button on the faceplate.
2. Select Radio Settings from the
Config Menu list.
3. Select Add/Remove XM
Categories.
4. From the Add/Remove XM
Categories screen, select or
deselect any category to be
used in XM mode. A checkmark
will indicate that the category is
selected.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
7-21
Turning XM Album Art On or Off
1. From the Home Page press the
Config screen button or the
CONFIG button on the faceplate.
2. Select Radio Settings from the
Config Menu list.
3. Select XM Album Art to turn on
or off.
XM Messages
XL (Explicit Language
Channels): These channels, or any
others, can be blocked by request,
by calling 1-800-929-2100 in the
U.S. and 1-877-438-9677 in
Canada.
XM Updating: The encryption code
in the receiver is being updated, no
action is required. This process
should take no longer than
30 seconds.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-22
Black plate (22,1)
Infotainment System
Loading XM: The audio system is
acquiring and processing audio and
text data; no action is needed. This
message should disappear shortly.
No CAT Info: The system is
working properly. No category
information is available at this time
on this channel.
CAT Not Found: The system is
working properly. There are no
channels available for the selected
category.
Channel Off Air: This channel is
not currently in service. Tune in to
another channel.
No Information: The system is
working properly. No text or
informational messages are
available at this time on this
channel.
XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0,
this message alternates with the XM
Radio eight‐digit radio ID label. This
label is needed to activate the
service.
No Subscription Please Renew:
The XM subscription needs to be
reactivated. Contact XM at
www.xmradio.com or
1-800-929-2100 in the U.S.,
and www.xmradio.ca or
1-877-438-9677 in Canada.
Unknown: If this message is
received when tuned to channel 0,
there could be a receiver fault.
Consult with your dealer.
Channel Unauth: This channel is
blocked or cannot be received with
your XM subscription package.
Channel Unavailable: This
previously assigned channel is no
longer assigned. Tune to another
station.
No Artist Info: The system is
working properly. No artist
information is available at this time
on this channel.
No Title Info: The system is
working properly. No song title
information is available at this time
on this channel.
No XM Signal: The system is
working properly. The vehicle may
be in a location where the XM signal
is being blocked. When the vehicle
is moved into an open area, the
signal should return.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Check Antenna: If this message
does not clear within a short period
of time, the receiver could have a
fault. Consult with your dealer.
XM Not Available: If this message
does not clear within a short period
of time, the receiver could have a
fault. Consult with your dealer.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (23,1)
Infotainment System
7-23
Radio Reception
AM
Cellular Phone Usage
Frequency interference and static
can occur during normal radio
reception if items such as cell phone
chargers, vehicle convenience
accessories, and external electronic
devices are plugged into the
accessory power outlet. If there is
interference or static, unplug the
item from the accessory power
outlet.
The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with
each other. Static can occur when
things like storms and power lines
interfere with radio reception. When
this happens, try reducing the treble
on the radio.
Cellular phone usage can cause
interference with the vehicle's radio.
FM
XM Satellite Radio Service gives
digital radio reception from coast to
coast in the 48 contiguous United
States, and in Canada. Just as with
FM, tall buildings or hills can
interfere with satellite radio signals,
causing the sound to fade in and
out. In addition, traveling or standing
under heavy foliage, bridges,
garages, or tunnels may cause loss
of the XM signal for a period of time.
FM signals only reach about 16 to
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
radio has a built-in electronic circuit
that automatically works to reduce
interference, some static can occur,
especially around tall buildings or
hills, causing the sound to fade in
and out.
XM™ Satellite Radio Service
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Multi-Band Antenna
The multi-band antenna is on the
roof of the vehicle. The antenna is
used for the AM‐FM radio, OnStar,
the XM Satellite Radio Service
System, and GPS (Global
Positioning System), if the vehicle
has these features. Keep the
antenna clear of obstructions for
clear reception.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-24
Black plate (24,1)
Infotainment System
Audio Players
CD Player
The player can be used for CD and
MP3 audio.
With the vehicle on, insert a disc
into the slot, label side up. The
player pulls it in and begins playing.
While playing, the navigation
system is available.
There can be increased skipping,
difficulty in recording tracks,
difficulty in finding tracks, and/or
difficulty in loading and ejecting.
If these problems occur, check the
disc for damage or try a known
good disc.
To avoid damage to the CD player:
.
Do not use scratched or
damaged discs.
.
Do not apply labels to discs. The
labels could get caught in the
player.
The system is capable of playing:
.
Most audio CDs
.
CD-R
.
Insert only one disc at a time.
.
CD-RW
.
.
MP3 or unprotected WMA
formats
Keep the loading slot free of
foreign materials, liquids, and
debris.
.
Use a marking pen to label the
top of the disc.
When playing any compatible
recordable disc, the sound quality
can be reduced due to disc quality,
the method of recording, the quality
of the music that has been
recorded, or the way the disc has
been handled.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Loading and Ejecting Discs
To load a disc:
1. Turn the vehicle on.
2. Insert a disc into the slot, label
side up. The player pulls it in the
rest of the way. If the disc is
damaged or improperly loaded,
there is an error and the disc
ejects.
The disc automatically plays once
loaded.
Press X to eject a disc from the
CD player. If the disc is not removed
within a short period of time, it is
automatically pulled back into the
player.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (25,1)
Infotainment System
Control Buttons
The buttons used to control the CD
player are:
CD: Press to choose between the
CD and AUX player.
l SEEK or g SEEK:
Press to
select tracks or to fast forward or
rewind within a track.
Information about the disc and
current track is shown on the
display depending on the data
stored.
Selecting an MP3 Track
Using the control buttons:
.
Press g SEEK or l SEEK to
select the previous or next track.
.
Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
Selecting a CD Track
Using the control buttons:
.
Press g SEEK or l SEEK to
select the previous or next track.
Using the CD Menu:
Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
2. Select Playlists/Folders.
1. Press the MENU/SEL knob.
INFO: Press to display additional
information about the CD that may
be available.
Using the CD Menu:
3. Select the playlist or folder.
MENU/SEL: Turn to select tracks.
1. Press the MENU/SEL knob.
4. Select the track.
X (Eject):
.
7-25
2. Select Tracks list.
Searching for MP3 Tracks
the CD.
3. Select the track.
k:
Playing Tracks in Random Order
The search feature may take some
time to display the information after
reading the disc due to the amount
of information stored on the disc.
FM automatically plays while the
disc is being read.
Press to remove
Press to pause a CD or MP3
track; press again to resume
playback.
Playing an Audio CD (Radio
with CD)
Press the CD button. If there is a
disc in the player it begins playing.
Press the MENU/SEL knob and
then set Shuffle Songs to On.
Fast Forward and Rewind
Press and hold l SEEK or
g SEEK to fast forward or rewind
within the current track.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-26
Black plate (26,1)
Infotainment System
Tracks can be searched by:
.
Playlists
.
Artists
.
Albums
.
Song Titles
.
Genres
.
Folder View
To search for tracks:
1. Press the MENU/SEL knob.
2. Select Search.
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
Song Titles, Genres,
or Folder View.
2. From the CD screen, press the
Menu screen button to display
the menu options.
3. Press to select the desired
option.
On the CD main page a track
number displays at the beginning of
each track. Song, Artist, and Album
information displays when available.
Use the following controls to play
the disc:
k (Play/Pause): Use to start,
pause, or resume play.
g SEEK (Seek Down):
.
4. Select the track.
Playing an Audio CD (Radio
with CD and Touchscreen)
1. Press the CD screen button on
the Home Page or select CD
from the source pop-up to
display the CD main page.
.
Press to seek to the beginning of
the current or previous track.
If the track has been playing for
less than five seconds, it seeks
to the previous track. If longer
than five seconds, the current
track starts from the beginning.
Press and hold to fast reverse
through a track. Release the
button to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
l SEEK (Seek Up):
.
Press to seek to the next track.
.
Press and hold to fast forward
through a track. Release the
button to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.
MENU/SEL: Turn to the right or left
to select the next or previous track.
Press this knob to select the menu.
If a track is selected from the list,
the system plays the track and
returns to the CD screen.
Error Messages
If Disc Error displays and/or the disc
comes out, it could be for one of the
following reasons:
.
The disc has an invalid or
unknown format.
.
The disc is very hot. Try the disc
again when the temperature
returns to normal.
.
The road is very rough. Try the
disc again when the road is
smoother.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (27,1)
Infotainment System
.
The disc is dirty, scratched, wet,
or upside down.
.
The air is very humid. Try the
disc again later.
.
There was a problem while
burning the disc.
.
The label is caught in the CD
player.
If the CD is not playing correctly, for
any other reason, try a known
good CD.
If any error continues, contact your
dealer.
The following guidelines must be
met when creating an MP3 disc,
otherwise the CD might not play:
.
.
Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24,
32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112,
128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256,
and 320 kbps.
.
Maximum number of folders:
eight folders with 255 files per
folder.
.
Maximum of 1,000 files on
a disc.
.
Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW
with a maximum capacity of
700 MB.
.
The Artist/Album/Song Titles/
Genre information requires a CD
to be fully scanned before the
music navigator works with
these menus.
MP3
Playing an MP3 CD
To play an MP3 CD, follow the same
instructions as “Playing an
Audio CD.”
Sampling rate: 16 kHz,
22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz,
44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
7-27
MP3 Music Menu
Press the Menu screen button while
that source is active to access
the menu.
Press any of the following buttons
on the MP3 Menu:
Shuffle Songs: Press to play the
tracks randomly. Press again to stop
shuffle.
Playlists: Press to view the
playlists stored on the disc. Select a
playlist to view the list of all songs in
that playlist. There might be a delay
before the list displays. Select a
song from the list to begin playback.
Artists: Press to view the list of
artists stored on the disc. Select an
artist name to view a list of all songs
by the artist. There might be a delay
before the list displays. Select a
song from the list to begin playback.
Albums: Press to view the albums
on the disc. Select the album to
view a list of all songs on the album.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-28
Black plate (28,1)
Infotainment System
There might be a delay before the
list displays. Select a song from the
list to begin playback.
Song Titles: Press to display a list
of all songs on the disc. Songs are
displayed as stored on the disc.
There might be a delay before the
list displays. To begin playback,
select a song from the list.
Genres: Press to view the genres.
Select a genre to view a list of all
songs of that genre. Select a song
from the list to begin playback.
Folders: Press to open a folder list
to access the files within the folder
structure.
Root Directory
The root directory is treated as a
folder. All files contained directly
under the root directory are
accessed prior to any root directory
folders.
Empty Folders
Preprogrammed Playlists
If a root directory or folder is empty
or contains only folders, the player
advances to the next folder in the
file structure that contains a
compressed audio file. The empty
folder(s) are not displayed or
numbered.
The radio recognizes
preprogrammed playlists; however,
there is no editing capability. These
playlists are treated as special
folders containing compressed
audio song files.
Auxiliary Devices
No Folder
When the CD only contains
compressed audio files without any
folders or playlists, all files are
under the root folder.
This vehicle has an auxiliary input
jack in the center console. Possible
auxiliary audio sources include:
.
Laptop computer
File System and Naming
.
MP3 player
The song titles, artists, albums, and
genres are taken from the file's ID3
tag and are only displayed if present
in the tag. If a song title is not
present in the ID3 tag, the radio
displays the file name as the
track name.
.
Tape player
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
The auxiliary input allows portable
devices to be connected using the
3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack or the
optional USB port.
Portable devices are controlled by
using the menu system described in
Operation on page 7‑10.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (29,1)
Infotainment System
If an auxiliary device has already
been connected, but a different
source is currently active, press the
Now Playing screen button on the
Home Page, then press Source
repeatedly to cycle through all of the
available audio source screens, until
the AUX source screen is selected.
Playback of an audio device
connected to the 3.5 mm auxiliary
input jack can only be controlled
using the controls on the device.
The auxiliary input is located in the
center console.
This jack is not an audio output. Do
not plug headphones into the
auxiliary input jack. Drivers are
encouraged to set up any auxiliary
device while the vehicle is in
P (Park).
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable
from the auxiliary device to the
auxiliary input jack. When a
device is connected, the system
automatically begins playing audio
from the device over the vehicle
speakers.
Playing from a USB Port
(Radio with CD)
For vehicles with a USB port, the
following devices may be connected
and controlled by the infotainment
system.
.
iPods®
.
PlaysForSure Devices (PFD)
.
USB Drives
.
Zunes™
Not all iPods, PFDs, USB Drives,
and Zunes are compatible with the
infotainment
system.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
7-29
Connecting and Controlling
an iPod®
Not all iPods can be controlled by
the infotainment system.
Connecting an iPod
Connect the iPod to the USB port.
Searching for a Track
Tracks can be searched for by:
.
Playlists
.
Artists
.
Albums
.
Song Titles
.
Podcasts
.
Genres
.
Audiobooks
.
Composers
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-30
Black plate (30,1)
Infotainment System
To search for tracks:
On: Repeats the current track.
1. Press the MENU/SEL knob.
Off: Playback starts from the
beginning of the current track after
the last track finishes.
2. Select Search.
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres,
Audiobooks, or Composers.
4. Select the track.
Shuffle
Connecting and Controlling a
PlaysForSure Device (PFD)
or Zune™
Connect the PFD or Zune to the
USB port.
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
Song Titles, Podcasts,
or Genres.
4. Select the track.
Shuffle Functionality
Press the MENU/SEL knob and set
Shuffle Songs (Random) to On
or Off.
On: Plays current tracks in random
order.
Press the MENU/SEL knob and set
Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or
Off, then press the E BACK
button to return to the main screen.
Searching for a Track
.
Playlists
On: Plays tracks in the current
folder in random order.
.
Artists
Repeat Functionality
.
Albums
Off: Plays tracks in the current
folder in sequential order.
.
Song Titles
Press the MENU/SEL knob and set
Repeat to On or Off.
.
Podcasts
.
Genres
Repeat
Press the MENU/SEL knob and set
Repeat to On or Off, then press the
E BACK button to return to the
main screen.
Tracks can be searched for by:
To search for tracks:
1. Press the MENU/SEL knob.
2. Select Search.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Off: Plays current tracks in
sequential order.
Repeat On: Repeats the current
track.
Repeat Off: Playback starts from
the beginning of the current track
after the last track finishes.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (31,1)
Infotainment System
Playing from a USB (Radio
with CD and Touchscreen)
.
A USB mass storage device or
Microsoft Transfer Protocal (MTP)
device can be connected to the
USB port.
‐ Maximum folder structure
depth: 11 levels.
‐ Maximum number of MP3/
WMA files that can be
displayed: 1,000
The USB port is in the center
console.
The USB icon displays when the
USB device is connected.
USB MP3 Player and USB Drives
.
.
.
The USB MP3 players and USB
drives connected must comply
with the USB Mass Storage
Class specification (USB MSC).
Only USB MP3 players and USB
drives with a sector size or
512 bytes and a cluster size
smaller or equal to 32 kbytes in
the FAT32 file system are
supported.
The following restrictions apply
for the data stored on a USB
MP3 player or USB device:
.
WMA with Digital Rights
Management (DRM) from online
music shops cannot be played.
WMA files can only be played
back safely if they were created
with Windows Media Player
version 8 or later.
7-31
To play a USB device, do one of the
following:
.
Connect the USB and it begins
to play.
.
Press the Now Playing screen
button on the Home Page, then
press the SOURCE button on
the faceplate repeatedly to cycle
through all of the available audio
source screens, until the USB
source screen is selected.
While the USB source is active, use
the following to operate USB
function:
‐ Applicable playlist extensions
are: .m3u, .pls.
k (Play/Pause): Press to start,
pause, or resume play of the current
media source.
‐ Playlist entries must be in the
form of relative paths.
g SEEK (Seek Down):
‐ The system attribute for
folders/files that contain audio
data must not be set.
Hard disk drives are not
supported.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
1. Press to seek to the beginning of
the current or previous track.
If the track has been playing for
less than five seconds, the
previous track plays. If playing
longer than five seconds, the
current track restarts.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-32
Black plate (32,1)
Infotainment System
2. Press and hold to reverse
quickly through playback.
3. Release to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.
l SEEK (Seek Up):
1. Press to seek to the next track.
2. Press and hold to advance
quickly through playback.
Release to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.
USB Menu
Press any of the following buttons
on the USB Menu:
Shuffle Songs: Press to play the
tracks randomly. Press again to stop
shuffle.
Playlists: Press to view the
playlists stored on the USB. Select
a playlist to view the list of all songs
in that playlist. There might be a
delay before the list displays. Select
a song from the list to begin
playback.
Artists: Press to view the list of
artists stored on the USB. Select an
artist name to view a list of all
albums by the artist. There might be
a delay before the list displays. To
select a song, touch All Songs then
select a song or touch an album
then select a song from the list to
begin playback.
Albums: Press to view the albums
on the USB. Select the album to
view a list of all songs on the album.
There might be a delay before the
list displays. Select a song from the
list to begin playback.
Song Titles: Press to display a list
of all songs on the USB. Songs are
displayed as stored on the disc.
There might be a delay before the
list displays. To begin playback,
select a song from the list.
Genres: Press to view the genres
on the USB. Select a genre to view
a list of all songs of that genre.
Select a song from the list to begin
playback.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Folders: Press to open a folder list
to access the files within the folder
structure.
File System and Naming
The song titles, artists, albums, and
genres are taken from the file's ID3
tag and are only displayed if present
in the tag. If a song title is not
present in the ID3 tag, the radio
displays the file name as the
track name.
Playing from an iPod®
This feature supports the following
iPod models:
.
iPod nano (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
generation)
.
iPod with video (5.0 and 5.5
generation). Video is not shown;
only audio is supported.
.
iPod classic (6th generation)
.
iPod touch (1st and 2nd
generation)
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (33,1)
Infotainment System
There may be problems with
operation and function in the
following situations:
.
.
7-33
USB cable, the iPod battery stops
charging and the iPod automatically
turns off.
Artists:
When connecting an iPod on
which a more recent version of
the firmware is installed than is
supported by the infotainment
system.
If the iPod is an unsupported model,
it can still be listened to in the
vehicle by connecting to the
auxiliary input jack using a standard
3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable.
2. Select an artist name to view a
list of all songs by the artist.
When connecting an iPod on
which firmware from other
providers is installed.
Shuffle Songs: Press to play the
tracks randomly. Press again to stop
shuffle.
Albums:
Press any of the following buttons
on the iPod Menu:
2. Select an album name to view a
list of all songs on the album or
select All Songs to view all
songsby the artist.
To connect and control an iPod,
connect one end of the standard
iPod USB cable to the iPod's dock
connector. Connect the other end to
the USB port in the center console.
iPod music information displays on
the radio’s display and begins
playing through the vehicle’s audio
system.
The iPod battery recharges
automatically while the vehicle is on.
When the vehicle is off while an
iPod is connected using the iPod
Playlists:
1. Press to view the playlists stored
on the iPod.
2. Select a playlist name to view a
list of all songs in the playlist.
3. Select the desired song from the
list to begin playback.
1. Press to view the artists stored
on the iPod.
3. Select the desired song from the
list to begin playback.
1. Press to view the albums stored
on the iPod.
3. Select the desired song from the
list to begin playback.
Song Titles:
1. Press to view a list of all songs
stored on the iPod.
2. Select the desired song from the
list to begin playback.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-34
Black plate (34,1)
Infotainment System
Genres:
Composers:
1. Press to view the genres stored
on the iPod.
1. Press to view the composers
stored on the iPod.
Rear Seat
Infotainment
2. Select a genre name to view a
list of artists of that genre.
2. Select a composer name to view
a list of all songs by that
composer.
Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
System
3. Select the desired song from the
list to begin playback.
Vehicles with this feature allow the
rear seat passengers to listen to
and control any of the music
sources: radio, CDs, DVDs, or other
auxiliary sources. RSA can only
control music sources that the front
seat passengers are not listening to,
except on radios where dual control
is allowed.
3. Select an artist to view albums
or All Songs to view all songs of
that genre.
4. Select album to view songs.
Audio Books:
5. Select the desired song from the
list to begin playback.
1. Press to view the audio books
stored on the iPod.
Podcasts:
2. Select an audio book name to
view a list of all audio books.
1. Press to view the podcasts
stored on the iPod.
2. Select a podcast name to play
the desired podcast.
3. Select the desired audio book
from the list to begin playback.
Playing from an iPhone®
This feature supports the following
iPhone model:
.
iPhone (3G – 3GS)
To use the iPhone, follow the same
instructions as stated earlier for
using an iPod.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
RSA can function when the front
radio is off. X displays on the
infotainment system when RSA
is on.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (35,1)
Infotainment System
© ¨ (Seek):
Audio can be heard through
wired headphones (not included)
plugged into the jacks on the RSA.
If the vehicle has a Rear Seat
Entertainment system with wireless
headphones, audio can also be
heard on Channel 2 of the wireless
headphones.
To listen to a portable audio device
through the RSA, attach the
portable audio device to either the
front or rear auxiliary input,
if available. Turn the device on, then
choose the front auxiliary input with
the RSA SRCE button.
7-35
While listening to the
radio, press to go to the previous or
to the next station and stay there.
If the front seat passengers are
listening to the radio, this function
may be inactive on some radios.
P (Power): Press to turn the RSA
on or off.
Volume: Turn to increase or
decrease the volume of the wired
headphones. The left knob controls
the left headphones and the right
knob controls the right. Use the
volume control on the headphones
for wireless headphones.
SRCE (Source): Press to select
between the radio, CD, and if these
features are available: DVD, front or
rear auxiliary, HDD, USB. The front
radio may override the rear
selection as required.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Press and hold © or ¨ until “Tune”
displays. Continue to press © or ¨ to
tune to an individual station. Tune
stays active until © or ¨ has not
been pressed for several seconds.
If the front seat passengers are
listening to the radio, this function
may be inactive on some radios.
While listening to a disc, press ¨ to
go to the next track or chapter on
the disc. Press © to go back to the
start of the current track or chapter if
more than 10 seconds have played.
If the front seat passengers are
listening to a disc, this function may
be inactive on some radios. Press
and hold © or ¨ to fast reverse or
fast forward.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-36
Black plate (36,1)
Infotainment System
When a DVD video menu is being
displayed, press © or ¨ to cursor up
or down on the menu. Hold © or ¨ to
cursor left or right on the menu.
PROG (Program): Press to go to
the next preset radio station or
channel set on the main radio. If the
front seat passengers are listening
to the radio, this function may be
inactive on some radios.
When a CD or DVD audio disc is
playing, press PROG to go to the
beginning of the disc or display disc
info. If the front seat passengers are
listening to a disc, this function may
be inactive on some radios.
When a disc is playing in the CD or
DVD changer, press and hold
PROG to select the next disc,
if multiple discs are loaded. If the
front seat passengers are listening
to a disc, this function may be
inactive on some radios.
The PROG button may be used to
access the menu of an MP3. Once
in the menu, use © or ¨ to make
selections.
When a DVD video menu is
displayed, press PROG, or press
and hold PROG to perform the
menu function, then press ENTER.
Phone
Bluetooth (Overview)
For vehicles equipped with
Bluetooth capability, the system can
interact with many cell phones,
allowing:
.
Placement and receipt of calls in
a hands-free mode.
.
Sharing of the cell phone’s
address book or contact list with
the vehicle.
To minimize driver distraction,
before driving, and with the vehicle
parked:
.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Become familiar with the
features of the cell phone.
Organize the phone book and
contact lists clearly and delete
duplicate or rarely used entries.
If possible, program speed dial
or other shortcuts.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (37,1)
Infotainment System
.
Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
system.
.
Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
all cell phones. See “Pairing” in
this section for more information.
.
If the cell phone has voice
dialing capability, learn to use
that feature to access the
address book or contact list. See
“Voice Pass-Thru” in this section
for more information.
.
See “Storing and Deleting Phone
Numbers” in this section for
more information.
{ WARNING
When using a cell phone, it can
be distracting to look too long or
too often at the screen of the
phone or the infotainment
(navigation) system. Taking your
eyes off the road too long or too
often could cause a crash
resulting in injury or death. Focus
your attention on driving.
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
can use a Bluetooth‐capable cell
phone with a Hands‐Free Profile to
make and receive phone calls. The
infotainment system and voice
recognition are used to control the
system. The system can be used
while in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY. The range of the
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
7-37
Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m
(30 ft). Not all phones support all
functions and not all phones work
with the Bluetooth system. See
www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
information about compatible
phones.
Bluetooth Controls
Use the buttons located on the
infotainment system and the
steering wheel to operate the
Bluetooth system.
Steering Wheel Controls
b / g (Push To Talk) :
Press to
answer incoming calls, confirm
system information, and start voice
recognition.
$ / i (End Call/Mute): Press to
end a call, reject a call, or cancel an
operation.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-38
Black plate (38,1)
Infotainment System
Infotainment System Controls
If equipped, the infotainment system
allows certain controls to be
selected on the infotainment display.
For information about how to
navigate the menu system using the
infotainment controls, see Operation
on page 7‑10.
5 or 5 \ ? (PHONE/MUTE):
Press
to enter the Phone main menu.
Press 5 \ ? to mute the audio
system.
Voice Recognition
The voice recognition system uses
commands to control the system
and dial phone numbers.
Noise: The system may not
recognize voice commands if there
is too much background noise.
When to Speak: A tone sounds to
indicate that the system is ready for
a voice command. Wait for the tone
and then speak.
How to Speak: Speak clearly in a
calm and natural voice.
Audio System
When using the Bluetooth system,
sound comes through the vehicle's
front audio system speakers and
overrides the audio system. Use the
VOL/ O knob during a call to
change the volume level. The
adjusted volume level remains in
memory for later calls. The system
maintains a minimum volume level.
Other Information
The Bluetooth® word mark and
logos are owned by the Bluetooth®
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
by General Motors is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑17 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls)
For information about how to
navigate the menu system using the
infotainment controls, see Operation
on page 7‑10.
Pairing
A Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth
system and then connected to the
vehicle before it can be used. See
your cell phone manufacturer's user
guide for Bluetooth functions before
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
phone is not connected, calls will be
made using OnStar Hands‐Free
Calling, if available.See OnStar
Overview on page 14‑1 for more
information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (39,1)
Infotainment System
Pairing Information
.
If multiple paired cell phones are
within range of the system, the
system connects to the first
available paired cell phone in the
order that they were first paired
to the system. To link to a
different paired phone, see
“Linking to a Different Phone”
later in this section.
.
A Bluetooth phone with MP3
capability cannot be paired to
the vehicle as a phone and an
MP3 player at the same time.
.
Up to five cell phones can be
paired to the Bluetooth system.
.
The pairing process is disabled
when the vehicle is moving.
.
Pairing only needs to be
completed once, unless the
pairing information on the cell
phone changes or the cell phone
is deleted from the system.
1. Press the CONFIG button.
Only one paired cell phone can
be connected to the Bluetooth
system at a time.
4. Select Pair Device (Phone).
A four‐digit Personal
Identification Number (PIN)
appears on the display. The PIN
is used in Step 6.
.
Pairing a Phone
2. Select Phone Settings or
Bluetooth Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
7-39
5. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone to be paired to the
vehicle. See the cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for
information on this process.
6. Locate the device named “Your
Vehicle” in the list on the cell
phone. Follow the instructions
on the cell phone to enter the
PIN provided in Step 4. After the
PIN is successfully entered, the
system prompts you to provide a
name for the paired cell phone.
This name will be used to
indicate which phones are
paired and connected to the
vehicle. The system responds
with “<Phone name> has been
successfully paired” after the
pairing process is complete.
7. Repeat Steps 1 through 6 to pair
additional phones.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-40
Black plate (40,1)
Infotainment System
Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones
1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Phone Settings or
Bluetooth Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth.
4. Select Device List.
Linking to a Different Phone
To link to a different phone, the new
phone must be in the vehicle and
available to be connected to the
Bluetooth system before the
process is started.
1. Press the CONFIG button.
Deleting a Paired Phone
2. Select Phone Settings or
Bluetooth Settings.
1. Press the CONFIG button.
3. Select Bluetooth.
2. Select Phone Settings or
Bluetooth Settings.
4. Select Device List.
3. Select Bluetooth.
4. Select Device List.
5. Select the phone to delete and
follow the on screen prompts.
5. Select the new phone to link to
and follow the on screen
prompts.
If delete is selected, the
highlighted phone will be
deleted.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Making a Call Using
Phone Book
For cell phones that support the
phone book feature, the Bluetooth
system can use the contacts stored
on your cell phone to make calls.
See your cell phone's owner's guide
or contact your wireless provider to
find out if this feature is supported
by your phone.
When a cell phone supports the
phone book feature, the Phone
Book and Call Lists menus are
automatically available.
The Phone Book menu allows you
to access the phone book stored in
the cell phone to make a call.
The Call Lists menu allows you to
access the phone numbers from the
Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and
Missed Calls menus on your cell
phone to make a call.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (41,1)
Infotainment System
To make a call using the Phone
Book menu:
1. Press 5 or 5 \ ? once or twice
(depending on the radio).
2. Select Phone Book.
3. Search through the list by
selecting the letter group the
phone book entry begins with,
or press the MENU/SEL button
to scroll through the entire list of
names/numbers in the
phone book.
4. Select the name or number you
want to call.
To make a call using the Call
Lists menu:
1. Press 5 or 5 \ ? once or twice
(depending on the radio).
2. Select Call Lists.
3. Select the Incoming Calls,
Outgoing Calls, or Missed
Calls list.
4. Select the name or number you
want to call.
7-41
Making a Call
Call Waiting
To make a call:
Call waiting must be supported on
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
the wireless service carrier to work.
1. Press 5 or 5 \ ? once or twice
(depending on the radio).
2. Enter the character sequence.
See “Entering a Character
Sequence” in Operation on
page 7‑10 for more information.
3. Select Call to start dialing the
number.
Accepting or Declining a Call
When an incoming call is received,
the infotainment system mutes and
a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
Accepting a Call
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
“Answer” and press the MENU/SEL
knob to accept the call.
Declining a Call
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
“Decline” and press the MENU/SEL
knob to decline the call.
Switching Between Calls (Call
Waiting Calls Only)
Accepting a Call
To switch between calls:
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
“Answer” and press the MENU/SEL
knob to accept the call.
1. Turn or press the MENU/
SEL knob.
Declining a Call
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
“Decline” and press the MENU/SEL
knob to decline the call.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2. Select Switch Call from
the menu.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-42
Black plate (42,1)
Infotainment System
Conference Calling
Ending a Call
Conference calling and three‐way
calling must be supported on the
Bluetooth phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier to work.
Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob
and select Hang Up.
To start a conference while in a
current call:
To Mute a Call
1. Turn or press the MENU/
SEL knob.
2. Select Enter Number.
3. Enter the character sequence
then select Call. See “Entering a
Character Sequence” in
Operation on page 7‑10 for more
information.
4. After the call has been placed,
turn or press the MENU/SEL
knob and choose Merge Calls.
5. To add more callers to the
conference call, repeat Steps 1
through 4. The number of callers
that can be added is limited by
your wireless service carrier.
Muting a Call
Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob
and select Mute Call.
To Cancel Mute
Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob
and select Mute Call.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
(DTMF) Tones
The in‐vehicle Bluetooth system can
send numbers during a call. This is
used when calling a menu‐driven
phone system.
1. Turn or press the MENU/SEL
knob and select Enter Number.
2. Enter the character sequence.
See “Entering a Character
Sequence” in Operation on
page 7‑10 for more information.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition)
Using Voice Recognition
To use voice recognition, press the
b / g button located on the steering
wheel. Use the commands below for
the various voice features. For
additional information, say “Help”
while you are in a voice
recognition menu.
Pairing
A Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth
system and then connected to the
vehicle before it can be used. See
your cell phone manufacturer's user
guide for Bluetooth functions before
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
phone is not connected, calls will be
made using OnStar Hands‐Free
Calling, if available. See OnStar
Overview on page 14‑1 for more
information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (43,1)
Infotainment System
Pairing Information
.
A Bluetooth phone with MP3
capability cannot be paired to
the vehicle as a phone and an
MP3 player at the same time.
.
Up to five cell phones can be
paired to the Bluetooth system.
.
The pairing process is disabled
when the vehicle is moving.
.
Pairing only needs to be
completed once, unless the
pairing information on the cell
phone changes or the cell phone
is deleted from the system.
.
Only one paired cell phone can
be connected to the Bluetooth
system at a time.
.
If multiple paired cell phones are
within range of the system, the
system connects to the first
available paired cell phone in the
order that they were first paired
to the system. To link to a
different paired phone, see
“Linking to a Different Phone”
later in this section.
Pairing a Phone
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command
can be skipped.
3. Say “Pair.” The system responds
with instructions and a four‐digit
Personal Identification Number
(PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.
7-43
4. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone that you want to pair.
For help with this process, see
your cell phone manufacturer's
user guide.
5. Locate the device named “Your
Vehicle” in the list on the cell
phone. Follow the instructions
on the cell phone to enter the
PIN provided in Step 3. After the
PIN is successfully entered, the
system prompts you to provide a
name for the paired cell phone.
This name will be used to
indicate which phones are
paired and connected to the
vehicle. The system responds
with “<Phone name> has been
successfully paired” after the
pairing process is complete.
6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair
additional phones.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-44
Black plate (44,1)
Infotainment System
Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones
The system can list all cell phones
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is
also connected to the vehicle, the
system responds with “is connected”
after that phone name.
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “List.”
Deleting a Paired Phone
If the phone name you want to
delete is unknown, see “Listing All
Paired and Connected Phones.”
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
Connecting to a Different Phone
To connect to a different cell phone,
the Bluetooth system looks for the
next available cell phone in the
order in which all available cell
phones were paired. Depending on
which cell phone you want to
connect to, you may have to use
this command several times.
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “Change phone.”
.
.
If another cell phone is
found, the response will be
“<Phone name> is now
connected.”
If another cell phone is not
found, the original phone
remains connected.
3. Say “Delete.” The system asks
for which phone to delete.
4. Say the name of the phone you
want to delete.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Storing and Deleting Phone
Numbers
The system can store up to 30
phone numbers as name tags in the
Hands‐Free Directory that is shared
between the Bluetooth and OnStar
systems.
The following commands are used
to delete and store phone numbers.
Store: This command will store a
phone number, or a group of
numbers as a name tag.
Digit Store: This command allows
a phone number to be stored as a
name tag by entering the digits one
at a time.
Delete: This command is used to
delete individual name tags.
Delete All Name Tags: This
command deletes all stored name
tags in the Hands‐Free Calling
Directory and the Destinations
Directory.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (45,1)
Infotainment System
Using the “Store” Command
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Store.”
3. Say the phone number or group
of numbers you want to store all
at once with no pauses, then
follow the directions given by the
system to save a name tag for
this number.
Using the “Digit Store” Command
3. Say each digit, one at a time,
that you want to store. After
each digit is entered, the system
repeats back the digit it heard
followed by a tone. After the last
digit has been entered, say
“Store,” and then follow the
directions given by the system to
save a name tag for this number.
Using the “Delete” Command
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
To delete all name tags:
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Delete all name tags.”
Listing Stored Numbers
The list command will list all stored
numbers and name tags.
Using the “List” Command
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
If an unwanted number is
recognized by the system, say
“Clear” at any time to clear the last
number.
2. Say “Delete.”
3. Say the name tag you want to
delete.
2. Say “Directory.”
To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say
“Verify” at any time.
Using the “Delete All Name Tags”
Command
4. Say “List.”
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
This command deletes all stored
name tags in the Hands‐Free
Calling Directory and the
Destinations Directory.
2. Say “Digit Store.”
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
7-45
3. Say “Hands‐Free Calling.”
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-46
Black plate (46,1)
Infotainment System
Making a Call
Using the “Digit Dial” Command
Calls can be made using the
following commands.
The digit dial command allows a
phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
After each digit is entered, the
system repeats back the digit it
heard followed by a tone.
Dial or Call: The dial or call
command can be used
interchangeably to dial a phone
number or a stored name tag.
Digit Dial: This command allows a
phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
Re‐dial: This command is used to
dial the last number used on the cell
phone.
Using the “Dial” or “Call”
Command
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing or say the name tag.
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
If an unwanted number is
recognized by the system, say
“Clear” at any time to clear the last
number.
To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say
“Verify” at any time.
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Digit Dial.”
3. Say each digit, one at a time,
that you want to dial. After each
digit is entered, the system
repeats back the digit it heard
followed by a tone. After the last
digit has been entered,
say “Dial.”
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Using the “Re‐dial” Command
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.” The
system dials the last number
called from the connected cell
phone.
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Receiving a Call
When an incoming call is received,
the audio system mutes and a ring
tone is heard in the vehicle.
.
.
b / g to answer the call.
Press $ / i to ignore a call.
Press
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (47,1)
Infotainment System
Call Waiting
Call waiting must be supported on
the cell phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier.
.
.
.
.
Press b / g to answer an
incoming call when another call
is active. The original call is
placed on hold.
Press b / g again to return to
the original call.
To ignore the incoming call, no
action is required.
Press $ / i to disconnect the
current call and switch to the call
on hold.
Three‐Way Calling
Three‐way calling must be
supported on the cell phone and
enabled by the wireless service
carrier.
1. While on a call, press
2. Say “Three‐way call.”
b / g.
3. Use the dial or call command to
dial the number of the third party
to be called.
4. Once the call is connected,
press b / g to link all callers
together.
Ending a Call
Press
$ / i to end a call.
Muting a Call
During a call, all sounds from inside
the vehicle can be muted so that the
person on the other end of the call
cannot hear them.
To mute a call, press b /
then say “Mute Call.”
g, and
To cancel mute, press b /
then say “Un‐mute Call.”
g, and
Transferring a Call
Audio can be transferred between
the Bluetooth system and the cell
phone.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
7-47
The cell phone must be paired and
connected with the Bluetooth
system before a call can be
transferred. The connection process
can take up to two minutes after the
ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
To Transfer Audio from the
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
During a call with the audio in the
vehicle:
1. Press
b / g.
2. Say “Transfer Call.”
To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth
System from a Cell Phone
During a call with the audio on the
cell phone, press b / g. The audio
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio
does not transfer to the vehicle, use
the audio transfer feature on the cell
phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for more
information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-48
Black plate (48,1)
Infotainment System
Voice Pass-Thru
Voice pass‐thru allows access to the
voice recognition commands on the
cell phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide to see if
the cell phone supports this feature.
To access contacts stored in the cell
phone:
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command
can be skipped.
3. Say “Voice.” The system
responds “OK, accessing
<phone name>.”
The cell phone's normal prompt
messages will go through their cycle
according to the phone's operating
instructions.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
(DTMF) Tones
The Bluetooth system can send
numbers and the numbers stored as
name tags during a call. You can
use this feature when calling a
menu‐driven phone system.
Account numbers can also be
stored for use.
Sending a Number or Name Tag
During a Call
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Dial.”
3. Say the number or name tag
to send.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Clearing the System
Unless information is deleted out of
the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system, it
will be retained indefinitely. This
includes all saved name tags in the
phone book and phone pairing
information. For information on how
to delete this information, see the
previous sections on “Deleting a
Paired Phone” and “Storing and
Deleting Name Tags.”
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (49,1)
Infotainment System
note that the use of this accessory
with iPod or iPhone may affect
wireless preformance.
Trademarks and
License Agreements
Manufactured under license under
U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942;
5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762;
6,487,535 & other U.S. and
worldwide patents issued &
pending. DTS and the Symbol are
registered trademarks and DTS
Digital Surround and the DTS logos
are trademarks of DTS, Inc. Product
includes software. All Rights
Reserved.
7-49
Manufactured under license from
Dolby® Laboratories. Dolby and the
double-D symbol are registered
trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
"Made for iPod and iPhone" mean
that an electronic accessory has
been designed to connect
specifically to iPod or iPhone,
respectively, and has been certified
by the developer to meet Apple
performance standards. Apple is not
responsible for the operation of this
device or its compliance with safety
and regulatory standards. Please
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod
nano, and iPod touch are
trademarks of Apple Inc., registered
in the U.S. and other countries.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
7-50
Black plate (50,1)
Infotainment System
2 NOTES
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (1,1)
Climate Controls
8-1
Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems
The vehicle's heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation can be controlled
with this system.
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
A. Fan Control
E. Front Defrost
B. Air Delivery Mode Controls
F.
C. Temperature Control
G. Recirculation
D. Outside Air
H. Air Conditioning
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Rear Window Defogger
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
8-2
Black plate (2,1)
Climate Controls
A (Fan Control):
Turn to increase
or decrease the fan speed. Turn the
knob completely to T to turn the
fan off.
Temperature Control: Turn to
increase or decrease the
temperature.
Air Delivery Mode Control: To
change the current mode, select
one of the following:
F (Vent): Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets.
* (Bi-Level): Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets and the
floor outlets.
7 (Floor): Air is directed to the
floor outlets.
W (Defog): Clears the windows of
fog or moisture. Air is directed to the
windshield and floor outlets.
0 FRONT (Front Defrost):
Clears
the windshield of fog or frost more
quickly. Air is directed to the
windshield and side window outlets.
For best results, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield before
defrosting.
Do not drive the vehicle until all the
windows are clear.
Air Conditioning
A/C (Air Conditioning): Press to
turn the air conditioning on or off.
If the fan is turned off or the outside
temperature falls below freezing, the
air conditioning will not work.
h (Recirculation):
Press to turn
on the recirculation. An indicator
light comes on. Air is recirculated
inside the vehicle. It helps to quickly
cool the air inside the vehicle or
prevent outside air and odors from
entering. The air conditioning may
come on under certain conditions.
To improve fuel efficiency and to
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
may be automatically selected in
warm weather. The recirculation
light will not come on. To override
this feature, select outside air.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
% (Outside Air):
Press to turn
on the outside air. An indicator light
comes on. Outside air is circulated
throughout the vehicle.
Rear Window Defogger
1 REAR (Rear Defogger): Press
to turn the rear window defogger on
or off. The rear window defogger
turns off after about 10 minutes.
It can also be turned off by turning
the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY or
LOCK/OFF. If turned on again, it
runs for about five minutes before
turning off.
Do not drive the vehicle until all the
windows are clear.
Notice: Do not use a razor blade
or sharp object to clear the inside
rear window. Do not adhere
anything to the defogger grid
lines in the rear glass. These
actions may damage the rear
defogger. Repairs would not be
covered by your warranty.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (3,1)
Climate Controls
8-3
Automatic Climate Control System
Automatic Operation
The vehicle's heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation can be controlled
with this system.
The system automatically controls
the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning, and recirculation to
heat or cool the vehicle to the
selected temperature.
When the AUTO indicator light is
on, the system is in full automatic
operation.
To place the system in
automatic mode:
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the temperature. Allow the
system time to stabilize. Then
adjust the temperature as
needed.
A. Fan Control
G. Power
B. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
C. Air Delivery Mode Controls
H. Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats
D. Front Defrost
I.
Rear Window Defogger
E. Recirculation
J.
Air Conditioning
F.
Temperature Control
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
To improve fuel efficiency and to
cool the vehicle faster,
recirculation may be
automatically selected in warm
weather. The recirculation light
will not come on. Press the h
to select recirculation; press it
again to select outside air.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
8-4
Black plate (4,1)
Climate Controls
Manual Operation
O (Power):
* (Bi-Level): Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets and the
floor outlets.
A (Fan Control):
7 (Floor): Air is directed to the
floor outlets.
Press to turn the
climate control system on or off.
Turn to increase
or decrease the fan speed.
Adjusting the fan speed while in
automatic mode places the fan
under manual control. The AUTO
indicator light turns off. The air
delivery mode remains in automatic
control.
Temperature Control: Turn to
increase or decrease the
temperature inside the vehicle.
H / G (Air Delivery Mode
Control): Press mode up or mode
down to cycle through the different
air delivery modes. The current
mode is shown on the display.
W (Defog): Clears the windows of
fog or moisture. Air is directed to the
windshield and floor outlets.
Air Conditioning
A/C (Air Conditioning): Press to
turn the air conditioning on or off.
If the fan is turned off or the outside
temperature falls below freezing, the
air conditioning will not work. When
in AUTO, the air conditioning will
come on automatically as needed.
0 FRONT (Front Defrost):
h (Recirculation):
For best results, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield before
defrosting.
The indicator light turns on when
recirculation is selected. Air is
recirculated inside the vehicle.
It helps quickly cool the air inside
the vehicle or prevent outside air
and odors from entering.
Clears
the windshield of fog or frost more
quickly. Air is directed to the
windshield and side window outlets.
Selecting defrost disables the
automatic mode.
Do not drive the vehicle until all the
windows are clear.
Select from the following:
F (Vent): Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Press to turn
on the recirculation. Press to
alternate between recirculation and
outside air, if the vehicle does not
have a separate outside air button.
% (Outside Air, If Equipped):
Press to turn on the outside air. An
indicator light comes on. Outside air
is circulated throughout the vehicle.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (5,1)
Climate Controls
Rear Window Defogger
1 REAR (Rear Defogger):
Press
to turn the rear window defogger on
or off. The rear window defogger
turns off after about 10 minutes.
It can also be turned off by turning
the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY or
LOCK/OFF. If turned on again, it
runs for about five minutes before
turning off.
Do not drive the vehicle until all the
windows are clear.
Notice: Do not use a razor blade
or sharp object to clear the inside
rear window. Do not adhere
anything to the defogger grid
lines in the rear glass. These
actions may damage the rear
defogger. Repairs would not be
covered by your warranty.
L / M (Driver and Passenger
Heated Seats): For vehicles with
heated seats, see Heated Front
Seats on page 3‑9.
Remote Start Climate Control
Operation: For vehicles with the
remote vehicle start feature, the
climate control system may run
when the vehicle is started remotely.
The system uses the driver's
previous settings to heat or cool the
inside of the vehicle. The front
heated seats will turn on if it is cold
outside. The heated seat indicator
lights do not come on during a
remote start. See Remote Vehicle
Start on page 2‑5.
Air Vents
Use the air outlets, located in the
center and on the side of the
instrument panel, to direct the
airflow. Use the thumbwheels
located near the center air outlets,
to open or close off the airflow.
Operation Tips
.
Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from air inlets at the
base of the windshield that could
block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
.
Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside of the
vehicle more effectively.
.
Use of non‐GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect
the performance of the system.
Check with your dealer before
adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
Sensors
The solar sensor, located on top of
the instrument panel near the
windshield, monitors the solar heat.
The climate control system uses the
information to adjust the
temperature, fan speed,
recirculation, and air delivery mode.
Do not cover the solar sensor or the
system will not work properly.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
8-5
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
8-6
Black plate (6,1)
Climate Controls
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The filter removes dust, pollen, and
other airborne irritants from outside
air that is pulled into the vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule on
page 11‑3 for replacement intervals.
To find out what type of filter to use,
see Maintenance Replacement
Parts on page 11‑14.
The passenger compartment air
filter can be accessed by removing
the entire glove box.
1. Open the glove box completely
and locate the stop tab on top of
the glove box door.
2. Push the stop tab upwards until
the stop tab is under the
instrument panel assembly and
the glove box is released.
3. Unsnap the tabs beneath the
glove box that connects it to the
bottom of the instrument panel
assembly.
4. Remove the glove box.
5. Locate the service door for the
passenger compartment air filter.
6. Push the two tabs upwards and
release the latches holding the
service door. Lift the
service door.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
7. Remove the old air filter.
8. Install the new air filter.
9. Close the service door and
latches.
10. Re‐install the glove box.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (1,1)
Driving and Operating
Driving and
Operating
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
Engine Exhaust
Driving Information
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 9-11
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 9-12
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-15
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . .
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . .
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Coolant Heater . . . . . . .
9-21
9-21
9-24
9-25
9-25
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-29
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . .
9-33
9-34
9-35
9-35
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control
System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 9-37
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
9-1
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Object Detection Systems
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . .
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-41
9-43
9-45
9-48
Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51
Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-51
Gasoline Specifications (U.S.
and Canada Only) . . . . . . . . . . 9-51
California Fuel
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-52
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-53
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-2
Black plate (2,1)
Driving and Operating
Towing
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Sway
Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving Information
9-56
Distracted Driving
9-57
9-60
9-62
Distraction comes in many forms
and can take your focus from the
task of driving. Exercise good
judgment and do not let other
activities divert your attention away
from the road. Many local
governments have enacted laws
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in
your area.
9-63
Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-63
To avoid distracted driving, always
keep your eyes on the road, hands
on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
.
.
Do not use a phone in
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary
phone calls.
Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.
.
Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio
stations and adjusting climate
control and seat settings.
Program all trip information into
any navigation device prior to
driving.
.
Wait until the vehicle is parked
to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.
.
Stop or park the vehicle to tend
to children.
.
Keep pets in an appropriate
carrier or restraint.
.
Avoid stressful conversations
while driving, whether with a
passenger or on a cell phone.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (3,1)
Driving and Operating
{ WARNING
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
Defensive Driving
Drunk Driving
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.” The first
step in driving defensively is to wear
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on
page 3‑12.
Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.
.
Refer to the Infotainment section for
more information on using that
system, including pairing and using
a cell phone.
If equipped, refer to the navigation
manual for information on that
system, including pairing and using
a cell phone.
9-3
Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
other drivers) are going to be
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they might do
and be ready.
.
Allow enough following distance
between you and the driver in
front of you.
.
Focus on the task of driving.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
{ WARNING
Drinking and then driving is very
dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
can have a serious — or even
fatal — collision if you drive after
drinking.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-4
Black plate (4,1)
Driving and Operating
Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating
are important factors in helping to
control a vehicle while driving.
Braking
Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding to
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
Average driver reaction time is
about three‐fourths of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at
100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
(66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
include:
.
Keep enough distance between
you and the vehicle in front
of you.
.
Avoid needless heavy braking.
.
Keep pace with traffic.
If the engine ever stops while the
vehicle is being driven, brake
normally but do not pump the
brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the
engine stops, there will be some
power brake assist but it will be
used when the brake is applied.
Once the power assist is used up, it
can take longer to stop and the
brake pedal will be harder to push.
Steering
Electric Power Steering
(2.4L L4 Engine)
If the engine stalls while driving, the
power steering assist system will
continue to operate until you are
able to stop the vehicle.
If power steering assist is lost due
to a system malfunction, the vehicle
can be steered, but may require
increased effort.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
If the steering wheel is turned in
either direction several times until it
stops, or it is held until it is stopped
for an extended time, power
steering assist may be reduced. The
normal power steering assist should
return shortly after a few normal
steering movements.
The electric power steering system
does not require regular
maintenance. If you suspect
steering system problems, such as
abnormally high steering effort for a
prolonged period of time, contact
your dealer for service repairs.
Hydraulic Power Steering
(3.0L V6 Engine)
If power steering assist is lost due
to a system malfunction, the vehicle
can be steered, but may require
increased effort.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (5,1)
Driving and Operating
Curve Tips
.
Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
.
Reduce speed before entering a
curve.
.
Maintain a reasonable steady
speed through the curve
.
Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.
Off-Road Recovery
.
.
There are some situations when
steering around a problem may
be more effective than braking.
Holding both sides of the
steering wheel allows you to turn
180 degrees without removing
a hand.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
allows steering while braking.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge.
3. Then turn the steering wheel to
go straight down the roadway.
Loss of Control
Skidding
There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three
control systems:
Steering in Emergencies
.
9-5
The vehicle's right wheels can drop
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow
these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the
pavement.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
Braking Skid — wheels are not
rolling.
.
Steering or Cornering
Skid — too much speed or
steering in a curve causes tires
to slip and lose cornering force.
.
Acceleration Skid — too much
throttle causes the driving
wheels to spin.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-6
Driving and Operating
Defensive drivers avoid most skids
by taking reasonable care suited to
existing conditions, and by not
overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions:
.
.
Black plate (6,1)
Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and quickly
steer the way you want the
vehicle to go. The vehicle may
straighten out. Be ready for a
second skid if it occurs.
Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance
can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to
recognize warning clues — such
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface — and slow
down when you have any doubt.
.
Try to avoid sudden steering,
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide.
{ WARNING
When driving off-road, bouncing
and quick changes in direction
can easily throw you out of
position. This could cause you to
lose control and crash. You and
your passengers should always
wear safety belts.
Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.
Off-Road Driving
All-wheel-drive vehicles can be
used for off-road driving. Vehicles
without all-wheel drive and vehicles
not equipped with All Terrain (AT) or
On-Off Road (OOR) tires must not
be driven off-road except on a level,
solid surface. To contact the tire
manufacturer for more information
about the original equipment tires,
see the Limited Warranty and
Owner Assistance Information
manual.
Controlling the vehicle is the key to
successful off-road driving. One of
the best ways to control the vehicle
is to control the speed.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Before Driving Off-Road
.
Have all necessary maintenance
and service work completed.
.
Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels,
and check inflation pressure in
all tires, including the spare,
if equipped.
.
Read all the information about
all-wheel-drive vehicles in this
manual.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (7,1)
Driving and Operating
.
Make sure all underbody
shields, if equipped, are properly
attached.
Loading the Vehicle for
Off-Road Driving
.
Know the local laws that apply to
off-road driving.
{ WARNING
To gain more ground clearance if
needed, it may be necessary to
remove the front fascia lower
air dam.
Notice: Operating the vehicle for
extended periods without the
front fascia lower air dam
installed can cause improper air
flow to the engine. Re‐attach the
front fascia air dam after off-road
driving.
.
.
.
Unsecured cargo on the load
floor can be tossed about
when driving over rough
terrain. You or your
passengers can be struck by
flying objects. Secure the
cargo properly.
Keep cargo in the cargo area
as far forward and as low as
possible. The heaviest things
should be on the floor,
forward of the rear axle.
Heavy loads on the roof raise
the vehicle's center of gravity,
making it more likely to roll
over. You can be seriously or
fatally injured if the vehicle
rolls over. Put heavy loads
inside the cargo area, not on
the roof.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
9-7
For more information about loading
the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑16.
Environmental Concerns
.
Always use established trails,
roads, and areas that have been
set aside for public off-road
recreational driving and obey all
posted regulations.
.
Do not damage shrubs, flowers,
trees, or grasses or disturb
wildlife.
.
Do not park over things that
burn. See Parking over Things
That Burn on page 9‑28.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-8
Black plate (8,1)
Driving and Operating
Driving on Hills
Driving safely on hills requires good
judgment and an understanding of
what the vehicle can and cannot do.
.
When possible, drive straight up
or down the hill.
.
Slow down when approaching
the top of the hill.
.
Use headlamps even during the
day to make the vehicle more
visible.
{ WARNING
Many hills are simply too steep
for any vehicle. Driving up hills
can cause the vehicle to stall.
Driving down hills can cause loss
of control. Driving across hills can
cause a rollover. You could be
injured or killed. Do not drive on
steep hills.
Before driving on a hill, assess
the steepness, traction, and
obstructions. If the terrain ahead
cannot be seen, get out of the
vehicle and walk the hill before
driving further.
When driving on hills:
.
Use a low gear and keep a firm
grip on the steering wheel.
.
Maintain a slow speed.
{ WARNING
Driving to the top of a hill at high
speed can cause an accident.
There could be a drop-off,
embankment, cliff, or even
another vehicle. You could be
seriously injured or killed. As you
near the top of a hill, slow down
and stay alert.
.
Never go downhill forward or
backward with the transmission
in N (Neutral). The brakes could
overheat and you could lose
control.
.
When driving down a hill, keep
the vehicle headed straight
down. Use a low gear because
the engine will work with the
brakes to slow the vehicle and
help keep the vehicle under
control.
{ WARNING
Heavy braking when going down
a hill can cause your brakes to
overheat and fade. This could
cause loss of control and you or
others could be injured or killed.
Apply the brakes lightly when
descending a hill and use a low
gear to keep vehicle speed under
control.
If the vehicle stalls on a hill:
1. Apply the brakes to stop the
vehicle, and then apply the
parking brake.
2. Shift into P (Park) and then
restart the engine.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (9,1)
Driving and Operating
.
If driving uphill when the
vehicle stalls, shift to
R (Reverse), release the
parking brake, and back
straight down.
.
Never try to turn the vehicle
around. If the hill is steep
enough to stall the vehicle,
it is steep enough to cause
it to roll over.
.
.
If you cannot make it up the
hill, back straight down
the hill.
3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted
after stalling, set the parking
brake, shift an automatic
transmission into P (Park), and
turn the vehicle off.
3.1. Leave the vehicle and
seek help.
3.2. Stay clear of the path the
vehicle would take if it
rolled downhill.
.
Never back down a hill in
N (Neutral) using only the
brake.
.
The vehicle can roll
backward quickly and you
could lose control.
.
If driving downhill when the
vehicle stalls, shift to a
lower gear, release the
parking brake, and drive
straight down the hill.
.
Avoid turns that take the vehicle
across the incline of the hill.
A hill that can be driven straight
up or down might be too steep to
drive across. Driving across an
incline puts more weight on the
downhill wheels which could
cause a downhill slide or a
rollover.
Surface conditions can be a
problem. Loose gravel, muddy
spots, or even wet grass can
cause the tires to slip sideways,
downhill. If the vehicle slips
sideways, it can hit something
that will trip it – a rock, a rut,
etc. – and
roll
over.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
9-9
.
Hidden obstacles can make the
steepness of the incline more
severe. If a rock is driven across
with the uphill wheels, or if the
downhill wheels drop into a rut
or depression, the vehicle can tilt
even more.
.
If an incline must be driven
across, and the vehicle starts to
slide, turn downhill. This should
help straighten out the vehicle
and prevent the side slipping.
{ WARNING
Getting out of the vehicle on the
downhill side when stopped
across an incline is dangerous.
If the vehicle rolls over, you could
be crushed or killed. Always get
out on the uphill side of the
vehicle and stay well clear of the
rollover path.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-10
Black plate (10,1)
Driving and Operating
Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,
or Ice
{ WARNING
Use a low gear when driving in
mud – the deeper the mud, the
lower the gear. Keep the vehicle
moving to avoid getting stuck.
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,
or rivers can be dangerous. Ice
conditions vary greatly and the
vehicle could fall through the ice;
you and your passengers could
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe
surfaces only.
Traction changes when driving on
sand. On loose sand, such as on
beaches or sand dunes, the tires
tend to sink into the sand. This
affects steering, accelerating, and
braking. Drive at a reduced speed
and avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers.
Traction is reduced on hard packed
snow and ice and it is easy to lose
control. Reduce vehicle speed when
driving on hard packed snow
and ice.
Driving in Water
{ WARNING
Driving through rushing water can
be dangerous. Deep water can
sweep your vehicle downstream
and you and your passengers
could drown. If it is only shallow
water, it can still wash away the
ground from under your tires.
Traction could be lost, and the
vehicle could roll over. Do not
drive through rushing water.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Notice: Do not drive through
standing water if it is deep
enough to cover the wheel hubs,
axles or exhaust pipe. Deep water
can damage the axle and other
vehicle parts.
If the standing water is not too deep,
drive slowly through it. At faster
speeds, water splashes on the
ignition system and the vehicle can
stall. Stalling can also occur if you
get the exhaust pipe under water.
While the exhaust pipe is under
water, you will not be able to start
the engine. When going through
water, the brakes get wet, and it
might take longer to stop. See
Driving on Wet Roads on page 9‑11.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (11,1)
Driving and Operating
After Off-Road Driving
Driving on Wet Roads
Remove any brush or debris that
has collected on the underbody or
chassis, or under the hood. These
accumulations can be a fire hazard.
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep‐standing or flowing water.
After operation in mud or sand,
have the brake linings cleaned and
checked. These substances can
cause glazing and uneven braking.
Check the body structure, steering,
suspension, wheels, tires, and
exhaust system for damage and
check the fuel lines and cooling
system for any leakage.
More frequent maintenance
service is required. Refer to the
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11‑3 for more information.
{ WARNING
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
(Continued)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
9-11
WARNING (Continued)
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-12
Black plate (12,1)
Driving and Operating
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Other driving tips include:
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
.
Keep the vehicle well ventilated.
.
Keep the interior
temperature cool.
.
Allow extra following distance.
.
Pass with caution.
.
.
Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.
Keep your eyes moving — scan
the road ahead and to the sides.
.
Check the rearview mirror and
vehicle instruments often.
.
Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.
.
Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires on
page 10‑42.
.
Turn off cruise control.
Highway Hypnosis
Always be alert and pay attention to
your surroundings while driving.
If you become tired or sleepy, find a
safe place to park the vehicle
and rest.
Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for
driving in these conditions include:
.
Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
.
Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
transmission.
.
Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
{ WARNING
If you do not shift down, the
brakes could get so hot that they
would not work well. You would
then have poor braking or even
none going down a hill. You could
crash. Shift down to let the engine
assist the brakes on a steep
downhill slope.
{ WARNING
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. The brakes will have
to do all the work of slowing down
and they could get so hot that
they would not work well. You
would then have poor braking or
even none going down a hill. You
could crash. Always have the
engine running and the vehicle in
gear when going downhill.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (13,1)
Driving and Operating
.
Stay in your own lane. Do not
swing wide or cut across the
center of the road. Drive at
speeds that let you stay in your
own lane.
.
Be alert on top of hills,
something could be in your lane
(stalled car, accident).
.
Pay attention to special road
signs (falling rocks area, winding
roads, long grades, passing or
no-passing zones) and take
appropriate action.
Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Drive carefully when there is snow
or ice between the tires and the
road, creating less traction or grip.
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C
(32°F) when freezing rain begins to
fall, resulting in even less traction.
Avoid driving on wet ice or in
freezing rain until roads can be
treated with salt or sand.
Drive with caution, whatever the
condition. Accelerate gently so
traction is not lost. Accelerating too
quickly causes the wheels to spin
and makes the surface under the
tires slick, so there is even less
traction.
Try not to break the fragile traction.
If you accelerate too fast, the drive
wheels will spin and polish the
surface under the tires even more.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
9-13
The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
on page 9‑33 improves vehicle
stability during hard stops on
slippery roads, but apply the brakes
sooner than when on dry pavement.
Allow greater following distance on
any slippery road and watch for
slippery spots. Icy patches can
occur on otherwise clear roads in
shaded areas. The surface of a
curve or an overpass can remain icy
when the surrounding roads are
clear. Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
Turn off cruise control on slippery
surfaces.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-14
Black plate (14,1)
Driving and Operating
Blizzard Conditions
Being stuck in snow can be a
serious situation. Stay with the
vehicle unless there is help nearby.
If possible, use the Roadside
Assistance Program on page 13‑6.
To get help and keep everyone in
the vehicle safe:
.
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.
Tie a red cloth to an outside
mirror.
WARNING (Continued)
If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:
.
.
Check again from time to
time to be sure snow does
not collect there.
.
Open a window about 5 cm
(2 in) on the side of the
vehicle that is away from the
wind to bring in fresh air.
.
Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
.
Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
circulates the air inside the
vehicle and set the fan speed
to the highest setting. See
Climate Control System in the
Index.
(Continued)
{ WARNING
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains
Carbon Monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
(Continued)
Clear away snow from around
the base of your vehicle,
especially any that is blocking
the exhaust pipe.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
WARNING (Continued)
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9‑28.
Snow can trap exhaust gases
under your vehicle. This can
cause deadly CO (Carbon
Monoxide) gas to get inside. CO
could overcome you and kill you.
You cannot see it or smell it, so
you might not know it is in your
vehicle. Clear away snow from
around the base of your vehicle,
especially any that is blocking the
exhaust.
Run the engine for short periods
only as needed to keep warm, but
be careful.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (15,1)
Driving and Operating
To save fuel, run the engine for only
short periods as needed to warm
the vehicle and then shut the engine
off and close the window most of
the way to save heat. Repeat this
until help arrives but only when you
feel really uncomfortable from the
cold. Moving about to keep warm
also helps.
If it takes some time for help to
arrive, now and then when you run
the engine, push the accelerator
pedal slightly so the engine runs
faster than the idle speed. This
keeps the battery charged to restart
the vehicle and to signal for help
with the headlamps. Do this as little
as possible to save fuel.
If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
If stuck too severely for the traction
system to free the vehicle, turn the
traction system off and use the
rocking method. See Traction
Control System (TCS) on
page 9‑35.
{ WARNING
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and you
or others could be injured. The
vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine compartment fire or other
damage. Spin the wheels as little
as possible and avoid going
above 55 km/h (35 mph).
For information about using tire
chains on the vehicle, see Tire
Chains on page 10‑63.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
9-15
Rocking the Vehicle to Get
it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
system. Shift back and forth
between R (Reverse) and a forward
gear, spinning the wheels as little as
possible. To prevent transmission
wear, wait until the wheels stop
spinning before shifting gears.
Release the accelerator pedal while
shifting, and press lightly on the
accelerator pedal when the
transmission is in gear. Slowly
spinning the wheels in the forward
and reverse directions causes a
rocking motion that could free the
vehicle. If that does not get the
vehicle out after a few tries, it might
need to be towed out. If the vehicle
does need to be towed out, see
Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑77.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-16
Black plate (16,1)
Driving and Operating
Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how
much weight the vehicle can
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo and all
nonfactory‐installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle show
how much weight it may
properly carry, the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification label.
{ WARNING
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle.
Tire and Loading Information
Label
Label Example
A vehicle specific Tire and
Loading Information label is
attached to the vehicle's center
pillar (B-pillar). With the driver's
door open, you will find the label
attached near the door lock
post. The Tire and Loading
Information label shows the
number of occupant seating
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (17,1)
Driving and Operating
positions (A), and the maximum
vehicle capacity weight (B) in
kilograms and pounds.
Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit
The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows the
tire size of the original
equipment tires (C) and the
recommended cold tire inflation
pressures (D). For more
information on tires and inflation
see Tires on page 10‑42 and
Tire Pressure on page 10‑50.
combined weight of
occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs” on your vehicle's
placard.
There is also important loading
information on the Certification
label. It tells you the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
and the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) for the front and
rear axle. See “Certification
Label” later in this section.
1. Locate the statement “The
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals
the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity.
For example, if the “XXX”
amount equals 1400 lbs and
there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle,
the amount of available cargo
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
9-17
and luggage load capacity is
650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150)
= 650 lbs).
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, the load from your
trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo
and luggage load capacity of
your vehicle.
See Trailer Towing on page 9‑60
for important information on
towing a trailer, towing safety
rules and trailering tips.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-18
Black plate (18,1)
Driving and Operating
Example 1
A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
Example 2
A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 2 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
Example 3
A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
B. Subtract Occupant Weight
B. Subtract Occupant Weight
B. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =
136 kg (300 lbs).
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 =
340 kg (750 lbs).
@ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 =
453 kg (1,000 lbs).
C. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs).
C. Available Cargo Weight =
113 kg (250 lbs).
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
C. Available Cargo Weight =
0 kg (0 lbs).
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (19,1)
Driving and Operating
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and
Loading Information label for
specific information about the
vehicle's capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined
weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification Label
Label Example
A vehicle-specific Certification
label is attached to the lower
center pillar on the driver side of
the vehicle or on the rear edge
of the driver door. The label
shows the size of the vehicle's
original tires and the inflation
pressures needed to obtain the
gross weight capacity of the
vehicle. This is called Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
The GVWR includes the weight
of the vehicle, all occupants,
fuel, and cargo.
The Certification/Tire label also
tells you the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR). To find out the actual
loads on the front and rear
axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh the vehicle.
Your dealer can help you with
this. Be sure to spread out the
load equally on both sides of the
center line.
Never exceed the GVWR for the
vehicle, or the GAWR for either
the front or rear axle.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
9-19
If the vehicle is carrying a heavy
load, it should be spread out.
See “Steps for Determining
Correct Load Limit” earlier in this
section.
{ WARNING
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle.
Your warranty does not cover
parts or components that fail
because of overloading.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-20
Black plate (20,1)
Driving and Operating
The label will help you decide
how much cargo and installed
equipment your vehicle can
carry.
Using heavier suspension
components to get added
durability might not change your
weight ratings. Ask your dealer
to help you load your vehicle the
right way.
If you put things inside your
vehicle – like suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything
else – they will go as fast as the
vehicle goes. If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, they will keep going.
{ WARNING
Things inside the vehicle can
strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash.
.
.
Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. In the
cargo area, put them as
far forward as possible.
Try to spread the weight
evenly.
Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
the tops of the seats.
(Continued)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
WARNING (Continued)
.
Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.
.
Secure loose items in the
vehicle.
.
Do not leave a seat folded
down unless needed.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (21,1)
Driving and Operating
above 110 km/h (68 mph)
should be limited to
five minutes per use.
Starting and
Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
.
Avoid making hard stops for
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.
.
Do not tow a trailer during
break-in. See Driving
Characteristics and Towing
Tips on page 9‑57 for the
trailer towing capabilities of
your vehicle and more
information.
Notice: The vehicle does not
need an elaborate break-in. But it
will perform better in the long run
if you follow these guidelines:
.
.
.
Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 805 km (500 mi).
Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
During the first 1 000 km
(600 mi), avoid using more
than moderate acceleration
in lower gears and avoid
vehicle speeds above
110 km/h (68 mph).
Between the first 1 000 km
(600 mi) and 5 000 km
(3,000 mi), heavy
acceleration in lower gears
can be used. Vehicle speeds
Following break‐in, engine speed
and load can be gradually
increased.
9-21
Ignition Positions
The ignition switch has four different
positions.
Notice: Using a tool to force the
key to turn in the ignition could
cause damage to the switch or
break the key. Use the correct
key, make sure it is all the way in,
and turn it only with your hand.
If the key cannot be turned by
hand, see your dealer.
The key must be fully extended to
start the vehicle.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-22
Black plate (22,1)
Driving and Operating
To shift out of P (Park), turn the
ignition to ON/RUN and apply the
brake pedal.
A (STOPPING THE ENGINE/
LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is
stopped, turn the ignition switch to
LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
will remain active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) on
page 9‑25.
This is the only position from which
the key can be removed. This locks
the steering wheel, ignition and
automatic transmission.
Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable
the airbags.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
emergency:
{ WARNING
1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to a
safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop, shift
to P (Park), and turn the ignition
to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with
an automatic transmission, the
shift lever must be in P (Park) to
turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK/OFF position.
4. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake on page 9‑34.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
and must be shut off while driving,
turn the ignition to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
The ignition switch can bind in the
LOCK/OFF position with the wheels
turned off center. If this happens,
move the steering wheel from right
to left while turning the key to ACC/
ACCESSORY. If this does not work,
then the vehicle needs service.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (23,1)
Driving and Operating
B (ACC/ACCESSORY): This
position provides power to some of
the electrical accessories. It unlocks
the steering wheel and ignition.
To move the key from ACC/
ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF, push
in the key and then turn it to
LOCK/OFF.
C (ON/RUN): The ignition switch
stays in this position when the
engine is running. This position can
be used to operate the electrical
accessories, including the
ventilation fan and 12‐volt power
outlets, as well as to display some
warning and indicator lights. This
position can also be used for
service and diagnostics, and to
verify the proper operation of the
malfunction indicator lamp as may
be required for emission inspection
purposes. The transmission is also
unlocked in this position on
automatic transmission vehicles.
The battery could be drained if the
key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY
or ON/RUN position with the engine
off. The vehicle might not start if the
battery is allowed to drain for an
extended period of time.
9-23
Key Lock Release
D (START): This position starts the
engine. When the engine starts,
release the key. The ignition switch
will return to ON/RUN for normal
driving.
A warning tone sounds when the
driver door is opened if the ignition
is still in ACC/ACCESSORY and the
key is in the ignition.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicles with an automatic
transmission are equipped with an
electronic key lock release system.
The key lock release is designed to
prevent ignition key removal unless
the shift lever is in P (Park).
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-24
Black plate (24,1)
Driving and Operating
The key lock release is always
functional except in the case of an
uncharged or low voltage (less than
9‐volt) battery. If the vehicle has an
uncharged battery or a battery with
low voltage, try charging or jump
starting the battery. See Jump
Starting on page 10‑74.
If charging or jump starting the
battery does not work, locate the
hole below the ignition lock. Insert a
flat bladed tool or another key from
the key chain into the opening.
When the lever can be felt, actuate
the lever toward the driver, and
remove the key from the ignition.
Starting the Engine
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). The engine will not start
in any other position. To restart the
vehicle when it is already moving,
use N (Neutral) only.
Notice: Do not try to shift to
P (Park) if the vehicle is moving.
If you do, you could damage the
transmission. Shift to P (Park)
only when the vehicle is stopped.
Starting Procedure
1. With your foot off the accelerator
pedal, turn the ignition key to
START. When the engine starts,
let go of the key. The idle speed
will go down as the engine
warms. Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it.
Operate the engine and
transmission gently to allow the
oil to warm up and lubricate all
moving parts.
The vehicle has a
Computer-Controlled Cranking
System. This feature assists in
starting the engine and protects
components. If the ignition key is
turned to the START position,
and then released when the
engine begins cranking, the
engine will continue cranking for
a few seconds or until the
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
vehicle starts. If the engine does
not start and the key is held in
START for many seconds,
cranking will be stopped after
15 seconds to prevent cranking
motor damage. To prevent gear
damage, this system also
prevents cranking if the engine
is already running. Engine
cranking can be stopped by
turning the ignition switch to
ACC/ACCESSORY or
LOCK/OFF.
Notice: Cranking the engine for
long periods of time, by returning
the key to the START position
immediately after cranking has
ended, can overheat and damage
the cranking motor, and drain the
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the
cranking motor cool down.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (25,1)
Driving and Operating
2. If the engine does not start after
5 to 10 seconds, especially in
very cold weather (below −18°C
or 0°F), it could be flooded with
too much gasoline. Push the
accelerator pedal all the way to
the floor and hold it there as you
hold the key in START for a
maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at
least 15 seconds between each
try, to allow the cranking motor
to cool. When the engine starts,
let go of the key and accelerator.
If the vehicle starts briefly but
then stops again, repeat the
procedure. This clears the extra
gasoline from the engine. Do not
race the engine immediately
after starting it. Operate the
engine and transmission gently
until the oil warms up and
lubricates all moving parts.
Notice: The engine is designed to
work with the electronics in the
vehicle. If you add electrical parts
or accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates.
Before adding electrical
equipment, check with your
dealer. If you do not, the engine
might not perform properly. Any
resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
These vehicle accessories can be
used for up to 10 minutes after the
engine is turned off:
.
Audio System
.
Power Windows
.
Sunroof (if equipped)
Power to the audio system will
continue to operate for up to
10 minutes or until the driver door is
opened.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
9-25
Power to the power windows and
sunroof will continue to operate for
up to 10 minutes or until any door is
opened.
All these features will work when the
key is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY.
Engine Coolant Heater
The engine coolant heater,
if available, can help in cold weather
conditions at or below −18°C (0°F)
for easier starting and better fuel
economy during engine warm-up.
Plug in the coolant heater at least
four hours before starting the
vehicle. An internal thermostat in
the plug-end of the cord will prevent
engine coolant heater operation at
temperatures above −18°C (0°F).
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-26
Black plate (26,1)
Driving and Operating
To Use The Engine Coolant
Heater
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the
electrical cord.
The electrical cord is located on
the passenger side of the engine
compartment, in front of the air
cleaner.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
110-volt AC outlet.
{ WARNING
Plugging the cord into an
ungrounded outlet could cause an
electrical shock. Also, the wrong
kind of extension cord could
overheat and cause a fire. You
could be seriously injured. Plug
the cord into a properly grounded
three-prong 110-volt AC outlet.
If the cord will not reach, use a
heavy-duty three-prong extension
cord rated for at least 15 amps.
4. Before starting the engine, be
sure to unplug and store the
cord as it was before to keep it
away from moving engine parts.
If you do not it could be
damaged.
The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Shifting Into Park
{ WARNING
It can be dangerous to get out of
the vehicle if the shift lever is not
fully in P (Park) with the parking
brake firmly set. The vehicle can
roll. If you have left the engine
running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure the vehicle will
not move, even when you are on
fairly level ground, use the steps
that follow. If you are pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips on page 9‑57.
Use this procedure to shift into
P (Park):
1. Hold the brake pedal down and
set the parking brake.
See Parking Brake on page 9‑34
for more information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (27,1)
Driving and Operating
2. Hold the button on the shift lever
and push the lever toward the
front of the vehicle into P (Park).
3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
4. Remove the key.
Leaving the Vehicle With the
Engine Running
{ WARNING
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running.
The vehicle could move suddenly
if the shift lever is not fully in
P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. And, if you leave the
vehicle with the engine running, it
could overheat and even catch
fire. You or others could be
injured. Do not leave the vehicle
with the engine running.
9-27
If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, the vehicle must
be in P (Park) and the parking
brake set.
Shifting out of Park
Release the button and check that
the shift lever cannot be moved out
of P (Park).
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.
Torque Lock
Torque lock is when the weight
of the vehicle puts too much force
on the parking pawl in the
transmission. This happens when
parking on a hill and shifting the
transmission into P (Park) is not
done properly and then it is difficult
to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
torque lock, set the parking brake
and then shift into P (Park). To find
out how, see “Shifting Into Park”
listed previously.
If torque lock does occur, the
vehicle may need to be pushed
uphill by another vehicle to relieve
the parking pawl pressure, so you
can shift out of P (Park).
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
To shift out of P (Park):
1. Apply the brake pedal.
3. Press the shift lever button.
4. Move the shift lever.
If you still are unable to shift out of
P (Park):
1. Fully release the shift lever
button.
2. Hold the brake pedal down and
press the shift lever button
again.
3. Move the shift lever.
If you still cannot move the shift
lever from P (Park), see your dealer
for service.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-28
Black plate (28,1)
Driving and Operating
Parking over Things
That Burn
{ WARNING
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
Engine Exhaust
{ WARNING
Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
.
The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation (parking
garages, tunnels, deep snow
that may block underbody
airflow or tail pipes).
.
The exhaust smells or
sounds strange or different.
.
The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
.
The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
WARNING (Continued)
.
There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not
completely sealed.
If unusual fumes are detected or
if it is suspected that exhaust is
coming into the vehicle:
.
Drive it only with the windows
completely down.
.
Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (29,1)
Driving and Operating
Running the Vehicle
While Parked
It is better not to park with the
engine running. But if you ever have
to, here are some things to know.
{ WARNING
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed
area with poor ventilation is
dangerous. Engine exhaust may
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
contains Carbon Monoxide (CO)
which cannot be seen or smelled.
It can cause unconsciousness
and even death. Never run the
engine in an enclosed area that
has no fresh air ventilation. For
more information, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9‑28.
{ WARNING
It can be dangerous to get out of
the vehicle if the automatic
transmission shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Do
not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running unless you
have to. If you have left the
engine running, the vehicle can
move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
Follow the proper steps to be sure
the vehicle will not move. See
Shifting Into Park on page 9‑26.
If parking on a hill and pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips on page 9‑57.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
9-29
Automatic
Transmission
The automatic transmission shift
lever is located on the console
between the seats.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-30
Black plate (30,1)
Driving and Operating
P (Park): This position locks the
front wheels. Use P (Park) when
starting the engine because the
vehicle cannot move easily.
{ WARNING
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running unless you
have to. If you have left the
engine running, the vehicle can
move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
page 9‑26. If you are pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips on page 9‑57.
The vehicle has an automatic
transmission shift lock control
system. You must fully apply the
regular brake first and then press
the shift lever button before shifting
from P (Park) when the ignition key
is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out
of P (Park), ease pressure on the
shift lever, then push the shift lever
all the way into P (Park) as you
maintain brake application. Then
press the shift lever button and
move the shift lever into another
gear. See Shifting out of Park on
page 9‑27.
R (Reverse): Use this gear to
back up.
Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse)
while the vehicle is moving
forward could damage the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only
after the vehicle is stopped.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
To rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice or sand without
damaging the transmission, see If
the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑15.
N (Neutral): In this position the
engine and transmission do not
connect. Use N (Neutral) to restart a
vehicle that is already moving.
{ WARNING
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit
people or objects. Do not shift
into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (31,1)
Driving and Operating
Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.
D (Drive): This position is for
normal driving. It provides the best
fuel economy. If you need more
power for passing, and you are:
.
Going less than 56 km/h
(35 mph), push the accelerator
pedal about halfway down.
.
Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or
more, push the accelerator all
the way down.
Notice: If the vehicle seems to
accelerate slowly or not shift
gears when you go faster, and
you continue to drive the vehicle
that way, you could damage the
transmission. Have the vehicle
serviced right away.
M (Manual Mode): Allows the
driver to select the range of gear
positions. See Manual Mode on
page 9‑31.
Manual Mode
Electronic Range Select
(ERS) Mode
ERS or manual mode allows for the
selection of the range of gear
positions. Use this mode when
driving downhill or towing a trailer to
limit the top gear and vehicle speed.
The shift position indicator within the
Driver Information Center (DIC) will
display a number next to the M
indicating the highest available gear
under manual mode and the driving
conditions when manual mode was
selected.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
9-31
To use this feature:
1. Move the shift lever to
M (Manual Mode).
2. Press the plus/minus button on
the shift lever, to increase or
decrease the gear range
available.
When shifting to M (Manual Mode),
the transmission will shift to a preset
lower gear range. For this preset
range, the highest gear available is
displayed next to the M in the DIC.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
on page 5‑24 for more information.
All gears below that number are
available to use. For example, when
4 (Fourth) is shown next to the M,
1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears are
shifted automatically. To shift to
5 (Fifth) gear, press the + (Plus)
button or shift into D (Drive).
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-32
Black plate (32,1)
Driving and Operating
When Fuel Economy Mode is on:
M (Manual Mode) will prevent
shifting to a lower gear range if the
engine speed is too high. If vehicle
speed is not reduced within the time
allowed, the lower gear range shift
will not be completed. Slow the
vehicle, then press the − (Minus)
button to the desired lower gear
range.
.
The transmission will upshift
sooner and downshift later.
.
The torque converter clutch will
apply sooner and stay on longer.
.
The gas pedal will be less
sensitive.
.
The vehicle's computer will more
aggressively shut off fuel to the
engine under deceleration.
.
The engine idle speed will be
lower.
.
Driving performance is more
conservative.
While using the ERS, cruise control
can be used.
Fuel Economy Mode
Vehicles with a 2.4L engine have a
Fuel Economy Mode. When
engaged, fuel economy mode can
improve the vehicle's fuel economy.
Press the “eco” (economy) button by
the shift lever to turn this feature on
or off. The “eco” light in the
instrument cluster will come on
when engaged. See Fuel Economy
Light on page 5‑22. A Driver
Information Center (DIC) message
“ECO MODE ON” is also displayed.
See Fuel System Messages on
page 5‑30 for more information.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (33,1)
Driving and Operating
Drive Systems
Brakes
All-Wheel Drive
Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
Vehicles with this feature always
send engine power to all four
wheels. It is fully automatic, and
adjusts itself as needed for road
conditions.
When using a compact spare tire on
an AWD vehicle, the system
automatically detects the compact
spare and disables AWD. To restore
AWD operation and prevent
excessive wear on the system,
replace the compact spare with a
full-size tire as soon as possible.
See Compact Spare Tire on
page 10‑73 for more information.
This vehicle has the Antilock Brake
System (ABS), an advanced
electronic braking system that helps
prevent a braking skid.
When the engine is started and the
vehicle begins to drive away, ABS
checks itself. A momentary motor or
clicking noise might be heard while
this test is going on, and it might
even be noticed that the brake
pedal moves a little. This is normal.
If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
on page 5‑18.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
9-33
If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses that the wheels
are slowing down. If one of the
wheels is about to stop rolling, the
computer will separately work the
brakes at each wheel.
ABS can change the brake pressure
to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help
the driver steer around the obstacle
while braking hard.
As the brakes are applied, the
computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-34
Black plate (34,1)
Driving and Operating
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
Parking Brake
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS work. You might hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel
the brake pedal pulsate, but this is
normal.
Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows the driver to steer and
brake at the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help
more than even the very best
braking.
To set the parking brake, hold the
regular brake pedal down, then
push the parking brake pedal down.
If the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light will come on.
See Brake System Warning Light on
page 5‑17.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Notice: Driving with the parking
brake on can overheat the brake
system and cause premature
wear or damage to brake system
parts. Make sure that the parking
brake is fully released and the
brake warning light is off before
driving.
To release the parking brake, hold
the regular brake pedal down, then
push down momentarily on the
parking brake pedal until you feel
the pedal release. Slowly pull your
foot up off the park brake pedal.
If the parking brake is not released
when you begin to drive, the brake
system warning light will be on and
a chime will sound warning you that
the parking brake is still on.
If you are towing a trailer and are
parking on a hill, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips on
page 9‑57.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (35,1)
Driving and Operating
Brake Assist
Hill Start Assist (HSA)
This vehicle has a brake assist
feature designed to assist the driver
in stopping or decreasing vehicle
speed in emergency driving
conditions. This feature uses the
stability system hydraulic brake
control module to supplement the
power brake system under
conditions where the driver has
quickly and forcefully applied the
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
stop or slow down the vehicle. The
stability system hydraulic brake
control module increases brake
pressure at each corner of the
vehicle until the ABS activates.
Minor brake pedal pulsation or
pedal movement during this time is
normal and the driver should
continue to apply the brake pedal as
the driving situation dictates. The
brake assist feature will
automatically disengage when the
brake pedal is released or brake
pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.
This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist
(HSA) feature, which may be useful
when the vehicle is stopped on a
grade. This feature is designed to
prevent the vehicle from rolling,
either forward or rearward, during
vehicle drive off. After the driver
completely stops and holds the
vehicle in a complete standstill on a
grade, HSA will be automatically
activated. During the transition
period between when the driver
releases the brake pedal and starts
to accelerate to drive off on a grade,
HSA holds the braking pressure to
ensure that there is no rolling. The
brakes will automatically release
when the accelerator pedal is
applied within the two‐second
window. It will not activate if the
vehicle is in a drive gear and facing
downhill or if the vehicle is facing
uphill and in R (Reverse).
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
9-35
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control
System (TCS)
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) that limits wheel spin.
On a front-wheel-drive vehicle, the
system operates if it senses that
one or both of the front wheels are
spinning or beginning to lose
traction. On an All-Wheel-Drive
(AWD) vehicle, the system will
operate if it senses that any of the
wheels are spinning or beginning to
lose traction. When this happens,
the system brakes the spinning
wheel(s) and/or reduces engine
power to limit wheel spin.
The system may be heard or felt
while it is working, but this is
normal.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-36
Black plate (36,1)
Driving and Operating
TCS is on whenever the vehicle
is started. To limit wheel spin,
especially in slippery road
conditions, the system should
always be left on. But, TCS can be
turned off if needed.
Notice: Do not repeatedly brake
or accelerate heavily when TCS is
off. The vehicle's driveline could
be damaged.
If d comes on and stays on, reset
the system by:
1. Stopping the vehicle.
2. Turning the engine off and
waiting 15 seconds.
3. Starting the engine.
d flashes to indicate that the
traction control system is active.
If there is a problem detected with
TCS, SERVICE TRACTION
CONTROL and SERVICE
STABILITRAK may be displayed on
the Driver Information Center (DIC)
and d will be on. See Ride Control
System Messages on page 5‑31.
When this message is displayed
and d comes on and stays on, the
vehicle is safe to drive but the
system is not operational. Driving
should be adjusted accordingly.
If d still comes on and stays on at a
speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see
your dealer for service.
A chime may also sound when the
light comes on steady.
The
g is located on the console.
The TCS off light comes on and
TRACTION CONTROL OFF is
displayed on the Driver Information
Center (DIC) to indicate that the
traction control system has been
turned off. See Ride Control System
Messages on page 5‑31.
TCS can be turned off by pressing
and releasing g. When TCS is
turned off, i comes on and the
system will not limit wheel spin.
Driving should be adjusted
accordingly. Press and release g
again to turn the system back on.
When TCS is turned off on AWD
vehicles, the system may still make
noise. This is normal and necessary
with AWD hardware.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (37,1)
Driving and Operating
It may be necessary to turn the
system off if the vehicle ever gets
stuck in sand, mud, or snow and
rocking the vehicle is required. See
If the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑15
for more information. See also
Winter Driving on page 9‑13 for
information on using TCS when
driving in snowy or icy conditions.
If cruise control is being used when
TCS activates, cruise control will
automatically disengage. Press the
cruise control button to re‐engage
when road conditions allow. See
Cruise Control on page 9‑38.
Adding non‐GM accessories can
affect the vehicle's performance.
See Accessories and Modifications
on page 10‑3 for more information.
StabiliTrak® System
The vehicle has a vehicle stability
enhancement system called
StabiliTrak. It is an advanced
computer controlled system that
assists with directional control of the
vehicle in difficult driving conditions.
StabiliTrak activates when the
computer senses a difference
between the intended path and the
direction the vehicle is actually
traveling. StabiliTrak selectively
applies braking pressure to the
vehicle's brakes to help steer the
vehicle in the intended direction.
StabiliTrak is on automatically
whenever the vehicle is started. To
assist with directional control of the
vehicle, the system should always
be left on. Trailer Sway Control
(TSC) is also on automatically when
the vehicle is started. See Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) on page 9‑63
for more information.
9-37
brake pedal. This is normal.
Continue to steer the vehicle in the
intended direction.
If there is a problem detected
with StabiliTrak, SERVICE
STABILITRAK is displayed on the
Driver Information Center (DIC) and
d will stay on. See Vehicle
Messages on page 5‑27. When this
message is displayed and/or d
comes on and stays on, the vehicle
is safe to drive but the system is not
operational. Driving should be
adjusted accordingly. See Ride
Control System Messages on
page 5‑31.
If d comes on and stays on, reset
the system by:
1. Stopping the vehicle.
When the stability control system
activates, the Traction Control
System (TCS)/StabiliTrak light will
flash on the instrument panel. This
also occurs when traction control or
TSC is activated. A noise may be
heard or vibration may be felt in the
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2. Turning the engine off and
waiting 15 seconds.
3. Starting the engine.
If d still comes on and stays on at a
speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see
your dealer for service.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-38
Black plate (38,1)
Driving and Operating
Cruise Control
g is located on the console.
Both StabiliTrak and Traction
Control can be turned off if needed
by pressing and holding g until g
and i come on the instrument
panel. This will also disable the TSC
feature. When StabiliTrak is turned
off, the system will not assist with
directional control of the vehicle or
limit wheel spin. Driving should be
adjusted accordingly. Press and
release g again to turn the system
back on.
If cruise control is being used when
StabiliTrak activates, the cruise
control will automatically disengage.
Press the cruise control button to re‐
engage when road conditions allow.
See Cruise Control on page 9‑38 for
more information.
With cruise control, the vehicle can
maintain a speed of about 40 km/h
(25 mph) or more without keeping
your foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds
below 40 km/h (25 mph).
If the brakes are applied, the cruise
control is disengaged.
If the vehicle has the StabiliTrak®
system and begins to limit wheel
spin while using cruise control, the
cruise control automatically
disengages. See StabiliTrak®
System on page 9‑37 or Traction
Control System (TCS) on
page 9‑35. When road conditions
allow you to safely use it again, the
cruise control can be turned
back on.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
{ WARNING
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. So, do not use
the cruise control on winding
roads or in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (39,1)
Driving and Operating
SET/− (Set/Coast): Move the
thumbwheel down toward SET/- to
set a speed and activate cruise
control, or to make the vehicle
decelerate.
ON/OFF 5 CRUISE: Press to turn
the cruise control system on and off.
* CANCEL:
Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
RES/+ (Resume/Accel): Move the
thumbwheel up toward RES/+ to
make the vehicle resume to a
previously set speed or to
accelerate.
9-39
Resuming a Set Speed
Setting Cruise Control
If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes
are applied, the cruise control is
disengaged without erasing the set
speed from memory.
If the cruise button is on when not in
use, it could get bumped and go into
cruise when not desired. Keep the
cruise button turned off when cruise
control is not being used.
Once the vehicle reaches about
40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the
thumbwheel up toward RES/+
briefly. The vehicle returns to the
previous set speed and stays there.
1. Press ON/OFF
5 CRUISE.
2. Get to the speed desired.
3. Press the thumbwheel and
release it. The desired set speed
briefly appears in the Driver
Information Center (DIC) display.
4. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Increasing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated,
.
Move the thumbwheel up toward
RES/+ and hold it until the
vehicle accelerates to the
desired speed, and then
release it.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-40
.
Black plate (40,1)
Driving and Operating
To increase the speed in small
amounts, move the thumbwheel
up toward RES/+ briefly and
then release it. Each time this is
done, the vehicle goes about
1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.
Reducing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated,
.
Move the thumbwheel toward
SET/− and hold until the desired
lower speed is reached, then
release it.
.
To slow down in small amounts,
move the thumbwheel toward
SET/− briefly. Each time this is
done, the vehicle goes about
1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle will slow down to the
previous set cruise speed.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well the cruise control works
on hills depends upon the vehicle
speed, load, and the steepness of
the hills. When going up steep hills,
you might have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain the
vehicle speed. When going
downhill, you might have to brake or
shift to a lower gear to maintain the
vehicle's speed. When the brakes
are applied the cruise control is
disengaged.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Ending Cruise Control
There are three ways to end cruise
control:
.
To disengage cruise control;
step lightly on the brake pedal or
clutch, the indicator light will
go off.
.
Press
.
To turn off the cruise control,
press ON/OFF 5 CRUISE. The
cruise control cannot be
resumed.
* CANCEL.
Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if ON/OFF 5
CRUISE is pressed or if the vehicle
is turned off.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (41,1)
Driving and Operating
Object Detection
Systems
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
For vehicles with this feature, read
the following section before using it.
The Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
system may help to avoid or reduce
the harm caused by front-end
crashes. FCA provides a flashing
visual alert and beeps when
approaching a vehicle directly
ahead too quickly. FCA also
provides a visual alert if following
another vehicle much too closely.
The FCA symbol is on top of the
instrument panel to the right of the
steering wheel.
The forward-looking FCA camera
sensor is on the windshield ahead
of the rearview mirror. FCA detects
vehicles within a distance of
approximately 60 m (197 ft) and
operates at speeds above 40 km/h
(25 mph).
{ WARNING
FCA is a warning system and
does not apply the brakes. When
approaching a slower-moving or
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
or when following a vehicle too
closely, FCA may not provide
enough time to avoid a crash.
FCA does not warn of any objects
that do not look like a vehicle to
the FCA camera sensor, such as
pedestrians, animals, signs,
guardrails, bridges, construction
barrels, or other objects. Be ready
to take action and apply the
brakes. For more information, see
Defensive Driving on page 9‑3.
{ WARNING
There are conditions where FCA
may not detect a vehicle ahead.
These include winding roads or
(Continued)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
9-41
WARNING (Continued)
weather conditions such as fog,
rain, or snow that can limit
visibility. You could crash into a
vehicle ahead. Do not rely on
FCA on winding roads or in poor
visibility conditions.
Collision Alert
When your vehicle approaches
another vehicle too rapidly, the red
FCA display will flash and sound
several beeps. When this occurs,
the brake system prepares for driver
braking to occur more rapidly.
Continue to apply the brake pedal
as the driving situation dictates.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-42
Black plate (42,1)
Driving and Operating
Tailgating Alert
The red FCA display will stay
continuously illuminated if the
vehicle ahead remains much too
close.
Selecting the Alert Timing
changed and will affect both the
Collision Alert and the Tailgating
Alert features. The timing of both
alerts will vary based on vehicle
speed. The faster the vehicle speed,
the further away the alert will occur.
Consider traffic and weather
conditions when selecting the alert
timing. The range of selectable alert
timing may not be appropriate for all
drivers and driving conditions.
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
visibility. The FCA system will not
detect another vehicle ahead until it
is completely in the driving lane.
{ WARNING
If the FCA camera sensor is
blocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or if
the windshield is damaged, it may
not detect a vehicle ahead. FCA
may not help avoid a collision
under these conditions. Do not
rely on FCA when the camera is
blocked by snow, ice, or dirt.
Keep the windshield clean.
{ WARNING
The Collision Alert control is on the
steering wheel. Press COLLISION
ALERT to set the alert timing to far,
medium, near or off. The first button
press shows the current control
setting on the DIC. Additional button
presses will change this setting. The
chosen setting will remain until it is
The green vehicle ahead indicator
will appear when a vehicle is
detected ahead. Whenever this
indicator does not appear, FCA will
not respond. The indicator may
disappear on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills, or due to poor
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
If the headlamps are not cleaned
or properly aimed, the FCA
system may not detect a vehicle
ahead. FCA may not help avoid a
collision under these conditions.
Keep the headlamps clean and
properly aimed.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (43,1)
Driving and Operating
9-43
Unnecessary Alerts
Ultrasonic Parking Assist
How the System Works
FCA may sometimes set
unnecessary alerts to turning
vehicles, vehicles in other lanes,
objects that are not vehicles,
or shadows. These alerts are
normal operation and the vehicle
does not need service.
For vehicles with the Ultrasonic
Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system,
it assists the driver with parking and
avoiding objects while in
R (Reverse). URPA operates at
speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph),
and the sensors on the rear bumper
detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft)
behind the vehicle, and at least
20 cm (8 in) off the ground.
URPA comes on automatically when
the shift lever is moved into
R (Reverse). A single tone sounds
to indicate the system is working.
Other Messages
There are messages that may
appear on the Driver Information
Center (DIC) in the instrument
cluster to provide information about
FCA. See Object Detection System
Messages on page 5‑30.
Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to
operate properly, clean the outside
of the windshield area in front of the
camera sensor before considering
taking the vehicle in for service.
{ WARNING
The URPA system does not
detect pedestrians, bicyclists,
animals, or any other objects
located below the bumper or that
are too close or too far from the
vehicle. To prevent injury, death,
or vehicle damage, even with
URPA, always check behind the
vehicle and check all mirrors
before backing.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
URPA operates only at speeds less
than 8 km/h (5 mph).
An obstacle is indicated by audible
beeps. The interval between the
beeps becomes shorter as the
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle.
When the distance is less than
30 cm (12 in) the beeping is a
continuous tone for five seconds.
To be detected, objects must be at
least 20 cm (8 in) off the ground and
below liftgate level. Objects must
also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from the
rear bumper. The distance objects
can be detected may be less during
warmer or humid weather.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-44
Black plate (44,1)
Driving and Operating
Turning the System On and Off
The URPA system can be turned on
and off using the infotainment
system controls. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑34 for
more information.
When the system is off, PARK
ASSIST OFF displays on the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The
message disappears after a short
period of time.
PARK ASSIST OFF: If the URPA
system does not activate due to a
temporary condition, the message
displays on the DIC. This can occur
under the following conditions:
.
.
URPA defaults to the on setting
each time the vehicle is started.
.
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
The following messages may be
displayed on the DIC:
SERVICE PARKING ASSIST: If
this message occurs, take the
vehicle to your dealer to repair the
system.
The driver has disabled the
system.
The ultrasonic sensors are not
clean. Keep the vehicle's rear
bumper free of mud, dirt, snow,
ice, and slush. For cleaning
instructions, see Exterior Care
on page 10‑81.
The park assist sensors are
covered by frost or ice. Frost or
ice can form around and behind
the sensors and may not always
be seen; this can occur after
washing the vehicle in cold
weather. The message may not
clear until the frost or ice has
melted.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
A trailer was attached to the
vehicle, or an object was
hanging out of the liftgate during
the last drive cycle. Once the
object is removed, URPA will
return to normal operation.
.
A tow bar is attached to the
vehicle.
.
The bumper is damaged. Take
the vehicle to your dealer to
repair the system.
.
Other conditions, such as
vibrations from a jackhammer or
the compression of air brakes on
a very large truck, are affecting
system performance.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (45,1)
Driving and Operating
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
WARNING (Continued)
To cancel the delay, do one of the
following:
cross-traffic. Perceived distances
may be different from actual
distances.
.
The vehicle may have a Rear Vision
Camera (RVC) system. Read this
entire section before using it.
Press a hard key on the
navigation system.
.
Shift into P (Park).
The RVC can assist the driver when
backing up by displaying a view of
the area behind the vehicle.
Failure to use proper care before
backing may result in injury,
death, or vehicle damage. Always
check before backing by checking
behind and around the vehicle.
.
Reach a vehicle speed of
8 km/h (5 mph).
{ WARNING
The RVC system does not display
pedestrians, bicyclists, animals,
or any other object located
outside the camera's field of view,
below the bumper, or under the
vehicle.
Do not back the vehicle using
only the RVC screen or by using
the screen during longer, higher
speed backing maneuvers,
or where there could be
(Continued)
An image appears on the radio
screen with the message Check
Surroundings for Safety when the
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
The radio screen goes to the
previous screen after approximately
10 seconds once the vehicle is
shifted out of R (Reverse).
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
9-45
Turning the Rear Vision Camera
System On or Off
To turn the rear vision camera
system on or off:
1. Shift into P (Park).
2. Press the CONFIG button.
3. Select Display.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-46
Black plate (46,1)
Driving and Operating
disabled and the symbols have
been turned on. See Ultrasonic
Parking Assist on page 9‑43.
The symbols appear and may cover
an object when viewing the radio
screen when an object is detected
by the URPA system.
To turn the symbols on or off:
1. Shift into P (Park).
2. Press the CONFIG button.
4. Select Rear Camera Options.
5. Select Camera. When a check
mark appears next to the
Camera option, then the RVC
system is on.
Symbols
The RVC system may have a
feature that lets the driver view
symbols on the radio screen while
using the RVC. The Ultrasonic Rear
Park Assist (URPA) system must
not be disabled to use the caution
symbols. The error message Rear
Parking Assist Symbols Unavailable
may display if URPA has been
3. Select Display.
4. Select Rear Camera Options.
5. Select Symbols. When a check
mark appears next to the
Symbols option, symbols will
appear.
Guidelines
The RVC system has a guideline
overlay that can help the driver align
the vehicle when backing into a
parking spot.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
To turn the guidelines on or off:
1. Shift into P (Park).
2. Press the CONFIG button.
3. Select Display.
4. Select Rear Camera Options.
5. Select Guidelines. When a
check mark appears next to the
Guidelines option, guidelines will
appear.
Rear Vision Camera Error
Messages
SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA
SYSTEM: This message can
display on the radio screen when
the system is not receiving
information it requires from other
vehicle systems.
If any other problem occurs or if a
problem persists, see your dealer.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (47,1)
Driving and Operating
Rear Vision Camera Location
9-47
It does not display objects that are
close to either corner or under the
bumper and can vary depending on
vehicle orientation or road
conditions. The distance of the
image that appears on the screen is
different from the actual distance.
The following illustration shows the
field of view that the camera
provides.
The camera is located above the
license plate.
The area displayed by the camera is
limited.
A. View displayed by the camera.
B. Corner of the rear bumper.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-48
Black plate (48,1)
Driving and Operating
When the System Does Not
Seem To Work Properly
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
The RVC system may not work
properly or display a clear image if:
For vehicles with this feature, read
the entire section before using it.
.
The RVC is turned off. See
“Turning the Rear Vision Camera
System On or Off” earlier in this
section.
.
It is dark.
.
The sun or the beam of
headlights is shining directly into
the camera lens.
.
.
Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
builds up on the camera lens.
Clean the lens, rinse it with
water, and wipe it with a soft
cloth.
The back of the vehicle is in an
accident, the position and
mounting angle of the camera
can change or the camera can
be affected. Be sure to have the
camera and its position and
mounting angle checked at your
dealer.
{ WARNING
The LDW system does not steer
the vehicle and is an aid to help
the vehicle stay in the driving
lane. The LDW system may not:
.
Provide enough time to avoid
a lane change collision.
.
Be loud enough to hear the
warning beeps.
.
Work properly under bad
weather conditions or if the
windshield is dirty.
.
Detect lane markings and will
not detect road edges.
(Continued)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
WARNING (Continued)
.
Warn that the vehicle is
crossing a lane marking if the
system does not detect the
lane marking.
LDW will operate even if it only
detects lane markings on one
side of the road. It will not warn if
the vehicle departs the lane from
the side where it has not detected
a lane marker. The vehicle
position must be maintained
within the lane or, vehicle
damage, injury, or death could
occur. Even with LDW, always
keep your attention on the road
and maintain proper vehicle
position within the lane. Always
keep the windshield clean and do
not use LDW in bad weather
conditions.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (49,1)
Driving and Operating
To change the volume of the
warning chime, see “Chime Volume”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑34 for more information.
When the vehicle crosses a
detected lane marking, the LDW
indicator will flash and three beeps
will sound. LDW will not warn if the
turn signal is on or if a sharp
maneuver is made.
When the System Does Not
Seem To Work Properly
How the System Works
If the LDW symbol does not appear:
The LDW camera sensor is on the
windshield ahead of the rearview
mirror.
When the vehicle is started, the
LDW indicator on the instrument
panel will come on briefly.
To turn LDW on and off, press the
LANE DEPART control on the
steering wheel. The control indicator
will light when LDW is on.
9-49
LDW operates at speeds of 56 km
(35 mph) or greater. If LDW is on,
the LDW indicator will appear green
if the system detects a left or right
lane marking. This indicator will
change to amber, flash, and three
beeps will sound if the vehicle
crosses a detected lane marking
without using the turn signal.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
The lane markings on the road
may not be seen.
.
The camera sensor may be
blocked by dirt, snow or ice.
.
The windshield may be
damaged.
.
The weather may be limiting
visibility.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-50
Black plate (50,1)
Driving and Operating
This is normal operation; the vehicle
does not need service. Clean the
windshield.
{ WARNING
If the LDW camera sensor is
blocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or if
the windshield is damaged, it may
not detect a vehicle ahead. LDW
may not help avoid a collision
under these conditions. Do not
rely on LDW when the camera is
blocked by snow, ice, or dirt.
Keep the windshield clean.
{ WARNING
If the headlamps are not cleaned
or properly aimed, the LDW
system may not detect lanes
ahead. LDW may not help avoid a
collision under these conditions.
Keep the headlamps clean and
properly aimed.
LDW warnings may occasionally
occur due to tar marks, shadows,
cracks in the road, or other road
imperfections. This is normal system
operation, the vehicle does not need
service.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
LDW Messages
FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED,
CLEAN WINDSHIELD: This
message may appear because the
front camera is blocked and cannot
operate properly. It may also
activate during heavy rain or due to
road spray.
LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEM
UNAVAILABLE: This message
may appear if LDW does not
activate due to a temporary
condition.
SERVICE FRONT CAMERA: This
message may appear to indicate
that LDW is not working properly.
If this message remains on after
continued driving, the system needs
service. Take the vehicle to your
dealer.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (51,1)
Driving and Operating
commonly referred to as spark
knock, might be heard when driving.
If this occurs, use a gasoline rated
at 87 octane or higher as soon as
possible. If heavy knocking is heard
when using gasoline rated at
87 octane or higher, the engine
needs service.
Fuel
Use of the recommended fuel
is an important part of the proper
maintenance of this vehicle. To help
keep the engine clean and maintain
optimum vehicle performance, we
recommend the use of gasoline
advertised as TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline.
Look for the TOP TIER label on the
fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets
enhanced detergency standards
developed by auto companies. A list
of marketers providing TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline can be found at
www.toptiergas.com.
9-51
Gasoline Specifications
(U.S. and Canada Only)
Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge
and a yellow fuel cap can use either
unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel
containing up to 85% ethanol (E85).
See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on
page 9‑53. For all other vehicles,
use only the unleaded gasoline
described under Recommended
Fuel on page 9‑51.
Recommended Fuel
Use regular unleaded gasoline with
a posted octane rating of 87 or
higher. If the octane rating is less
than 87, an audible knocking noise,
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
At a minimum, gasoline should
meet ASTM specification D 4814
in the United States or CAN/
CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 in Canada.
Some gasolines contain an
octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend
against the use of gasolines
containing MMT. See Fuel Additives
on page 9‑52 for additional
information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-52
Black plate (52,1)
Driving and Operating
California Fuel
Requirements
Fuels in Foreign
Countries
If the vehicle is certified to meet
California Emissions Standards, it is
designed to operate on fuels that
meet California specifications. See
the underhood emission control
label. If this fuel is not available in
states adopting California Emissions
Standards, the vehicle will operate
satisfactorily on fuels meeting
federal specifications, but emission
control system performance might
be affected. The malfunction
indicator lamp could turn on and the
vehicle might fail a smog‐check test.
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
page 5‑15. If this occurs, return to
your authorized dealer for diagnosis.
If it is determined that the condition
is caused by the type of fuel used,
repairs might not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Never use leaded gasoline or any
other fuel not recommended in the
previous text on fuel. Costly repairs
caused by use of improper fuel
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
To check the fuel availability, ask an
auto club, or contact a major oil
company that does business in the
country where you will be driving.
Fuel Additives
To provide cleaner air, all gasolines
in the United States are now
required to contain additives that
help prevent engine and fuel system
deposits from forming, allowing the
emission control system to work
properly. In most cases, nothing
should have to be added to the fuel.
However, some gasolines contain
only the minimum amount of
additive required to meet U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
regulations. To help keep fuel
injectors and intake valves clean
and avoid problems due to dirty
injectors or valves, look for gasoline
that is advertised as TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline. Look for the
TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to
ensure gasoline meets enhanced
detergency standards developed by
the auto companies. A list of
marketers providing TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline can be found at
www.toptiergas.com.
For customers who do not use TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,
one bottle of GM Fuel System
Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel
tank at every engine oil change, can
help clean deposits from fuel
injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel
System Treatment PLUS is the only
gasoline additive recommended by
General Motors. It is available at
your dealer.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (53,1)
Driving and Operating
Gasolines containing oxygenates,
such as ethers and ethanol, and
reformulated gasolines might be
available in your area. We
recommend that you use these
gasolines, if they comply with the
specifications described earlier.
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
other fuels containing more than
15% ethanol must not be used in
vehicles that were not designed for
those fuels.
Notice: This vehicle was not
designed for fuel that contains
methanol. Do not use fuel
containing methanol. It can
corrode metal parts in the fuel
system and also damage plastic
and rubber parts. That damage
would not be covered under the
vehicle warranty.
Some gasolines that are
not reformulated for low
emissions can contain an
octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant
where you buy gasoline whether the
fuel contains MMT. We recommend
against the use of such gasolines.
Fuels containing MMT can reduce
spark plug life and affect emission
control system performance. The
malfunction indicator lamp might
turn on. If this occurs, return to your
dealer for service.
Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol)
Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge
and a yellow fuel cap can use either
unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel
containing up to 85% ethanol (E85).
For all other vehicles, use only the
unleaded gasoline described under
Recommended Fuel on page 9‑51.
We encourage the use of E85 in
vehicles that are designed to use it.
The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable”
fuel, meaning it is made from
renewable sources such as corn
and other crops.
Many service stations will not have
an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump
available. The U.S. Department of
Energy has an alternative fuels
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
9-53
website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/
locator/stations/) that can help you
find E85 fuel. Those stations that do
have E85 should have a label
indicating ethanol content. Do not
use the fuel if the ethanol content is
greater than 85%.
At a minimum, E85 should meet
ASTM Specification D 5798 or
CGSB Specification 3.512. Filling
the tank with fuel mixtures that do
not meet ASTM or CGSB
specifications can affect driveability
and could cause the malfunction
indicator lamp to come on. As the
outside temperature approaches
freezing, ethanol fuel distributors
should supply winter grade ethanol,
the same as with unleaded
gasoline.
The starting characteristics of E85
fuel make it unsuitable for use when
temperatures fall below −18°C
(0°F). In the range of −18°C (0°F) to
0°C (32°F), it may take more time to
start the engine.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-54
Black plate (54,1)
Driving and Operating
It is best not to alternate repeatedly
between gasoline and E85. If you
do switch fuels, it is recommended
that you add as much fuel as
possible — do not add less than
11 L (3 gal) when refueling. You
should drive the vehicle immediately
after refueling for at least 11 km
(7 mi) to allow the vehicle to adapt
to the change in ethanol
concentration.
E85 has less energy per liter
(gallon) than gasoline, so you will
need to refill the fuel tank more
often when using E85 than when
you are using gasoline. See Filling
the Tank on page 9‑54.
Notice: Some additives are not
compatible with E85 fuel and can
harm the vehicle's fuel system.
Do not add anything to E85.
Damage caused by additives
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Notice: This vehicle was not
designed for fuel that contains
methanol. Do not use fuel
containing methanol. It can
corrode metal parts in the fuel
system and also damage plastic
and rubber parts. That damage
would not be covered under the
vehicle warranty.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Filling the Tank
{ WARNING
Fuel vapor burns violently and a
fuel fire can cause bad injuries.
To help avoid injuries to you and
others, read and follow all the
instructions on the fuel pump
island. Turn off the engine when
refueling. Do not smoke near fuel
or when refueling the vehicle. Do
not use cellular phones. Keep
sparks, flames, and smoking
materials away from fuel. Do not
leave the fuel pump unattended
when refueling the vehicle. This is
against the law in some places.
Do not re-enter the vehicle while
pumping fuel. Keep children away
from the fuel pump; never let
children pump fuel.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (55,1)
Driving and Operating
The tethered fuel cap is behind the
fuel door on the vehicle's passenger
side. To open the fuel door, push the
rearward center edge in and release
and the door will open. Turn the fuel
cap counterclockwise to remove. Do
not release the cap too soon or it
will spring back. Reinstall the cap by
turning it clockwise until it clicks.
9-55
{ WARNING
{ WARNING
Fuel can spray out on you if you
open the fuel cap too quickly.
If you spill fuel and then
something ignites it, you could be
badly burned. This spray can
happen if the tank is nearly full,
and is more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly and wait
for any hiss noise to stop. Then
unscrew the cap all the way.
If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
Do not top off or overfill the tank.
Wait a few seconds before removing
the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care on page 10‑81.
If the cap is not properly installed,
the malfunction indicator lamp will
come on. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp on page 5‑15 for more
information.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Notice: If a new fuel cap is
needed, be sure to get the right
type of cap from your dealer. The
wrong type of fuel cap might not
fit properly, might cause the
malfunction indicator lamp to
light, and could damage the fuel
tank and emissions system. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
page 5‑15.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-56
Black plate (56,1)
Driving and Operating
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container
WARNING (Continued)
.
{ WARNING
Never fill a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle. Static
electricity discharge from the
container can ignite the fuel
vapor. You can be badly burned
and the vehicle damaged if this
occurs. To help avoid injury to you
and others:
.
Dispense fuel only into
approved containers.
.
Do not fill a container while it
is inside a vehicle, in a
vehicle's trunk, pickup bed,
or on any surface other than
the ground.
(Continued)
Bring the fill nozzle in contact
with the inside of the fill
opening before operating the
nozzle. Contact should be
maintained until the filling is
complete.
.
Do not smoke while
pumping fuel.
.
Do not use a cellular phone
while pumping fuel.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Towing
General Towing
Information
Only use towing equipment that has
been designed for the vehicle.
Contact your dealer or trailering
dealer for assistance with preparing
the vehicle for towing a trailer.
See the following trailer towing
information in this section:
.
For information on driving while
towing a trailer, see “Driving
Characteristics and
Towing Tips.”
.
For maximum vehicle and trailer
weights, see “Trailer Towing.”
.
For information on equipment to
tow a trailer, see “Towing
Equipment.”
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (57,1)
Driving and Operating
For information on towing a disabled
vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on
page 10‑77. For information on
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle such as a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing on
page 10‑78.
Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips
{ WARNING
The driver can lose control when
pulling a trailer if the correct
equipment is not used or the
vehicle is not driven properly. For
example, if the trailer is too
heavy, the brakes may not work
well — or even at all. The driver
and passengers could be
seriously injured. The vehicle may
also be damaged; the resulting
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer
only if all the steps in this section
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
have been followed. Ask your
dealer for advice and information
about towing a trailer with the
vehicle.
9-57
The following information has
important trailering tips and rules for
your safety and that of your
passengers. Read this section
carefully before pulling a trailer.
Pulling a Trailer
Here are some important points:
The vehicle can tow a trailer when
equipped with the proper trailer
towing equipment. For trailering
capacity, see “Trailer Towing”
following in this section. Trailering
changes handling, acceleration,
braking, durability and fuel
economy. With the added weight,
the engine, transmission, wheel
assemblies and tires are forced to
work harder and under greater
loads. The trailer also adds wind
resistance, increasing the pulling
requirements. For safe trailering,
correctly use the proper trailering
equipment.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
There are many laws, including
speed limit restrictions that apply
to trailering. Check for legal
requirements with state or
provincial police.
.
Do not tow a trailer at all during
the first 1 600 km (1,000 miles)
the new vehicle is driven. The
engine, axle or other parts could
be damaged.
.
During the first 800 km
(500 miles) that a trailer is
towed, do not drive over 80 km/h
(50 mph) and do not make starts
at full throttle. This reduces wear
on the vehicle.
.
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
Use a lower gear if the
transmission shifts too often.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-58
Black plate (58,1)
Driving and Operating
.
Do not use the Fuel Saver Mode
when towing.
.
Obey speed limit restrictions. Do
not drive faster than the
maximum posted speed for
trailers, or no more than 90 km/h
(55 mph), to reduce wear on the
vehicle.
.
For vehicles with the Ultra Rear
Parking Assist (URPA) system,
turn the system off when towing
a trailer. If the tow bar is
installed while not towing a
trailer, change the URPA system
to the “Tow Bar” setting. See
Ultrasonic Parking Assist on
page 9‑43 for more information.
Driving with a Trailer
Towing a trailer requires experience.
Get familiar with handling and
braking with the added trailer
weight. The vehicle is now longer
and not as responsive as the
vehicle is by itself.
Check all trailer hitch parts and
attachments, safety chains,
electrical connectors, lamps, tires
and mirror adjustments. If the trailer
has electric brakes, start the vehicle
and trailer moving and then apply
the trailer brake controller by hand
to be sure the brakes are working.
Following Distance
During the trip, check regularly to be
sure that the load is secure, and the
lamps and trailer brakes are working
properly.
Passing
Towing with a Stability Control
System
When towing, the sound of the
stability control system might be
heard. The system is reacting to the
vehicle movement caused by the
trailer, which mainly occurs during
cornering. This is normal when
towing heavier trailers.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving the vehicle without a trailer.
This can help to avoid situations
that require heavy braking and
sudden turns.
More passing distance is needed
when towing a trailer. Because the
rig is longer, it is necessary to go
farther beyond the passed vehicle
before returning to the lane.
Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. To move the
trailer to the left, move that hand to
the left. To move the trailer to the
right, move your hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and,
if possible, have someone
guide you.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (59,1)
Driving and Operating
Making Turns
Notice: Making very sharp turns
while trailering could cause the
trailer to come in contact with the
vehicle. The vehicle could be
damaged. Avoid making very
sharp turns while trailering.
When turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal so the
trailer will not strike soft shoulders,
curbs, road signs, trees or other
objects. Use the turn signal well in
advance and avoid jerky or sudden
maneuvers.
Turn Signals When Towing a
Trailer
The turn signal indicators on the
instrument panel flash whenever
signaling a turn or lane change.
Properly hooked up, the trailer
lamps also flash, telling other
drivers the vehicle is turning,
changing lanes or stopping.
When towing a trailer, the arrows on
the instrument panel flash for turns
even if the bulbs on the trailer are
9-59
burned out. Check occasionally to
be sure the trailer bulbs are still
working.
engine off. If the overheat warning
comes on, see Engine Overheating
on page 10‑20.
Driving on Grades
Parking on Hills
Reduce speed and shift to a
lower gear before starting down a
long or steep downgrade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the
brakes might have to be used so
much that they would get hot and no
longer work well.
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
Use a lower gear if the transmission
shifts too often.
When towing at high altitude on
steep uphill grades, engine coolant
will boil at a lower temperature than
at normal altitudes. If the engine is
turned off immediately after towing
at high altitude on steep uphill
grades, the vehicle may show signs
similar to engine overheating. To
avoid this, let the engine run while
parked, preferably on level ground,
with the transmission in P (Park) for
a few minutes before turning the
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
{ WARNING
Parking the vehicle on a hill with
the trailer attached can be
dangerous. If something goes
wrong, the rig could start to move.
People can be injured, and both
the vehicle and the trailer can be
damaged. When possible, always
park the rig on a flat surface.
If parking the rig on a hill:
1. Press the brake pedal, but do
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
the wheels into the curb if facing
downhill or into traffic if facing
uphill.
2. Have someone place chocks
under the trailer wheels.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-60
Black plate (60,1)
Driving and Operating
3. When the wheel chocks are in
place, release the brake pedal
until the chocks absorb the load.
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
apply the parking brake and shift
into P (Park).
5. Release the brake pedal.
Leaving After Parking on a Hill
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Shift into a gear.
4. Release the parking brake.
5. Let up on the brake pedal.
6. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.
7. Stop and have someone pick up
and store the chocks.
Maintenance When Trailer
Towing
The vehicle needs service more
often when pulling a trailer. See this
manual's Maintenance Schedule or
Index for more information. Things
that are especially important in
trailer operation are automatic
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
lubricant, belts, cooling system and
brake system. Inspect these before
and during the trip.
Check periodically to see that all
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
Engine Cooling When Trailer
Towing
The cooling system may temporarily
overheat during severe operating
conditions. See Engine Overheating
on page 10‑20.
Trailer Towing
Before pulling a trailer, there are
three important considerations that
have to do with weight:
.
The weight of the trailer
.
The weight of the trailer tongue
.
The total weight on the vehicle's
tires
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Weight of the Trailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
Speed, altitude, road grades,
outside temperature, special
equipment, and the amount of
tongue weight the vehicle can carry
must be considered. See “Weight of
the Trailer Tongue” later in this
section for more information.
Maximum trailer weight is calculated
assuming only the driver is in the
tow vehicle and it has all the
required trailering equipment. The
weight of additional optional
equipment, passengers and cargo in
the tow vehicle must be subtracted
from the maximum trailer weight.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (61,1)
Driving and Operating
Use the following chart to determine how much the vehicle can weigh,
based upon the vehicle model and options.
Maximum Trailer
Weight with Trailer
Brakes†
GCWR*
2.4 L L4 Engine, FWD
680 kg (1,500 lbs)
2 625 kg (5,787 lbs)
2.4 L L4 Engine, AWD
680 kg (1,500 lbs)
2 700 kg (5,952 lbs)
3.0 L V6 Engine, FWD
1 588 kg (3,500 lbs)
3 600 kg (7,937 lbs)
3.0 L V6 Engine, AWD
1 588 kg (3,500 lbs)
3 700 kg (8,157 lbs)
Vehicle
9-61
weight the vehicle can carry, which
will also reduce the trailer weight the
vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
the tongue load must be added to
the GVW because the vehicle will
be carrying that weight, too. See
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑16.
† For trailers without trailer brakes the maximum trailer weight is 454 kg
(1,000 lbs). See Towing Equipment on page 9‑62 for more information.
*The Gross Combination Weight
Rating (GCWR) is the total
allowable weight of the completely
loaded vehicle and trailer including
any passengers, cargo, equipment
and conversions. The GCWR for the
vehicle should not be exceeded.
Ask your dealer for our trailering
information or advice. See
Customer Assistance Offices on
page 13‑3 for more information.
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (A) of any trailer is
an important weight to measure
because it affects the total gross
weight of the vehicle. The Gross
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the
curb weight of the vehicle, any
cargo carried in it, and the people
who will be riding in the vehicle.
If there are a lot of options,
equipment, passengers or cargo in
the vehicle,Infoitrmawill
reduce
the tongue
t
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
If a weight-carrying hitch or a
weight-distributing hitch is being
used, the trailer tongue (A) should
weigh 10 to 15 percent of the total
loaded trailer weight (B).
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-62
Black plate (62,1)
Driving and Operating
After loading the trailer, weigh
the trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they are not, adjustments
might be made by moving some
items around in the trailer.
Trailering may be limited by the
vehicle's ability to carry tongue
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause
the vehicle to exceed the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle
Weight Rating). The effect of
additional weight may reduce the
trailering capacity more than the
total of the additional weight.
It is important that the vehicle
does not exceed any of its
ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR,
Maximum Trailer Rating or Tongue
Weight. The only way to be sure it is
not exceeding any of these ratings
is to weigh the vehicle and trailer.
Total Weight on the Vehicle's
Tires
Inflate the vehicle's tires to the
upper limit for cold tires. These
numbers can be found on the
Certification label or see Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9‑16 for more
information. Do not go over the
GVW limit for the vehicle, or the
GAWR, including the weight of the
trailer tongue. If using a weight
distributing hitch, do not go over the
rear axle limit before applying the
weight distribution spring bars.
Towing Equipment
Hitches
Use the correct hitch equipment.
See your dealer or a hitch dealer for
assistance.
.
The rear bumper on the vehicle
is not intended for hitches. Do
not attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to it. Use
only a frame-mounted hitch that
does not attach to the bumper.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
Will any holes be made in the
body of the vehicle when the
trailer hitch is installed? If there
are, seal the holes when the
hitch is removed. If the holes are
not sealed, dirt, water, and
deadly carbon monoxide (CO)
from the exhaust can get into the
vehicle. See Engine Exhaust on
page 9‑28.
Safety Chains
Always attach chains between the
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
safety chains under the tongue of
the trailer to help prevent the tongue
from contacting the road if it
becomes separated from the hitch.
Leave enough slack so the rig can
turn. Never allow safety chains to
drag on the ground.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (63,1)
Driving and Operating
Trailer Brakes
Does the trailer have its own
brakes? Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the trailer brakes
so they are installed, adjusted, and
maintained properly.
9-63
Conversions and
Add-Ons
Because the vehicle has antilock
brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's
brake system. If this is done, both
brake systems will not work well,
or at all.
When TSC is applying the brakes,
the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light
flashes to notify the driver to reduce
speed. If the trailer continues to
sway, StabiliTrak will reduce engine
torque to help slow the vehicle.
Trailer Sway
Control (TSC)
TSC will not function if StabiliTrak is
turned off. See StabiliTrak® System
on page 9‑37 for more information.
The vehicle has a Trailer Sway
Control (TSC) feature as part of the
StabiliTrak system. If TSC detects
that the trailer is swaying, the
vehicle's brakes are automatically
applied.
Add-On Electrical
Equipment
Notice: Do not add anything
electrical to the vehicle unless
you check with your dealer first.
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle and the
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle's warranty. Some
add-on electrical equipment can
keep other components from
working as they should.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12‐volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3‑32 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3‑33.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
9-64
Black plate (64,1)
Driving and Operating
2 NOTES
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (1,1)
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . .
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements . . . .
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-2
10-3
10-3
10-3
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12
Automatic Transmission
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-14
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-20
Power Steering Fluid (2.4L
L4 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Power Steering Fluid (3.0L
V6 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-27
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-28
Wiper Blade
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-1
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
and Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . 10-34
License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-35
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Electrical System
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-43
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-2
Black plate (2,1)
Vehicle Care
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-62
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-73
General Information
For service and parts needs, visit
your dealer. You will receive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained
and supported service people.
Jump Starting
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Towing
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-77
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-86
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Genuine GM parts have one of
these marks:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (3,1)
Vehicle Care
10-3
California Proposition
65 Warning
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements
Accessories and
Modifications
Most motor vehicles, including this
one, contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to
cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. Engine
exhaust, many parts and systems,
many fluids, and some component
wear by-products contain and/or
emit these chemicals.
Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
initiators, seat belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
Adding non‐dealer accessories or
making modifications to the vehicle
can affect vehicle performance and
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the
installation or use of non‐GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-4
Black plate (4,1)
Vehicle Care
GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. See your
dealer to accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3‑33.
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work
{ WARNING
You can be injured and the
vehicle could be damaged if you
try to do service work on a vehicle
without knowing enough about it.
.
.
Be sure you have sufficient
knowledge, experience, the
proper replacement parts,
and tools before attempting
any vehicle
maintenance task.
Be sure to use the proper
nuts, bolts, and other
fasteners. Metric and English
fasteners can be easily
confused. If the wrong
fasteners are used, parts can
later break or fall off. You
could be hurt.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
on page 13‑13.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3‑32.
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records on
page 11‑15.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (5,1)
Vehicle Care
10-5
Hood
To close the hood:
To open the hood:
1. Before closing the hood, be sure
all the filler caps are on properly.
2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)
above the vehicle and release it
so it fully latches. Check to
make sure the hood is closed
and repeat the process if
necessary.
1. Pull the release handle located
below the instrument panel to
the left of the steering wheel.
2. Move the secondary hood
release lever to the right to
release the striker. The lever is
near the middle of the hood.
3. Lift the hood.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-6
Black plate (6,1)
Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
2.4 L L4 Engine
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (7,1)
Vehicle Care
A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10‑14.
F.
B. Engine Cover on page 10‑10.
C. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of
View). See Engine Oil on
page 10‑10.
D. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine
Oil on page 10‑10.
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block on page 10‑37.
10-7
I.
Battery on page 10‑26 (Out
of View).
G. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
See Jump Starting on
page 10‑74.
J.
Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant on page 10‑17.
H. Remote Negative (−) Terminal.
See Jump Starting on
page 10‑74.
K. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on
page 10‑23.
E. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brakes on page 10‑23.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-8
Black plate (8,1)
Vehicle Care
3.0 L V6 Engine
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (9,1)
Vehicle Care
A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10‑14.
B. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir
(Under Engine Cover). See
Power Steering Fluid (2.4L L4
Engine) on page 10‑22 or
Power Steering Fluid (3.0L
V6 Engine) on page 10‑22.
C. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine
Oil on page 10‑10.
10-9
D. Engine Cover on page 10‑10.
I.
E. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of
View). See Engine Oil on
page 10‑10.
Remote Negative (−) Terminal.
See Jump Starting on
page 10‑74.
J.
Battery on page 10‑26 (Out
of View).
F.
Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brakes on page 10‑23.
G. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block on page 10‑37.
H. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
See Jump Starting on
page 10‑74.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
K. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant on page 10‑17.
L.
Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on
page 10‑23.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-10
Black plate (10,1)
Vehicle Care
Engine Cover
4. Lift and remove the engine
cover.
5. Reverse Steps 1 through 4 to
reinstall engine cover.
Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine
performance and long life, careful
attention must be paid to engine oil.
Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
your investment:
Engine Cover 3.0L V6
.
A. Oil Fill Cap
B. Engine Cover Bolt
C. Engine Cover
.
Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil” in this section.
.
Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System on page 10‑12.
To remove:
1. Remove the oil fill cap (A).
2. Remove the engine cover
bolt (B).
3. Raise the engine cover (C) to
release from the retainers.
Always use engine oil approved
to the proper specification and of
the proper viscosity grade. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
in this section.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.
Checking Engine Oil
It is a good idea to check the engine
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
get an accurate reading, the vehicle
must be on level ground. The
engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow
loop. See Engine Compartment
Overview on page 10‑6 for the
location of the engine oil dipstick.
Obtaining an accurate oil level
reading is essential:
1. If the engine has been running
recently, turn off the engine and
allow several minutes for the oil
to drain back into the oil pan.
Checking the oil level too soon
after engine shutoff will not
provide an accurate oil level
reading.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (11,1)
Vehicle Care
2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it
with a paper towel or cloth, then
push it back in all the way.
Remove it again, keeping the tip
down, and check the level.
When to Add Engine Oil
2.4L L4 Engine
3.0L V6 Engine
If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick, add
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil
and then recheck the level. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in
this section for an explanation of
10-11
what kind of oil to use. For engine
oil crankcase capacity, see
Capacities and Specifications on
page 12‑2.
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
Notice: Do not add too much oil.
Oil levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that you
have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine
has so much oil that the oil level
gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper
operating range, the engine could
be damaged. You should drain
out the excess oil or limit driving
of the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for the location of the
engine oil fill cap.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑12.
Specification
Use and ask for licensed engine oils
with the dexos1™ approved
certification mark. Engine oils
meeting the requirements for the
vehicle should have the dexos1
approved certification mark. This
certification mark indicates that the
oil has been approved to the dexos1
specification.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-12
Black plate (12,1)
Vehicle Care
grade, always select an oil that
meets the dexos1 specification or
equivalent. See “Specification” for
more information.
Notice: Failure to use the
recommended engine oil or
equivalent can result in engine
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Check with your
dealer or service provider on
whether the oil is approved to the
dexos1 specification.
Viscosity Grade
SAE 5W‐30 is the best viscosity
grade for the vehicle. Do not use
other viscosity grade oils such as
SAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W‐50.
If in an area of extreme cold, where
the temperature falls below −20°F
(−29°C), an SAE 0W‐30 oil should
be used. An oil of this viscosity
grade will provide easier cold
starting for the engine at extremely
low temperatures. When selecting
an oil of the appropriate viscosity
Engine Oil Additives/Engine
Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils with the dexos
specification and displaying the
dexos certification mark are all that
is needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.
What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy for
your skin and could even cause
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
trash or pouring it on the ground,
into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
it to a place that collects used oil.
Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
include engine revolutions, engine
temperature, and miles driven.
Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably. For
the oil life system to work properly,
the system must be reset every time
the oil is changed.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (13,1)
Vehicle Care
When the system has calculated
that oil life has been diminished, it
indicates that an oil change is
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message comes on. See
Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑29.
Change the oil as soon as possible
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
It is possible that, if driving under
the best conditions, the oil life
system might indicate that an oil
change is not necessary for up to a
year. The engine oil and filter must
be changed at least once a year
and, at this time, the system must
be reset. Your dealer has trained
service people who will perform this
work and reset the system. It is also
important to check the oil regularly
over the course of an oil drain
interval and keep it at the proper
level.
How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
the engine off.
Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. To reset the
system:
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN,
with the engine off.
2. Press the DIC MENU button to
display the Vehicle
Information menu.
3. Press either the up or down
arrows to view REMAINING
OIL LIFE.
4. Press the SET/CLR button until
100% is displayed.
5. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF.
Or:
2. Fully press and release the
accelerator pedal three times
within five seconds.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-13
The system is reset when the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message goes off.
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message comes back on when the
vehicle is started, the engine oil life
system has not been reset. Repeat
the procedure.
Automatic Transmission
Fluid
How to Check Automatic
Transmission Fluid
It is not necessary to check the
transmission fluid level.
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
occurs, take the vehicle to your
dealer and have it repaired as soon
as possible.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-14
Black plate (14,1)
Vehicle Care
There is a special procedure for
checking and changing the
transmission fluid. Because this
procedure is difficult, this should be
done at your dealer. Contact your
dealer for additional information or
the procedure can be found in the
service manual. To purchase a
service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
on page 13‑13.
Change the fluid and filter at the
intervals listed in Maintenance
Schedule on page 11‑3, and be sure
to use the fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑12.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter:
Inspect or replace the air cleaner/
filter at the scheduled maintenance
intervals. See Maintenance
Schedule on page 11‑3 for more
information. If driving in dusty/dirty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
engine oil change.
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10‑5.
2. Locate the air filter housing on
the passenger side of the engine
compartment. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10‑6.
How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
To inspect the air cleaner/filter,
remove the filter from the vehicle
and lightly shake the filter to release
loose dust and dirt. If the filter
remains covered with dirt, a new
filter is required. Never use
compressed air to clean the filter.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for the location of the
engine air cleaner/filter.
3. Remove the four air cleaner
housing cover screws.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (15,1)
Vehicle Care
4. Pull straight up on the cover, and
while holding the cover, remove
the air cleaner filter.
5. Inspect or replace the air cleaner
filter.
How to Reinstall Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
1. Install the air cleaner filter into
the air cleaner housing. The
outer air cleaner filter seal must
be fitted properly in the air
cleaner housing.
2. Align the air cleaner housing
cover tabs to the air cleaner
housing.
{ WARNING
10-15
Cooling System
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is
off, dirt can easily get into the
engine, which could damage it.
Always have the air cleaner/filter
in place when you are driving.
3. Install the air cleaner housing
cover using the four screws.
2.4 L L4 Engine
A. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
B. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-16
Black plate (16,1)
Vehicle Care
If the coolant inside the coolant
surge tank is boiling, do not do
anything else until it cools down.
The vehicle should be parked on a
level surface.
The coolant level should be at the
COLD FILL line. If it is not, the
vehicle may have a leak at the
radiator hoses, heater hoses,
radiator, water pump, or somewhere
else in the cooling system.
3.0 L V6 Engine
A. Engine Cooling Fans (Out
of View)
B. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap
{ WARNING
An electric engine cooling fan
under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.
{ WARNING
Heater and radiator hoses, and
other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned.
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
fixed before you drive the vehicle.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
If there seems to be no leak, with
the engine on, check to see if the
electric engine cooling fan is
running. If the engine is
overheating, the fan should be
running. If it is not, the vehicle
needs service. Turn off the engine.
Notice: Using coolant other than
DEX-COOL® can cause premature
engine, heater core, or radiator
corrosion. In addition, the engine
coolant could require changing
sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi)
or 24 months, whichever occurs
first. Any repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always use DEX-COOL
(silicate-free) coolant in the
vehicle.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (17,1)
Vehicle Care
Engine Coolant
WARNING (Continued)
The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL® engine
coolant. This coolant is designed to
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
occurs first.
The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating on
page 10‑20.
What to Use
{ WARNING
Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture.
With plain water or the wrong
(Continued)
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine
could catch fire and you or others
could be burned. Use a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant.
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added.
This mixture:
.
Gives freezing protection down
to −37°C (−34°F), outside
temperature.
.
Gives boiling protection up to
129°C (265°F), engine
temperature.
.
Protects against rust and
corrosion.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-17
.
Will not damage aluminum parts.
.
Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.
Notice: If an improper coolant
mixture is used, the engine could
overheat and be badly damaged.
The repair cost would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Too much water in the mixture
can freeze and crack the engine,
radiator, heater core, and other
parts.
Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, pouring it on
the ground, or into sewers, streams,
or bodies of water. Have the coolant
changed by an authorized service
center, familiar with legal
requirements regarding used
coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-18
Black plate (18,1)
Vehicle Care
Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.
Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, do not do anything else until
it cools down. If coolant is visible
but the coolant level is not at or
above the COLD FILL line, add a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant at the
coolant surge tank, but be sure the
cooling system is cool before this is
done. See Cooling System on
page 10‑15 for more information.
The coolant surge tank is located in
the engine compartment on the
driver side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 10‑6 for more information on
location.
How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Surge Tank
Notice: This vehicle has a
specific coolant fill procedure.
Failure to follow this procedure
could cause the engine to
overheat and be severely
damaged.
If you have not found a problem yet,
check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant surge tank. If coolant
is visible but the coolant level is not
at the COLD FILL line, add a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant at the
coolant surge tank, but be sure the
cooling system, including the
coolant surge tank pressure cap, is
cool before you do it. See Engine
Overheating on page 10‑20 for more
information.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
{ WARNING
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system can blow out
and burn you badly. They are
under pressure, and if you turn
the coolant surge tank pressure
cap — even a little — they can
come out at high speed. Never
turn the cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap, is hot.
Wait for the cooling system and
coolant surge tank pressure cap
to cool if you ever have to turn
the pressure cap.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (19,1)
Vehicle Care
{ WARNING
{ WARNING
Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture.
With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine
could catch fire and you or others
could be burned. Use a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant.
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine.
Notice: In cold weather, water
can freeze and crack the engine,
radiator, heater core and other
parts. Use the recommended
coolant and the proper coolant
mixture.
10-19
1. Remove the coolant surge tank
pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot.
Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about
one-quarter of a turn. If you hear
a hiss, wait for that to stop. This
will allow any pressure still left to
be vented out the
discharge hose.
2. Keep turning the pressure cap
slowly, and remove it.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-20
Black plate (20,1)
Vehicle Care
By this time, the coolant level
inside the coolant surge tank
may be lower. If the level is
lower, add more of the proper
DEX-COOL coolant mixture to
the coolant surge tank until the
level reaches the COLD
FILL line.
5. Replace the pressure cap. Be
sure the pressure cap is
hand-tight.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
the proper DEX-COOL coolant
mixture, to the COLD FILL line.
4. With the coolant surge tank
pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until the
upper radiator hose can be felt
getting hot. Watch out for the
engine cooling fan.
Check the level in the coolant surge
tank when the cooling system has
cooled down. If the coolant is not at
the proper level, repeat Steps 1
through 3 and reinstall the pressure
cap. If the coolant still is not at the
proper level when the system cools
down again, see your dealer.
Engine Overheating
The vehicle has an indicator to warn
of engine overheating. There is an
engine coolant temperature warning
light on the vehicle's instrument
panel. See Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge on page 5‑11.
The decision may be made not to lift
the hood when this warning
appears, but instead get service
help right away. See Roadside
Assistance Program on page 13‑6.
If the decision to lift the hood is
made, make sure the vehicle is
parked on a level surface.
Then check to see if the engine
cooling fan(s) are running. If the
engine is overheating, the fan(s)
should be running. If they are not,
do not continue to run the engine
and have the vehicle serviced.
Notice: Engine damage from
running the engine without
coolant is not covered by the
warranty.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (21,1)
Vehicle Care
If Steam is Coming from the
Engine Compartment
{ WARNING
Steam from an overheated engine
can burn you badly, even if you
just open the hood. Stay away
from the engine if you see or hear
steam coming from it. Just turn it
off and get everyone away from
the vehicle until it cools down.
Wait until there is no sign of
steam or coolant before you open
the hood.
If you keep driving when the
engine is overheated, the liquids
in it can catch fire. You or others
could be badly burned. Stop the
engine if it overheats, and get out
of the vehicle until the engine
is cool.
If No Steam is Coming from
the Engine Compartment
If an engine overheat warning is
displayed but no steam can be seen
or heard, the problem may not be
too serious. Sometimes the engine
can get a little too hot when the
vehicle:
.
Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
.
Stops after high-speed driving.
.
Idles for long periods in traffic.
.
Tows a trailer.
If the overheat warning is displayed
with no sign of steam:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
2. Turn the heater on to the highest
temperature and to the highest
fan speed. Open the windows as
necessary.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-21
3. In heavy traffic, let the engine
idle in N (Neutral) while stopped.
If it is safe to do so, pull off the
road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral) and let the
engine idle.
If the temperature overheat gauge is
no longer in the overheat zone or an
overheat warning no longer
displays, the vehicle can be driven.
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
vehicle distance from the vehicle in
front. If the warning does not come
back on, continue to drive normally.
If the warning continues, pull over,
stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine for three minutes while
parked. If the warning is still
displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-22
Black plate (22,1)
Vehicle Care
Power Steering Fluid
(2.4L L4 Engine)
When to Check Power Steering
Fluid
4. Unscrew the cap and wipe the
dipstick with a clean rag.
The vehicle has electric power
steering and does not use power
steering fluid.
The power steering fluid does not
need to be checked unless there is
a leak in the system or you hear an
unusual noise. Have the system
inspected and repaired if there is a
fluid loss.
5. Replace the cap and completely
tighten it.
Power Steering Fluid
(3.0L V6 Engine)
The power steering fluid reservoir is
located toward the rear of the
engine compartment on the
passenger side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 10‑6 for reservoir location.
How to Check Power Steering
Fluid
Notice: Extremely small amounts
of contamination can cause
steering system damage and
cause it to not work properly. Do
not allow contaminants to contact
the fluid side of the reservoir cap/
dipstick or from entering the
reservoir.
To check the power steering fluid:
1. Turn the engine off and let it
cool down.
2. Remove the engine cover. Refer
to Engine Cover on page 10‑10.
3. Wipe the cap and the top of the
reservoir clean.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
6. Remove the cap again and look
at the fluid level on the dipstick.
The fluid level should be between
MAX and MIN line at room
temperature. If the fluid is on or
below MIN line, add fluid.
What to Use
To determine what kind of fluid to
use, refer to Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants on page 11‑12.
Always use the proper fluid.
Notice: Use of the incorrect fluid
may damage the vehicle and the
damages may not be covered by
the vehicle's warranty. Always
use the correct fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑12.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (23,1)
Vehicle Care
Washer Fluid
What to Use
Read the manufacturer's
instructions before refilling the
windshield washer fluid. If operating
the vehicle in an area where the
temperature may fall below freezing,
use a fluid that has sufficient
protection against freezing.
Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it and add washer fluid
until full. See Engine Compartment
Overview on page 10‑6 for reservoir
location.
Brakes
Notice
.
When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer's instructions
for adding water.
.
Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the solution
to freeze and damage the
washer fluid tank and other
parts of the washer system.
Also, water does not clean as
well as washer fluid.
Adding Washer Fluid
10-23
This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc
brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or be
heard all the time the vehicle is
moving, except when applying the
brake pedal firmly.
{ WARNING
.
Fill the washer fluid tank only
three-quarters full when it is
very cold. This allows for
fluid expansion if freezing
occurs, which could damage
the tank if it is
completely full.
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
a crash. When the brake wear
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced.
.
Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the windshield
washer. It can damage the
windshield washer system
and paint.
Notice: Continuing to drive with
worn-out brake pads could result
in costly brake repair.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-24
Black plate (24,1)
Vehicle Care
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes.
Brake Adjustment
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
specifications in Capacities and
Specifications on page 12‑2.
Replacing Brake System Parts
Brake linings should always be
replaced as complete axle sets.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service might be
required.
Brake Fluid
Every time the brakes are applied,
with or without the vehicle moving,
the brakes adjust for wear.
The braking system on a vehicle is
complex. Its many parts have to be
of top quality and work well together
if the vehicle is to have really good
braking. The vehicle was designed
and tested with top-quality brake
parts. When parts of the braking
system are replaced, be sure to get
new, approved replacement parts.
If this is not done, the brakes might
not work properly. For example,
installing disc brake pads that are
wrong for the vehicle, can change
the balance between the front and
rear brakes — for the worse. The
braking performance expected can
change in many other ways if the
wrong replacement brake parts are
installed.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
The brake master cylinder reservoir
is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as
indicated on the reservoir cap. See
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 10‑6 for the location of the
reservoir.
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir
might go down:
.
The brake fluid level goes down
because of normal brake lining
wear. When new linings are
installed, the fluid level goes
back up.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (25,1)
Vehicle Care
.
A fluid leak in the brake
hydraulic system can also cause
a low fluid level. Have the brake
hydraulic system fixed, since a
leak means that sooner or later
the brakes will not work well.
Do not top off the brake fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
If fluid is added when the linings are
worn, there will be too much fluid
when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove brake fluid,
as necessary, only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic system.
{ WARNING
If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn,
if the engine is hot enough. You
or others could be burned, and
the vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic
system.
When the brake fluid falls to a low
level, the brake warning light comes
on. See Brake System Warning
Light on page 5‑17.
Notice
.
Using the wrong fluid can
badly damage brake
hydraulic system parts. For
example, just a few drops of
mineral-based oil, such as
engine oil, in the brake
hydraulic system can
damage brake hydraulic
system parts so badly that
they will have to be replaced.
Do not let someone put in
the wrong kind of fluid.
.
If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces,
the paint finish can be
damaged. Be careful not to
spill brake fluid on the
vehicle. If you do, wash it off
immediately.
What to Add
Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid
from a sealed container. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑12.
Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it. This
helps keep dirt from entering the
reservoir.
{ WARNING
With the wrong kind of fluid in the
brake hydraulic system, the
brakes might not work well. This
could cause a crash. Always use
the proper brake fluid.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-25
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-26
Black plate (26,1)
Vehicle Care
Battery
Refer to the replacement number on
the original battery label when a
new battery is needed.
{ WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to
cause cancer and reproductive
harm. Wash hands after handling.
Vehicle Storage
{ WARNING
Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting on
page 10‑74 for tips on working
around a battery without
getting hurt.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
running down.
How to Check Lubricant
Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
charger.
All-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case
When to Check and Change
Lubricant
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule
to determine how often to check the
lubricant and when to change it.
See Maintenance Schedule on
page 11‑3.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.
If the level is below the bottom of
the fill plug hole, located on the
transfer case, the vehicle will need
some lubricant added. Add enough
lubricant to raise the level to the
bottom of the fill plug hole. A fluid
loss could indicate a problem; check
and have it repaired, if needed.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (27,1)
Vehicle Care
What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑12 to
determine what kind of lubricant
to use.
Starter Switch Check
{ WARNING
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
2. Firmly apply both the parking
brake and the regular brake.
See Parking Brake on
page 9‑34.
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
starts.
3. Try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
If the vehicle starts in any other
position, contact your dealer for
service.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.
10-27
Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control
Function Check
{ WARNING
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
See Parking Brake on
page 9‑34.
Be ready to apply the regular
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-28
Vehicle Care
3. With the engine off, turn the
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the
shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.
Ignition Transmission
Lock Check
While parked, and with the parking
brake set, try to turn the ignition to
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever
position.
.
.
Black plate (28,1)
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check
{ WARNING
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
The ignition should turn to
LOCK/OFF only when the shift
lever is in P (Park).
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake.
.
To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
.
To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the
regular brake.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
The ignition key should come
out only in LOCK/OFF.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (29,1)
Vehicle Care
Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear and cracking.
See Maintenance Schedule on
page 11‑3 for more information.
Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
different ways. For proper type and
length, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts on page 11‑14.
Notice: Allowing the wiper blade
arm to touch the windshield when
no wiper blade is installed could
damage the windshield. Any
damage that occurs would not be
covered by your warranty. Do not
allow the wiper blade arm to
touch the windshield.
Front Wiper Blade
Replacement
To replace the front wiper blades:
1. Lift the wiper arm from the
windshield until no further
movement is possible.
2. Press the square button on the
top side, at the end of the wiper
arm, and pull the wiper blade out
of the end of the wiper arm.
3. Install the wiper blade connector
by sliding into the end of the
wiper arm until the square button
on the wiper blade clicks into
place with the wiper arm.
4. Place the wiper arm with the
wiper blade in place back on the
windshield.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-29
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement
The rear wiper blade and wiper arm
have a cover for protection. The
cover must be removed before the
wiper blade can be replaced.
To remove the cover:
1. Slide a plastic tool under the
cover and push upward to
unsnap.
2. Slide the cover towards the
wiper blade tip to unhook it from
the blade assembly.
3. Remove the cover.
4. After wiper blade replacement,
ensure that cover hook slides
into the slot in the blade
assembly.
5. Snap the cover down to secure.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-30
Black plate (30,1)
Vehicle Care
To remove the wiper blade:
1. Lift the wiper arm away from the
windshield.
Headlamp Aiming
The headlamp aiming system has
been preset at the factory.
If the vehicle is damaged in an
accident, the aim of the headlamps
may be affected and adjustment
may be necessary.
It is recommended that a dealer
adjust the headlamps. To re-aim the
headlamps yourself, use the
following procedure.
A. Wiper Arm
B. Release Lever
C. Blade Assembly
2. Push the release lever (B) to
disengage the hook and push
the wiper arm (A) out of the
blade assembly (C).
The vehicle should be properly
prepared as follows. The vehicle:
.
Should be placed so the
headlamps are 7.6 m (25 ft) from
a light colored wall.
.
Must have all four tires on a
level surface which is level all
the way to the wall.
3. Push the new blade assembly
securely on the wiper arm until
the release lever clicks into
place.
4. Replace the wiper cover.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
Should be placed so it is
perpendicular to the wall or other
flat surface.
.
Should not have any snow, ice,
or mud on it.
.
Should be fully assembled and
all other work stopped while
headlamp aiming is being
performed.
.
Should be normally loaded with
a full tank of fuel and one person
or 75 kg (160 lbs) sitting on the
driver's seat.
.
Tires should be properly inflated.
Headlamp aiming is done with the
vehicle's low-beam headlamps. The
high-beam headlamps will be
correctly aimed if the low-beam
headlamps are aimed properly.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (31,1)
Vehicle Care
10-31
Notice: Do not cover a headlamp
to improve beam cut-off when
aiming. Covering a headlamp may
cause excessive heat build-up
which may cause damage to the
headlamp.
To adjust the vertical aim, do the
following:
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10‑5 for more information.
4. At the wall measure from the
ground upward (A) to the
recorded distance from
Step 3 and mark it.
5. Draw or tape a horizontal line (B)
on the wall the width of the
vehicle at the height of the mark
in Step 4.
2. Locate the aim dot on the lens of
the low‐beam headlamp.
3. Measure the distance from the
ground to the aim dot on the
low‐beam headlamp. Record the
distance.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
6. Turn on the low-beam
headlamps and place a piece of
cardboard or equivalent in front
of the headlamp not being
adjusted. This allows only the
beam of light from the headlamp
being adjusted to be seen on the
flat surface.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-32
Black plate (32,1)
Vehicle Care
Bulb Replacement
For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on
page 10‑36.
For any bulb changing procedure
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer.
7. Locate the vertical headlamp
aiming screws, which are under
the hood near each headlamp
assembly.
8. Turn the vertical aiming screw
until the headlamp beam is
aimed to the horizontal tape line.
Turn it clockwise or
counterclockwise to raise or
lower the angle of the beam.
9. Make sure that the light from the
headlamp is positioned at the
bottom edge of the horizontal
tape line. The lamp on the
left (A) shows the correct
headlamp aim. The lamp on the
right (B) shows the incorrect
headlamp aim.
10. Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for
the opposite headlamp.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (33,1)
Vehicle Care
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps
10-33
4. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove from
lamp assembly.
5. Remove the bulb from the
socket or disconnect bulb
assembly from harness
connector.
6. Install new bulb.
7. Reinstall the lamp socket to
lamp assembly turning
clockwise.
A. Screw
B. Access Port Cap
A. Low Beam Headlamp
B. High Beam headlamp
C. Park/Turn Signal Lamp
D. Side Marker Lamp
To replace:
2. Remove screw (A) and turn
access port cap (B)
counterclockwise to remove.
3. If replacing low/high headlamp
bulb, remove the dust cover cap
from the back of the headlamp
housing by turning the cap
counterclockwise.
1. Turn the tire to reach the access
port cap located on front of
wheel well cover.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
8. Replace the dust cover cap on
headlamps.
9. Reinstall the wheel well cover
access port cap and secure by
installing screw.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-34
Black plate (34,1)
Vehicle Care
Fog Lamps
To replace one of these bulbs:
4. Push the bulb socket into the fog
lamp assembly and turn
clockwise to lock it into place.
5. Reconnect the bulb socket to the
electrical connector.
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
and Back-Up Lamps
To replace one of these lamps:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
(Manual) on page 2‑9 or Liftgate
(Power) on page 2‑10.
2. Remove the two screw covers
from the taillamp assembly.
1. Locate the fog lamp assembly
under the front facia.
2. Disconnect the bulb socket from
the electrical connector, turn and
pull out the bulb assembly.
3. Remove the old bulb from the
bulb socket and push the new
bulb straight into the bulb socket
until it connects.
3. Remove the two screws
securing the taillamp assembly.
A. Sidemarker
4. Pull taillamp assembly out of
vehicle body.
B. Stoplamp/Turn Signal Lamp/
Taillamp
5. Disconnect the lamp wiring
harness.
C. Back-up Lamp
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (35,1)
Vehicle Care
10-35
License Plate Lamp
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the liftgate partway. See
Liftgate (Manual) on page 2‑9 or
Liftgate (Power) on page 2‑10
for more information.
A. Bulb Socket
B. Bulb
C. Lamp Assembly
6. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise and pull it out.
4. Turn the bulb socket (A)
counterclockwise to remove from
lamp assembly (C).
7. Pull the bulb straight out of the
socket.
5. Pull the bulb (B) straight out of
the bulb socket.
8. Install the new bulb.
9. Push the bulb socket in and turn
it clockwise.
10. Reverse steps 2 through 5 to
reinstall lamp assembly.
Passenger side shown, driver side
similar
2. Push the left end of the lamp
assembly towards the right.
3. Pull the lamp assembly down to
remove from liftgate.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
6. Push the replacement bulb
straight into the bulb socket and
turn the bulb socket clockwise to
install into lamp assembly.
7. Turn the lamp assembly into the
liftgate engaging the clip side
first.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-36
Black plate (36,1)
Vehicle Care
8. Push on the lamp side opposite
the clip until the lamp assembly
snaps into place.
Electrical System
Replacement Bulbs
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by
fuses. This greatly reduces the
chance of damage caused by
electrical problems.
Exterior Lamp
Bulb
Number
Back-Up Lamp
921
Fog Lamp Front
H11
Fuses
Headlamp
High Beam
9005LL
Headlamp
Low Beam
H11
Look at the silver-colored band
inside the fuse. If the band is broken
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
to replace a bad fuse with a new
one of the identical size and rating.
License Plate Lamp
168LL
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
Parking Lamp/Turn
Signal Front
7444NA
Sidemarker Front
and Rear
Taillamp/Turn Signal
Lamp/Stop Lamp
194
3157K
For replacement bulbs not listed
here, contact your dealer.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, the
same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
There are two fuse blocks in the
vehicle: one in the engine
compartment and one in the
instrument panel.
There is a fuse puller located in the
engine compartment fuse block.
See Engine Compartment Fuse
Block on page 10‑37. It can be used
to easily remove fuses from the fuse
block.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (37,1)
Vehicle Care
10-37
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
To remove the fuse block cover,
squeeze the clips on the cover and
lift it straight up. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10‑6.
Notice: Spilling liquid on any
electrical component on the
vehicle may damage it. Always
keep the covers on any electrical
component.
Engine Compartment Fuse Block
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
J-Case
Usage
Fuses
1
Cool Fan 1
2
Cool Fan 2
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
J-Case
Fuses
Usage
3
Brake Booster
4
Power
Windows – Right
5
Memory Seat
Module
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-38
Black plate (38,1)
Vehicle Care
J-Case
Fuses
Usage
Mini Fuses
Usage
Mini Fuses
Usage
6
Power Seat – Left
17
28
Regulated Voltage
Control Battery
Sensor
7
Instrument Panel
Fuse Block 1
Transmission
Control Module
Battery
18
Trailer Parking Light
29
Front Wiper
8
Rear Defogger
19
AIR Pump Solenoid
30
Rear Wiper
9
Starter
20
31
10
AIR Pump Motor
Engine Control
Module Battery
Air Conditioning
Compressor
Instrument Panel
Fuse Block 2
21
Canister Vent
32
Rear Latch
11
22
Trailer Left Side
(If Equipped)
33
Heated Mirrors
34
Horn
23
Lift Gate Module
24
Power Lumbar
35
Right High‐Beam
Headlamp
36
Left High‐Beam
Headlamp
37
Ignition Even Coil
38
Ignition Odd Coil
39
Windshield Washer
40
Front Fog Lamps
12
Sunroof
13
Antilock Brake
System Pump
14
Instrument Panel
Fuse Block 3
25
Trailer Right Side
(If Equipped)
15
Power
Windows – Left
26
Rear Accessory
Power Outlet
16
Antilock Brake
System Module
27
Memory Mirror
Module
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (39,1)
Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses
41
Usage
Post Catalytic
Converter Oxygen
Sensor
42
Engine Control
Module
43
Pre–Catalytic
Converter Oxygen
Sensor
44
45
Transmission
Control Module
Mirror
46
Chassis Control
Module Ignition
47
Spare
48
Rear Drive Module
49
Lift Gate Module
Logic
Mini Fuses
Usage
50
Instrument Panel
Fuse Block Ignition
51
Heated Seat – Front
52
Chassis Control
Module
53
Engine Control
Module
54
Rear Vision Camera
Midi Fuse
Usage
Electric Power
Steering
Micro
Relays
Usage
56
AIR Pump Solenoid
57
Brake Booster
58
Cooling Fan Low
55
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Micro
Relays
10-39
Usage
59
Headlamp
High Beam
60
Cooling Fan Control
61
Wiper On/Off
Control
62
Air Conditioning
Compressor
63
Rear Defogger
64
Wiper Speed
65
Fog Lamp
66
Engine Control
67
Starter
68
Run/Crank
Mini Relays
Usage
69
Cooling Fan High
70
AIR Pump Motor
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-40
Black plate (40,1)
Vehicle Care
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block
To reinstall the door, insert the tabs
on the top of the door into the
console first, then push the door
back into its original location.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
The instrument panel fuse block is
located on the passenger side panel
of the center console. To access the
fuses, open the fuse panel door
from the passenger side by pulling
it out.
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (41,1)
Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses
Usage
1
Steering Wheel
Dimming
2
Spare
3
Spare
4
Body Control
Module 1
5
Infotainment
6
Body Control
Module 7
7
Noise Control
Module
8
Body Control
Module 4
9
Radio
10
Special Equipment
Order Battery
11
Ultrasonic Rear
Parking Assist
Module
10-41
Mini Fuses
Usage
Mini Fuses
12
Heater, Ventilation
and Air Conditioning
Battery
21
Special Equipment
Order Retained
Accessory Power
13
Auxiliary Power
Front
22
14
Heater, Ventilation
and Air Conditioning
Ignition
Sensing and
Diagnostic Module
Ignition
23
Spare
24
Spare
15
Display
16
Body Control
Module 5
25
Transmission Gear
Shift Position
Indicator
17
Auxiliary
Power Rear
26
Spare
27
Spare
28
Spare
30
Body Control
Module 3
31
Amplifier
18
Instrument Panel
Cluster Ignition
19
Personal Device
Interface Module
20
Body Control
Module 6
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Usage
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-42
Black plate (42,1)
Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses
Usage
32
Discrete Logic
Ignition Switch
33
Communications
Integration Module
34
Body Control
Module 2
35
Sensing and
Diagnostic Module
Battery
36
Data Link
Connection
37
Instrument Panel
Cluster Battery
38
Passenger Sensing
System Module
39
Spare
J‐Case
Fuses
Usage
29
Front Blower Motor
40
Body Control
Module 8
Relays
Usage
41
Logistic Relay
(If Equipped)
42
Retained Accessory
Power Relay
Wheels and Tires
Tires
Every new GM vehicle has
high-quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer. See
the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get
service. For additional
information refer to the tire
manufacturer.
{ WARNING
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
Poorly maintained and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.
.
Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a result
of too much flexing. There
could be a blowout and a
serious crash. See Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9‑16.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (43,1)
Vehicle Care
WARNING (Continued)
.
.
.
Underinflated tires pose the
same danger as overloaded
tires. The resulting crash
could cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently to
maintain the recommended
pressure. Tire pressure
should be checked when the
tires are cold.
Overinflated tires are more
likely to be cut, punctured,
or broken by a sudden
impact — such as when
hitting a pothole. Keep tires at
the recommended pressure.
Worn or old tires can cause a
crash. If the tread is badly
worn, replace them.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
.
Replace any tires that have
been damaged by impacts
with potholes, curbs, etc.
.
Improperly repaired tires can
cause a crash. Only the
dealer or an authorized tire
service center should repair,
replace, dismount, and mount
the tires.
.
Do not spin the tires in
excess of 55 km/h (35 mph)
on slippery surfaces such as
snow, mud, ice, etc.
Excessive spinning may
cause the tires to explode.
10-43
Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is
molded into its sidewall. The
examples show a typical
passenger vehicle tire and a
compact spare tire sidewall.
Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Example
(A) Tire Size: The tire size is a
combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-44
Black plate (44,1)
Vehicle Care
and service description. See the
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section for more detail.
(B) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification): Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
(C) DOT (Department of
Transportation): The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with
the U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
(D) Tire Identification Number
(TIN): The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are
the Tire Identification Number
(TIN). The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(G) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit: Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
(E) Tire Ply Material : The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(F) Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG): Tire
manufacturers are required to
grade tires based on three
performance factors: treadwear,
traction, and temperature
resistance. For more information
see Uniform Tire Quality
Grading on page 10‑60.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Compact Spare Tire Example
(A) Tire Ply Material: The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (45,1)
Vehicle Care
(B) Temporary Use Only: The
compact spare tire or temporary
use tire has a tread life of
approximately 5 000 km
(3,000 mi) and should not be
driven at speeds over 105 km/h
(65 mph). The compact spare
tire is for emergency use when a
regular road tire has lost air and
gone flat. If the vehicle has a
compact spare tire, see
Compact Spare Tire on
page 10‑73 and If a Tire Goes
Flat on page 10‑64.
(C) Tire Identification Number
(TIN): The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are
the Tire Identification Number
(TIN). The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(D) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit: Maximum load
that can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
(E) Tire Inflation: The
temporary use tire or compact
spare tire should be inflated to
420 kPa (60 psi). For more
information on tire pressure and
inflation see Tire Pressure on
page 10‑50.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-45
(F) Tire Size: A combination of
letters and numbers define a
tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
construction type, and service
description. The letter T as the
first character in the tire size
means the tire is for temporary
use only.
(G) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification): Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-46
Black plate (46,1)
Vehicle Care
Tire Designations
Tire Size
The following is an example of a
typical passenger vehicle
tire size.
(A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire:
The United States version of a
metric tire sizing system. The
letter P as the first character in
the tire size means a passenger
vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire
and Rim Association.
(B) Tire Width: The three‐digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit
number that indicates the tire
height‐to‐width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
item C of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
60 percent as high as it is wide.
(D) Construction Code: A
letter code is used to indicate
the type of ply construction in
the tire. The letter R means
radial ply construction; the
letter D means diagonal or bias
ply construction; and the letter B
means belted‐bias ply
construction.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
(E) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(F) Service Description: These
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the
tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure: The amount of
air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of
the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (47,1)
Vehicle Care
Accessory Weight: The
combined weight of optional
accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
steering, power brakes, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship
of a tire's height to its width.
Belt: A rubber coated layer of
cords that is located between
the plies and the tread. Cords
may be made from steel or other
reinforcing materials.
Bead: The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at
alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure: The
amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch)
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure
on page 10‑50.
Curb Weight: The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
and coolant, but without
passengers and cargo.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-47
DOT Markings: A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and
date of production.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑16.
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the front axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑16.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-48
Black plate (48,1)
Vehicle Care
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑16.
Intended Outboard Sidewall :
The side of an asymmetrical tire,
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric
unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: A
tire used on light duty trucks and
some multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Load Index: An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279
that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure:
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating: The
load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight: The sum of curb
weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight: The
number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by
68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9‑16.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Occupant Distribution :
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall: The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that
contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A
tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (49,1)
Vehicle Care
Recommended Inflation
Pressure: Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard. See Tire
Pressure on page 10‑50
andVehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑16.
Speed Rating: An
alphanumeric code assigned to
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can
operate.
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Tread: The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with
the road.
Rim: A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Sidewall: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Traction: The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
The amount of grip provided.
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/
16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New Tires
on page 10‑57.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-49
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards): A tire
information system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature,
and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire
manufacturers using
government testing procedures.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
Tire Quality Grading on
page 10‑60.
Vehicle Capacity Weight: The
number of designated seating
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑16.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-50
Black plate (50,1)
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire: Load on an individual tire
due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.
Tire Pressure
Vehicle Placard: A label
permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle
capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
See “Tire and Loading
Information Label” under Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9‑16.
Notice: Neither tire
underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires
that do not have enough air,
can result in:
Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate
effectively.
.
Tire overloading and
overheating which could
lead to a blowout.
.
Premature or
irregular wear.
.
Poor handling.
.
Reduced fuel economy.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Overinflated tires, or tires that
have too much air, can
result in:
.
Unusual wear.
.
Poor handling.
.
Rough ride.
.
Needless damage from
road hazards.
The Tire and Loading
Information label on the vehicle
indicates the original equipment
tires and the correct cold tire
inflation pressures. The
recommended pressure is the
minimum air pressure needed to
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (51,1)
Vehicle Care
For additional information
regarding how much weight the
vehicle can carry, and an
example of the Tire and Loading
Information label, see Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9‑16. How
the vehicle is loaded affects
vehicle handling and ride
comfort. Never load the vehicle
with more weight than it was
designed to carry.
When to Check
Check the tires once a month or
more. Do not forget the compact
spare tire, if the vehicle has one.
The cold compact spare should
be at 420 kPa (60 psi). For
additional information regarding
the compact spare tire, see
Compact Spare Tire on
page 10‑73.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure.
Proper tire inflation cannot be
determined by looking at the tire.
Check the tire inflation pressure
when the tires are cold, meaning
the vehicle has not been driven
for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get a pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
further adjustment is necessary.
If the inflation pressure is low,
add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the
inflation pressure is high, press
on the metal stem in the center
of the tire valve to release air.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-51
Re‐check the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Return the valve caps on the
valve stems to prevent leaks
and keep out dirt and moisture.
Tire Pressure Monitor
System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
Each tire, including the spare
(if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-52
Black plate (52,1)
Vehicle Care
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly
under‐inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under‐inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
Please note that the TPMS is
not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under‐inflation has
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start‐ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement
or
alternate
I
nf
or
mat
i
o
nPr
ovi
dedby: tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function
properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10‑53 for
additional information.
Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) Rules and
with Industry Canada
Standards
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑17 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
Rules and with Industry Canada
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (53,1)
Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn the
driver when a low tire pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tire
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
sensors monitor the air pressure in
the tires and transmits the tire
pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.
When a low tire pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
located on the instrument cluster.
If the warning light comes on, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the tire loading
information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑16.
A message to check the pressure in
a specific tire displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The low
tire pressure warning light and the
DIC warning message come on at
each ignition cycle until the tires are
inflated to the correct inflation
pressure. Using the DIC, tire
pressure levels can be viewed. For
additional information and details
about the DIC operation and
displays see Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑24.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
air pressure is getting low and
needs to be inflated to the proper
pressure.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-53
A Tire and Loading Information label
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑16, for an example
of the Tire and Loading Information
label and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure on page 10‑50.
The TPMS can warn about a
low tire pressure condition but it
does not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
on page 10‑56, Tire Rotation on
page 10‑56 and Tires on
page 10‑42.
Notice: Tire sealant materials are
not all the same. A non-approved
tire sealant could damage the
TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor
damage caused by using an
incorrect tire sealant is not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always use only the
GM-approved tire sealant
available through your dealer or
included in the vehicle.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-54
Vehicle Care
TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message
The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
low tire pressure warning light
flashes for about one minute and
then stays on for the remainder of
the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
message also displays. The low tire
pressure warning light and DIC
warning message come on at each
ignition cycle until the problem is
corrected. Some of the conditions
that can cause these to come
on are:
.
Black plate (54,1)
One of the road tires has been
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and DIC message should
go off after the road tire is
replaced and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor
Matching Process" later in this
section.
.
.
.
The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or not
completed successfully after
rotating the tires. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off after
successfully completing the
sensor matching process. See
"TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section
One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The DIC
message and the TPMS
malfunction light should go off
when the TPMS sensors are
installed and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See your dealer for
service.
Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended
could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires on page 10‑58.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.
If the TPMS is not functioning
properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire condition. See your dealer
for service if the TPMS malfunction
light and DIC message comes on
and stays on.
TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a new
tire/wheel position after rotating the
tires or replacing one or more of the
TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor
matching process should also be
performed after replacing a spare
tire with a road tire containing the
TPMS sensor. The malfunction light
and the DIC message should go off
at the next ignition cycle. The
sensors are matched to the tire/
wheel positions, using a TPMS
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (55,1)
Vehicle Care
10-55
relearn tool, in the following order:
driver side front tire, passenger side
front tire, passenger side rear tire,
and driver side rear. See your
dealer for service or to purchase a
relearn tool.
4. Press the SET/CLR button to
begin the sensor matching
process.
8. Proceed to the passenger side
front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7.
A message requesting
acceptance of the process
should display.
9. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7.
There are two minutes to match the
first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all four
tire/wheel positions. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
5. Press the SET/CLR button again
to confirm the selection.
The TPMS sensor matching
process is:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
the engine off.
3. Use the MENU button to select
the Vehicle Information Menu in
the Driver Information Center
(DIC). Use the arrow keys to
scroll to the Tire Pressure
screen.
The horn sounds twice to signal
the receiver is in relearn mode
and the TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message displays on
the DIC screen.
6. Start with the driver side
front tire.
7. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure
in Step 7. The horn sounds two
times to indicate the sensor
identification code has been
matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message on the DIC
display screen goes off.
11. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
12. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-56
Vehicle Care
Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
Replace the tire if:
.
The indicators at three or
more places around the tire
can be seen.
.
There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's
rubber.
.
The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or
fabric.
.
Black plate (56,1)
The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.
.
The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.
Tire Rotation
Tires should be rotated every
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11‑3.
Tires are rotated to achieve a
uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most
important.
Any time unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible and check the wheel
alignment. Also check for
damaged tires or wheels. See
When It Is Time for New Tires
on page 10‑57 and Wheel
Replacement on page 10‑62.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires.
Do not include the compact
spare tire in the tire rotation.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (57,1)
Vehicle Care
Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated. See
Tire Pressure on page 10‑50
and Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑16.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
System. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation on
page 10‑53.
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque” under Capacities
and Specifications on
page 12‑2.
{ WARNING
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
Lightly coat the center of the
wheel hub with wheel bearing
grease after a wheel change or
tire rotation to prevent corrosion
or rust build-up. Do not get
grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-57
When It Is Time for New
Tires
Factors such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.
Treadwear indicators are one way to
tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
or less of tread remaining. See Tire
Inspection on page 10‑56 and Tire
Rotation on page 10‑56 for more
information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-58
Black plate (58,1)
Vehicle Care
The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies for the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
never used. Multiple conditions
including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. Tires will typically need
to be replaced due to wear before
they may need to be replaced
due to age. Consult the tire
manufacturer for more information
on when tires should be replaced.
Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
area away from direct sunlight to
slow aging. This area should be free
of grease, gasoline, or other
substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
Parking for an extended period can
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
driving. When storing a vehicle for
at least a month, remove the tires or
raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.
Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The
original equipment tires installed
were designed to meet General
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
replacement tires are needed,
GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC
Spec rating.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec
system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the
vehicle, including brake system
performance,Inforide
and
handling,
r
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
traction control, and tire
pressure monitoring
performance. GM's TPC Spec
number is molded onto the tire's
sidewall near the tire size. If the
tires have an all‐season tread
design, the TPC Spec number
will be followed by MS for mud
and snow. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling on page 10‑43 for
additional information.
GM recommends replacing all
the tires at the same time.
Uniform tread depth on all tires
will help to maintain the
performance of the vehicle.
Braking and handling
performance may be adversely
affected if all the tires are not
replaced at the same time. See
Tire Inspection on page 10‑56
and Tire Rotation on page 10‑56
for information on proper tire
rotation.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (59,1)
Vehicle Care
{ WARNING
{ WARNING
Tires could explode during
improper service. Attempting
to mount or dismount a tire
could cause injury or death.
Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should
mount or dismount the tires.
Using bias-ply tires on the
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
after many miles of driving.
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle.
{ WARNING
If the vehicle tires must be
replaced with a tire that does not
have a TPC Spec number, make
sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating, and
construction (radial) as the
original tires.
Mixing tires of different sizes,
brands, or types may cause
loss of control of the vehicle,
resulting in a crash or other
vehicle damage. Use the
correct size, brand, and type
of tires on all wheels.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-59
Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low‐pressure warning if non‐TPC
Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System on page 10‑51.
The Tire and Loading
Information label indicates the
original equipment tires on the
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑16 for the label
location and more information
about the Tire and Loading
Information label.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-60
Black plate (60,1)
Vehicle Care
Different Size Tires and
Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
control, and electronic stability
control, the performance of these
systems can also be affected.
{ WARNING
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if
tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems
developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires on
page 10‑58 and Accessories and
Modifications on page 10‑3 for
additional information.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A
The following information relates
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), which grades tires by
treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This
applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter-type snow
tires, space-saver, or temporary
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (61,1)
Vehicle Care
use spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production
tires.
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and light trucks may vary with
respect to these grades, they
must also conform to federal
safety requirements and
additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC)
standards.
All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety
Requirements In Addition To
These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and
a half (1½) times as well on the
government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and
differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction – AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
and C. Those grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on
specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-61
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
Temperature – A, B, C
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure. The grade
C corresponds to a level of
performance which all
passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-62
Black plate (62,1)
Vehicle Care
A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law. Warning: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tire life and best
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing
will not be necessary on a regular
basis. However, check the
alignment if there is unusual tire
wear or if the vehicle is pulling to
one side or the other. If the vehicle
vibrates when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels might
need to be rebalanced. See your
dealer for proper diagnosis.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of
wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset, and be
mounted the same way as the one it
replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
{ WARNING
Using the wrong replacement
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling of
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.
Notice: The wrong wheel can
also cause problems with bearing
life, brake cooling, speedometer
or odometer calibration,
headlamp aim, bumper height,
vehicle ground clearance, and tire
or tire chain clearance to the
body and chassis.
See If a Tire Goes Flat on
page 10‑64 for more information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (63,1)
Vehicle Care
Used Replacement Wheels
Tire Chains
{ WARNING
{ WARNING
Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
driven may be unknown. It could
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
wheel.
Do not use tire chains. There is
not enough clearance. Tire chains
used on a vehicle without the
proper amount of clearance can
cause damage to the brakes,
suspension or other vehicle parts.
The area damaged by the tire
chains could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle and you or
others may be injured in a crash.
(Continued)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-63
WARNING (Continued)
A Type S low-profile cable can be
used only if the cable
manufacturer recommends it for
use on the vehicle, the tire size
combination, and road conditions.
Follow the manufacturer's
instructions. To help avoid
damage to the vehicle, drive
slowly, readjust or remove the
cable if it is contacting the vehicle
and do not spin the vehicle's tires.
Install the cables on the front tires
only. Cables should not be
installed on the spare tire or on
the optional 19-inch tire.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-64
Black plate (64,1)
Vehicle Care
If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
while driving, especially if the tires
are maintained properly. If air goes
out of a tire, it is much more likely to
leak out slowly. But if there ever is a
blowout, here are a few tips about
what to expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
used in a skid. Stop pressing the
accelerator pedal and steer to
straighten the vehicle. It may be
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.
{ WARNING
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has
been driven on while severely
underinflated or flat may cause a
blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
that has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat.
Have your dealer or an authorized
tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
possible.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
{ WARNING
Lifting a vehicle and getting
under it to do maintenance or
repairs is dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6‑3.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (65,1)
Vehicle Care
{ WARNING
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To
help prevent the vehicle from
moving:
When the vehicle has a flat tire (B),
use the following example as a
guide to assist in the placement of
the wheel blocks (A).
3. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
To access the spare tire and tools:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
(Manual) on page 2‑9 or Liftgate
(Power) on page 2‑10.
2. Lift the load floor up.
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a
manual transmission in
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
10-65
A. Wheel Block
B. Flat Tire
The following information explains
how to repair or change a tire.
4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
5. Place wheel blocks on both
sides of the tire at the
opposite corner of the tire
being changed.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-66
Black plate (66,1)
Vehicle Care
Coin/Pierce Jack with One-Piece
Wrench
Hex-Head Jack with Three-Piece
Wrench
A. Extension
A. Wheel Wrench
B. Wheel Wrench
B. Jack
C. Jack
3. If you have a coin/pierce jack
and one-piece wrench, remove
the extension (A), wheel
wrench (B) and jack (C).
If you have a hex-head jack and
three-piece wrench, remove the
wheel wrench (A) and jack (B).
Place the tools next to the tire
being changed.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
4. Turn the retainer nut
counterclockwise and remove
the spare tire.
5. Place the spare tire next to the
tire being changed.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (67,1)
Vehicle Care
10-67
Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat on page 10‑64 for more
information.
2. For vehicles with a wheel cover
or center cap, pull the cover or
center cap away from the wheel
to remove it. Store the wheel
cover in the cargo area until you
have the flat tire repaired or
replaced.
3. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to loosen all
the wheel nuts, but do not
remove them yet.
Notice: Make sure that the jack
lift head is in the correct position
or you may damage your vehicle.
The repairs would not be covered
by your warranty.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
4. Position the jack lift head at the
jack location nearest the flat tire.
The location is indicated by a
mark on the bottom edge of the
front and rear door plastic
molding. The jack must not be
used in any other position.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-68
Black plate (68,1)
Vehicle Care
5. Place the jack notch under the
frame rail seam.
{ WARNING
Getting under a vehicle when it is
jacked up is dangerous. If the
vehicle slips off the jack, you
could be badly injured or killed.
Never get under a vehicle when it
is supported only by a jack.
{ WARNING
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
{ WARNING
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
If you have a hex-head jack,
attach the jack lift-assist tool by
placing the hex of the jack
lift-assist tool over the hex head
of the jack.
6. Place the jack under the vehicle.
7. If you have a coin/pierce jack,
attach the jack handle extension
to the jack by sliding the hook
through the end of the jack and
insert the other end of the jack
handle into the wrench.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Hex Head Jack and Wrench
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (69,1)
Vehicle Care
10-69
{ WARNING
Coin/Pierce Jack and Wrench
8. Raise the vehicle by turning the
jack handle clockwise. Raise the
vehicle far enough off the
ground so there is enough room
for the road tire to clear the
ground.
9. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
10. Remove the flat tire.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-70
Black plate (70,1)
Vehicle Care
{ WARNING
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
13. Reinstall the wheel nuts.
Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against
the hub.
11. Remove any rust or dirt from
the wheel bolts, mounting
surfaces, and spare wheel.
14. Lower the vehicle by turning
the jack handle
counterclockwise.
12. Place the compact spare tire
on the wheel-mounting surface.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
{ WARNING
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications on page 12‑2 for
original equipment wheel nut
torque specifications.
Notice: Improperly tightened
wheel nuts can lead to brake
pulsation and rotor damage. To
avoid expensive brake repairs,
evenly tighten the wheel nuts in
the proper sequence and to the
proper torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications on
page 12‑2 for the wheel nut
torque specification.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (71,1)
Vehicle Care
When reinstalling the wheel cover or
center cap on the full-size tire,
tighten all five plastic caps hand
snug with the aid of the wheel
wrench and tighten them with the
wheel wrench an additional one‐
quarter of a turn.
10-71
To store the flat tire:
Notice: Wheel covers will not fit
on the vehicle's compact spare.
If you try to put a wheel cover on
the compact spare, the cover or
the spare could be damaged.
15. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
a crisscross sequence, as
shown.
16. Lower the jack all the way and
remove the jack from under the
vehicle.
17. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly
with the wheel wrench.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools
{ WARNING
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
1. Remove the cable package. The
cable is stored in a plastic bag
under the compact spare tire.
2. Remove the small center cap by
tapping the back of the cap with
the extension of the shaft, if the
vehicle has aluminum wheels.
3. Put the flat tire in the rear
storage area with the valve stem
pointing toward the rear of the
vehicle.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-72
Black plate (72,1)
Vehicle Care
A. Cable
B. Liftgate Hinges
C. Center of the Wheel
D. Door Striker
4. Pull the cable (A) through the
door striker (D) then the center
of the wheel (C).
5. Hook the cable onto the outside
portion of the liftgate hinges (B).
6. Hook the other end of the cable
onto the outside portion of the
liftgate hinge on the other side of
the vehicle.
7. Pull on the cable to make sure it
is secure.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
8. Make sure the metal tube is
centered at the striker. Push the
tube toward the front of the
vehicle.
9. Close the liftgate and make sure
it is latched properly.
The compact spare is for temporary
use only. Replace the compact
spare tire with a full-size tire as
soon as you can.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (73,1)
Vehicle Care
Compact Spare Tire
{ WARNING
Driving with more than one
compact spare tire at a time could
result in loss of braking and
handling. This could lead to a
crash and you or others could be
injured. Use only one compact
spare tire at a time.
If this vehicle has a compact spare
tire, it was fully inflated when the
vehicle was new; however, it can
lose air after a time. Check the
inflation pressure regularly. It should
be 420 kPa (60 psi).
Stop as soon as possible and check
that the spare tire is correctly
inflated after installing the spare on
the vehicle. The compact spare is
designed to perform well at speeds
up to 105 km/h (65 mph) for
distances up to 5 000 km (3,000 mi),
so a trip can be completed and the
full-size tire repaired or replaced
when possible. However, the
compact spare tire will last longer
and be in good shape if it is
replaced as soon as possible.
Notice: When the compact spare
is installed, do not take the
vehicle through an automatic car
wash with guide rails. The
compact spare can get caught on
the rails which can damage the
tire, wheel, and other parts of the
vehicle.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-73
Do not use the compact spare on
other vehicles.
Do not mix the compact spare tire or
wheel with other wheels or tires.
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
and its wheel together.
Notice: Tire chains will not fit the
compact spare. Using them can
damage the vehicle and can
damage the chains too. Do not
use tire chains on the compact
spare.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-74
Black plate (74,1)
Vehicle Care
Jump Starting
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery on
page 10‑26.
Jump starting can be used on
vehicles with run‐down batteries by
using jumper cables and another
vehicle.
{ WARNING
Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
.
They contain acid that can
burn you.
.
They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
.
They contain enough
electricity to burn you.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.
{ WARNING
Using an open flame near a
battery can cause battery gas to
explode. People have been hurt
doing this, and some have been
blinded. Use a flashlight if you
need more light.
Be sure the battery has enough
water. You do not need to add
water to the battery installed in
your new vehicle. But if a battery
has filler caps, be sure the right
amount of fluid is there. If it is low,
add water to take care of that
first. If you do not, explosive gas
could be present.
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
medical help immediately.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Be sure to use the following steps to
do it safely. Ignoring these steps
could result in costly damage to the
vehicle that would not be covered
by the warranty.
Trying to start the vehicle by
pushing or pulling it will not work,
and it could damage the vehicle.
Notice: If any accessories are left
on or plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Whenever possible,
turn off or unplug all accessories
on either vehicle when jump
starting the vehicle.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (75,1)
Vehicle Care
Notice: If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct
order, making sure that the
cables do not touch each other or
other metal.
1. The vehicle used to jump start
must have 12-volt battery with a
negative ground.
Notice: Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump
starting. If the other vehicle does
not have a 12-volt system with a
negative ground, both vehicles
can be damaged.
10-75
2. The vehicles should be close
enough for the jumper cables to
reach, but the vehicles should
not be touching. Touching could
cause grounding and possible
electrical system damage.
Put both vehicles in P (Park)
and set the parking brake firmly.
3. Unplug accessories plugged into
the cigarette lighter or the
accessory power outlet. Turn off
the radio and all lamps that are
not needed. Turn off the ignition
on both vehicles.
4. Locate the positive (+) and
negative (−) terminals on both
vehicles. Some vehicles have
remote jump starting terminals.
{ WARNING
An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.
5. The remote positive (+)
terminal (A) is located on the
underhood fuse block, on the
driver side. Lift the red cap to
uncover the terminal.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-76
Black plate (76,1)
Vehicle Care
The remote negative (−)
terminal (B) is a stud behind the
metal tab stamped with GND (−)
near the driver side strut tower.
6. The jumper cables should be in
good working condition with no
loose or missing insulation. The
vehicles could be damaged if
they are not.
7. Connect the red positive (+)
cable to the positive (+) terminal
on the vehicle with the dead
battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the vehicle
has one.
8. Do not let the other end touch
metal. Connect it to the
positive (+) terminal of the good
battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the vehicle
has one.
9. Connect the black negative (−)
cable to the negative (−) terminal
of the good battery. Use a
remote negative (−) terminal if
the vehicle has one.
Do not let the other end touch
anything until the next step. The
other end of the negative (−)
cable does not go to the dead
battery. It goes to a heavy,
unpainted metal engine part or
to a remote negative (−) terminal
on the vehicle with the dead
battery.
10. Connect the other end of the
negative (−) cable away from
the dead battery, but not near
engine parts that move.
11. Start the vehicle with the good
battery and run the engine.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
12. Press the unlock symbol on the
remote keyless entry
transmitter to disarm the
security system, if equipped.
13. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it needs
service.
Notice: If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct
order, making sure that the
cables do not touch each other or
other metal.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (77,1)
Vehicle Care
To disconnect the jumper cables
from both vehicles,
Towing
1. Disconnect the black
negative (−) cable from the
vehicle that had the dead
battery.
Towing the Vehicle
2. Disconnect the black
negative (−) cable from the
vehicle with the good battery.
Jumper Cable Removal
A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine
Part or Remote Negative (−)
Terminal
B. Good Battery or Remote
Positive (+) and Remote
Negative (−) Terminals
3. Disconnect the red positive (+)
cable from the vehicle with the
good battery.
4. Disconnect the red positive (+)
cable from the other vehicle.
5. Return the underhood fuse block
cover to its original position,
if applicable.
C. Dead Battery or Remote
Positive (+) Terminal
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-77
Notice: To avoid damage, the
disabled vehicle should be towed
with all four wheels off the
ground. Care must be taken with
vehicles that have low ground
clearance and/or special
equipment. Always flatbed on a
car carrier.
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be towed.
See Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13‑6.
To tow the vehicle behind another
vehicle for recreational purposes,
such as behind a motor home, see
“Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this
section.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-78
Vehicle Care
Recreational Vehicle
Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle – such as behind a motor
home. The two most common types
of recreational vehicle towing are
known as dinghy towing and dolly
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the
ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly.
Here are some important things to
consider before recreational vehicle
towing:
.
.
Black plate (78,1)
What is the towing capacity of
the towing vehicle? Be sure to
read the tow vehicle
manufacturer's
recommendations.
What is the distance that will be
travelled? Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
.
Is the proper towing equipment
going to be used? See your
dealer or trailering professional
for additional advice and
equipment recommendations.
.
Is the vehicle ready to be
towed? Just as preparing the
vehicle for a long trip, make sure
the vehicle is prepared to be
towed.
Dinghy Towing
Front-wheel‐drive and
all-wheel-drive vehicles may be
dinghy towed from the front. These
vehicles can also be towed by
placing them on a platform trailer
with all four wheels off of the
ground. For other towing options,
see “Dolly Towing” following in this
section.
For vehicles being dinghy towed,
the vehicle should be run at the
beginning of each day and at each
RV fuel stop for about five minutes.
This will ensure proper lubrication of
transmission components.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
To tow the vehicle from the front
with all four wheels on the ground:
1. Position the vehicle that will be
towed and secure it to the
towing vehicle.
2. Turn the ignition key to ON/RUN.
3. Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).
4. Turn the ignition key to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
5. Turn all accessories off.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (79,1)
Vehicle Care
6. To prevent the battery from
draining while the vehicle is
being towed, remove fuse 32,
the Discrete Logic Ignition
Switch fuse, from the instrument
panel fuse block and store it in a
safe location. See Instrument
Panel Fuse Block on
page 10‑40.
Notice: If the vehicle is towed
without performing each of the
steps listed under “Dinghy
Towing,” the automatic
transmission could be damaged.
Be sure to follow all steps of the
dinghy towing procedure prior to
and after towing the vehicle.
Notice: If 105 km/h (65 mph) is
exceeded while towing the
vehicle, it could be damaged.
Never exceed 105 km/h (65 mph)
while towing the vehicle.
Once the destination has been
reached:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Shift the transmission to
P (Park).
3. Turn the ignition key to
LOCK/OFF.
4. Install fuse 32, the Discrete
Logic Ignition Switch fuse. See
Instrument Panel Fuse Block on
page 10‑40.
5. Start the engine and let it idle for
more than three minutes before
driving the vehicle.
Notice: Too much or too
little fluid can damage the
transmission. Be sure that the
transmission fluid is at the proper
level before towing with all four
wheels on the ground.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-79
Notice: Do not tow a vehicle with
the front drive wheels on the
ground if one of the front tires is
a compact spare tire. Towing with
two different tire sizes on the
front of the vehicle can cause
severe damage to the
transmission.
Dolly Towing (All-Wheel‐Drive
Vehicles)
All-wheel‐drive vehicles should not
be towed with two wheels on the
ground. To properly tow these
vehicles, they should be placed on
a platform trailer with all four wheels
off of the ground or dinghy towed
from the front.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-80
Black plate (80,1)
Vehicle Care
Dolly Towing
(Front-Wheel‐Drive Vehicles)
5. Follow the dolly manufacturer's
instructions for preparing the
vehicle and dolly for towing.
6. Release the parking brake.
Towing the Vehicle From
the Rear
Notice: Towing the vehicle from
the rear could damage it. Also,
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Never have
the vehicle towed from the rear.
To tow the vehicle from the front
with the rear wheels on the ground,
do the following:
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
2. Move the shift lever to P (Park).
3. Set the parking brake.
4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (81,1)
Vehicle Care
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.
Notice: Do not use petroleum
based, acidic, or abrasive
cleaning agents as they can
damage the vehicle's paint, metal,
or plastic parts. If damage
occurs, it would not be covered
by the vehicle's warranty.
Approved cleaning products can
be obtained from your dealer.
Follow all manufacturer
directions regarding correct
product usage, necessary safety
precautions, and appropriate
disposal of any vehicle care
product.
10-81
Notice: Avoid using high
pressure washes closer than
30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the
vehicle. Use of power washers
exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi)
can result in damage or removal
of paint and decals.
damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash
the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
Occasional hand waxing or mild
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See
your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.
Notice: Machine compounding or
aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the
vehicle.
Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not
recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to
have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys,
etc.,
can
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
ded
by:
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or
covered whenever possible.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-82
Black plate (82,1)
Vehicle Care
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Parts
Regularly clean bright metal parts
with water or chrome polish on
chrome or stainless steel trim,
if necessary.
For aluminum, never use auto or
chrome polish, steam, or caustic
soap to clean. A coating of wax,
rubbed to a high polish, is
recommended for all bright metal
parts.
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Lenses and Emblems
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps and lenses.
Follow instructions under "Washing
the Vehicle" later in this section.
Windshield and Wiper Blades
Tires
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper
streaking.
Notice: Using petroleum-based
tire dressing products on the
vehicle may damage the paint
finish and/or tires. When applying
a tire dressing, always wipe off
any overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.
Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
snow, and ice.
Weatherstrips
Apply silicone grease on
weatherstrips to make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or
squeak. See Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants on page 11‑12
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
or Chrome
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
soap and water to clean the wheels.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
A wax may then be applied.
Keep the wheels clean using a soft,
clean cloth with mild soap and
water. Rinse with clean water. After
rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft,
clean towel. A wax may then be
applied.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (83,1)
Vehicle Care
Notice: Chrome wheels and other
chrome trim may be damaged if
the vehicle is not washed after
driving on roads that have been
sprayed with magnesium,
calcium, or sodium chloride.
These chlorides are used on
roads for conditions such as ice
and dust. Always wash the
chrome with soap and water after
exposure.
Notice: To avoid surface damage,
do not use strong soaps,
chemicals, abrasive polishes,
cleaners, brushes, or cleaners
that contain acid on aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels. Use only
approved cleaners. Also, never
drive a vehicle with aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels through an
automatic car wash that uses
silicone carbide tire cleaning
brushes. Damage could occur
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Steering, Suspension, and
Chassis Components
Visually inspect front and rear
suspension and steering system for
damaged, loose, or missing parts or
signs of wear. Inspect power
steering lines and hoses for proper
hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc. Visually check constant
velocity joints, rubber boots, and
axle seals for leaks.
Body Component Lubrication
Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the
steel fuel door hinge unless the
components are plastic. Applying
silicone grease on weatherstrips
with a clean cloth will make them
last longer, seal better, and not stick
or squeak.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-83
Underbody Maintenance
Use plain water to flush dirt and
debris from the vehicle's underbody.
Your dealer or an underbody car
washing system can do this. If not
removed, rust and corrosion can
develop.
Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion
protection.
Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion
protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-84
Black plate (84,1)
Vehicle Care
Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and
scratches with touch-up materials
available from your dealer to avoid
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
damage can be corrected in your
dealer's body and paint shop.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular
dark spots etched into the paint
surface.
Interior Care
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils. Note
that newspapers or dark garments
that can transfer color to home
furnishings can also permanently
transfer color to the vehicle's
interior.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the
instrument cluster. Using a mild
soap solution, immediately remove
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
repellant from all interior surfaces or
permanent damage may result.
Your dealer may have products for
cleaning the interior. Use cleaners
specifically designed for the
surfaces being cleaned to prevent
permanent damage. To prevent
overspray, apply all cleaners directly
to the cleaning cloth. Cleaners
should be removed quickly. Never
allow cleaners to remain on the
surface being cleaned for extended
periods of time.
Cleaners may contain solvents that
can become concentrated in the
interior. Before using cleaners, read
and adhere to all safety instructions
on the label. While cleaning the
interior, maintain adequate
ventilation by opening the doors and
windows.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following
cleaners or techniques:
.
Never use a razor or any other
sharp object to remove a soil
from any interior surface.
.
Never use a brush with stiff
bristles.
.
Never rub any surface
aggressively or with excessive
pressure.
.
Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
use approximately 20 drops per
3.78L (1 gal) of water.
A concentrated soap solution will
leave a residue that creates
streaks and attracts dirt. Do not
use solutions that contain strong
or caustic soap.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (85,1)
Vehicle Care
.
Do not heavily saturate the
upholstery when cleaning.
.
Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.
Interior Glass
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
Commercial glass cleaners may be
used, if necessary, after cleaning
the interior glass with plain water.
Notice: To prevent scratching,
never use abrasive cleaners on
automotive glass. Abrasive
cleaners or aggressive cleaning
may damage the rear window
defogger.
Fabric/Carpet
Start by vacuuming the surface
using a soft brush attachment. If a
rotating brush attachment is being
used during vacuuming, only use it
on the floor carpet. Before cleaning,
gently remove as much of the soil
as possible using one of the
following techniques:
.
.
Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed.
For solid soils, remove as much
as possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean lint-free
colorfast cloth with water or club
soda. Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint
transfer to the fabric or carpet.
2. Remove excess moisture by
gently wringing until water does
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
10-85
3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Rotate the cleaning cloth
to a clean area frequently to
prevent forcing the soil in to the
fabric.
4. Continue gently rubbing the
soiled area until there is no
longer any color transfer from
the soil to the cleaning cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by club
soda or plain water.
If the soil is not completely
removed, it may be necessary to
use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-86
Black plate (86,1)
Vehicle Care
Following the cleaning process, a
paper towel can be used to blot
excess moisture.
Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and
Other Plastic Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth
dampened with water to remove
dust and loose dirt. For a more
thorough cleaning, use a soft
microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap solution.
Notice: Soaking or saturating
leather, especially perforated
leather, as well as other interior
surfaces, may cause permanent
damage. Wipe excess moisture
from these surfaces after
cleaning and allow them to dry
naturally. Never use heat, steam,
spot lifters or spot removers. Do
not use cleaners that contain
silicone or wax-based products.
Cleaners containing these
solvents can permanently change
the appearance and feel of leather
or soft trim and are not
recommended.
Do not use cleaners that increase
gloss, especially on the instrument
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions.
Notice: Use of air fresheners may
cause permanent damage to
plastics and painted surfaces.
If an air freshener comes in
contact with any plastic or
painted surface in the vehicle,
blot immediately and clean with a
soft cloth dampened with a mild
soap solution. Damage caused by
air fresheners would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Floor Mats
{ WARNING
If a floor mat is the wrong size or
is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can
cause unintended acceleration
and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (87,1)
Vehicle Care
Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage.
.
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mat
The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the accelerator or
brake pedal. Always check that
the floor mats do not interfere
with the pedals.
.
Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
.
Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
.
Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
.
Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.
10-87
2. Reinstall by lining up the floor
mat retainer openings over the
carpet retainers and snap into
position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured and verify that
it does not interfere with the
pedals.
The driver side floor mat is held in
place by two retainers.
1. Pull up on the rear of the floor
mat to unlock each retainer and
remove.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
10-88
Black plate (88,1)
Vehicle Care
2 NOTES
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (1,1)
Service and Maintenance
Service and
Maintenance
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-3
Special Application Services
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Additional Maintenance
and Care
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
Maintenance Replacement
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14
General Information
Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
the required maintenance for the
vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may
also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
maintenance using genuine
replacement parts. They have
up‐to‐date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
dealers have extended evening and
Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with service
needs.
Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . 11-15
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
11-1
Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
for routine maintenance such as oil
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
Notice: Damage caused by
improper maintenance can lead to
costly repairs and may not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks,
inspections, recommended fluids,
and lubricants are important to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition.
The Tire Rotation and Required
Services are the responsibility of the
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
11-2
Service and Maintenance
Because of the way people use
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more
frequent checks and services.
The Additional Required
Services ‐ Normal are for
vehicles that:
.
Black plate (2,1)
Carry passengers and cargo
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑16.
.
Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
.
Use the recommended fuel. See
Recommended Fuel on
page 9‑51.
The Additional Required
Services ‐ Severe are for vehicles
that are:
.
Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain.
.
Frequently towing a trailer.
.
Used for high speed or
competitive driving.
.
Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service.
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services ‐ Severe chart.
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services ‐ Normal chart.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
{ WARNING
Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause
serious injury. Perform
maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools,
and equipment are available.
If they are not, see your dealer to
have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work on page 10‑4.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (3,1)
Service and Maintenance
Maintenance
Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
At Each Fuel Stop
.
Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil on page 10‑10.
Once a Month
.
Check the tire inflation
pressures. See Tire Pressure on
page 10‑50.
.
Inspect the tires for wear. See
Tire Inspection on page 10‑56.
.
Check the windshield washer
fluid level. See Washer Fluid on
page 10‑23.
Engine Oil Change
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message displays, have the
engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
under the best conditions, the
engine oil life system might not
indicate the need for vehicle service
for more than a year. The engine oil
and filter must be changed at least
once a year and the oil life system
must be reset. Your trained dealer
technician can perform this work.
If the engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
last service. Reset the oil life
system when the oil is changed.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10‑12.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
11-3
Tire Rotation and Required
Services Every 12 000 km/
7,500 mi
Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the vehicle, and perform the
following services. See Tire
Rotation on page 10‑56.
.
Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and
reset oil life system. See Engine
Oil on page 10‑10 and Engine
Oil Life System on page 10‑12.
.
Check engine coolant level. See
Engine Coolant on page 10‑17.
.
Check windshield washer fluid
level. See Washer Fluid on
page 10‑23.
.
Visually inspect windshield wiper
blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior
Care on page 10‑81. Replace
worn or damaged wiper blades.
See Wiper Blade Replacement
on page 10‑29.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
11-4
Black plate (4,1)
Service and Maintenance
.
Check tire inflation pressures.
See Tire Pressure on
page 10‑50.
.
Check restraint system
components. See Safety System
Check on page 3‑19.
.
Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check on page 10‑28.
.
Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Inspection on page 10‑56.
.
Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks.
.
.
Visually check for fluid leaks.
.
.
Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10‑14.
Visually inspect exhaust system
and nearby heat shields for
loose or damaged parts.
Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check on
page 10‑28.
.
Lubricate body components. See
Exterior Care on page 10‑81.
.
.
Check starter switch. See Starter
Switch Check on page 10‑27.
Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
.
.
Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check on
page 10‑27.
Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
.
Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof on
page 2‑21.
.
Inspect brake system.
.
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of
wear. See Exterior Care on
page 10‑81.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (5,1)
Service and Maintenance
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
11-5
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
11-6
Black plate (6,1)
Service and Maintenance
Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services — Normal
a) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
replacement may be needed if the
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
b) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook‐up,
routing, and condition. Check that
the purge valve, if the vehicle has
one, works properly. Replace as
needed.
c) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.
d) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case output seals. High
pressure water can overcome the
seals and contaminate the transfer
case fluid. Contaminated fluid will
decrease the life of the transfer
case and should be replaced.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
e) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System on
page 10‑15.
f) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (7,1)
Service and Maintenance
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
11-7
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
11-8
Black plate (8,1)
Service and Maintenance
Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services — Severe
a) Or every two years, whichever
comes first.
b) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook‐up,
routing, and condition. Check that
the purge valve, if the vehicle has
one, works properly. Replace as
needed.
c) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.
d) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case output seals. High
pressure water can overcome the
seals and contaminate the transfer
case fluid. Contaminated fluid will
decrease the life of the transfer
case and should be replaced.
e) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System on
page 10‑15.
f) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Special Application
Services
.
Severe Commercial Use
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
components every 5 000 km/
3,000 mi.
.
Have underbody flushing service
performed once a year.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (9,1)
Service and Maintenance
Additional
Maintenance and Care
Your vehicle is an important
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly
repairs. To maintain vehicle
performance, additional
maintenance services may be
required. It is recommended
that your dealer perform these
services — their trained dealer
technicians know your vehicle best.
Your dealer can also perform a
thorough assessment with a
multi‐point inspection to recommend
when your vehicle may need
attention. The following list is
intended to explain the services and
conditions to look for that may
indicate services are required.
11-9
Battery
Brakes
The battery supplies power to start
the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
crucial to safe driving.
.
To avoid break‐down or failure to
start the vehicle, maintain a
battery with full cranking power.
.
Trained dealer technicians have
the diagnostic equipment to test
the battery and ensure that the
connections and cables are
corrosion‐free.
Belts
.
Belts may need replacing if they
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting.
.
Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the belts and
recommend replacement when
necessary.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
Signs of brake wear may include
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping.
.
Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the brakes and
recommend quality parts
engineered for the vehicle.
Fluids
Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
and components. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑12 for GM
approved fluids.
.
Engine oil and windshield
washer fluid levels should be
checked at every fuel fill.
.
Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
11-10
Black plate (10,1)
Service and Maintenance
Hoses
Shocks and Struts
Tires
Hoses transport fluids and should
be regularly inspected to ensure
that there are no cracks or leaks.
With a multi‐point inspection, your
dealer can inspect the hoses and
advise if replacement is needed.
Shocks and struts help aid in control
for a smoother ride.
Tires need to be properly inflated,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
the tires can save money, fuel, and
can reduce the risk of tire failure.
.
Lamps
Properly working headlamps,
taillamps, and brake lamps are
important to see and be seen on
the road.
.
Signs that the headlamps need
attention include dimming, failure
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be
checked periodically to ensure
that they light when braking.
.
With a multi‐point inspection,
your dealer can check the lamps
and note any concerns.
.
Signs of wear may include
steering wheel vibration, bounce/
sway while braking, longer
stopping distance, or uneven
tire wear.
As part of the multi‐point
inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs
of leaking, blown seals,
or damage, and can advise
when service is needed.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
rubber; cracks or cuts in the
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
split in the tire.
.
Trained dealer technicians can
inspect and recommend the right
tires. Your dealer can also
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (11,1)
Service and Maintenance
11-11
Vehicle Care
Windshield
Wiper Blades
To help keep the vehicle looking like
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and
exterior, see Interior Care on
page 10‑84 and Exterior Care on
page 10‑81.
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
Wheel Alignment
.
Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
.
Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.
Wheel alignment is critical for
ensuring that the tires deliver
optimal wear and performance.
.
Signs that the alignment may
need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
.
Your dealer has the required
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
.
Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
11-12
Black plate (12,1)
Service and Maintenance
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage
Engine Oil
Engine Coolant
Hydraulic Brake System
Windshield Washer
Fluid/Lubricant
Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, of
the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is
recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑10.
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10‑17.
DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88862806, in
Canada 88862807).
Optikleen® Washer Solvent.
Hydraulic Power Steering System
(V6 engines only)
DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Automatic Transmission
DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (13,1)
Service and Maintenance
Usage
Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive)
Key Lock Cylinders
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and
Release Pawl
Hood and Door Hinges
11-13
Fluid/Lubricant
Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 88861950, in Canada 88861951).
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 12346293, in Canada 992723)
or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Power Liftgate Actuator Ball Joint
Multi-Purpose Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674).
Weatherstrip Conditioning
Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887).
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
11-14
Black plate (14,1)
Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
GM Part Number
ACDelco Part Number
25899727
A3138C
12605566
PF457G
Engine Oil Filter
2.4L L4 Engine
3.0L V6 Engine
89017525
PF63
20901295
CF177
2.4L L4 Engine
12620540
41-108
3.0L V6 Engine
12622561
41-109
Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element
Spark Plugs
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in)
20794123
—
Passenger Side – 42.5 cm (16.7 in)
20794124
—
Rear – 32.5 cm (12.8 in)
25788783
—
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (15,1)
Service and Maintenance
11-15
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date
Odometer
Reading
Serviced By
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Services Performed
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
11-16
Date
Black plate (16,1)
Service and Maintenance
Odometer
Reading
Serviced By
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Services Performed
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (17,1)
Service and Maintenance
Date
Odometer
Reading
Serviced By
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Services Performed
11-17
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
11-18
Date
Black plate (18,1)
Service and Maintenance
Odometer
Reading
Serviced By
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Services Performed
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (1,1)
Technical Data
Technical Data
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4
12-1
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Service Parts
Identification Label
This label, on the inside of the glove
box, has the following information:
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
.
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
.
Model designation.
.
Paint information.
.
Production options and special
equipment.
Do not remove this label from the
vehicle.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
12-2
Black plate (2,1)
Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities
Application
Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a
Metric
English
For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge
amount, see the refrigerant label located under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System
2.4L L4 Engine
7.8 L
8.2 qt
3.0L V6 Engine
10.2 L
10.8 qt
2.4L L4 Engine
4.7 L
5.0 qt
3.0L V6 Engine
5.7 L
6.0 qt
2.4L L4 Engine
71.1 L
18.8 gal
3.0L V6 Engine
79.1 L
20.9 gal
Engine Oil with Filter
Fuel Tank
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (3,1)
Technical Data
Capacities
Application
Metric
English
2.4L L4 6–Speed Automatic*
8.5 L
9.0 qt
3.0L V6 6–Speed Automatic*
9.0 L
9.5 qt
190 Y
140 lb ft
Transmission Fluid (Drain and Refill)
Wheel Nut Torque
*See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10‑13 for information on checking fluid level.
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine
VIN Code
Transmission
Spark Plug Gap
2.4L L4
K
Automatic
0.9 mm (0.035 in)
3.0L V6
5
Automatic
1.1 mm (0.043 in)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
12-3
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
12-4
Black plate (4,1)
Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
3.0L V6 Engine
2.4L L4 Engine
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (1,1)
Customer Information
Customer
Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Assistance
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-5
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9
Collision Damage Repair . . . 13-10
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-13
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Reporting Safety Defects to
the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-15
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16
Navigation System . . . . . . . . . 13-17
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-17
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
13-1
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
important to your dealer and to
Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
with the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer's sales or
service departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions
of all concerned, misunderstandings
can occur. If your concern has not
been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
with a member of dealership
management. Normally, concerns
can be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
13-2
Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
resolved by your dealership without
further help, in the U.S., call the
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In
Canada, call General Motors of
Canada Customer Care Centre at
1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
We encourage you to call the
toll-free number in order to give your
inquiry prompt attention. Have the
following information available to
give the Customer Assistance
representative:
.
Black plate (2,1)
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). This is available
from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left of
the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.
.
Dealership name and location.
.
Vehicle delivery date and
present mileage.
When contacting Chevrolet,
remember that your concern will
likely be resolved at a dealer's
facility. That is why we suggest
following Step One first.
40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you
may reject it and proceed with any
other venue for relief available
to you.
STEP THREE — U.S. Owners:
Both General Motors and your
dealer are committed to making
sure you are completely satisfied
with the new vehicle. However,
if you continue to remain unsatisfied
after following the procedure
outlined in Steps One and Two, you
can file with the Better Business
Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program
to enforce your rights.
You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Program using the toll-free
telephone number or write them at
the following address:
The BBB Auto Line Program is an
out-of-court program administered
by the Council of Better Business
Bureaus to settle automotive
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the
program is free of charge and your
case will generally
be
heard
within
I
nf
or
mat
i
on
Pr
ovi
d
edby:
BBB Auto Line Program
Council of Better Business
Bureaus, Inc.
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203-1838
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
This program is available in all
50 states and the District of
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
vehicle age, mileage, and other
factors. General Motors reserves
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (3,1)
Customer Information
STEP THREE — Canadian
Owners: In the event that you do
not feel your concerns have been
addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
Limited wants you to be aware of its
participation in a no-charge
Mediation/Arbitration Program.
General Motors of Canada Limited
has committed to binding arbitration
of owner disputes involving
factory-related vehicle service
claims. The program provides for
the review of the facts involved by
an impartial third party arbiter, and
may include an informal hearing
before the arbiter. The program is
designed so that the entire dispute
settlement process, from the time
you file your complaint to the final
decision, should be completed in
about 70 days. We believe our
impartial program offers advantages
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
For further information concerning
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:
Customer Assistance
Offices
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada Limited
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
United States
The inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
Chevrolet encourages customers to
call the toll-free number for
assistance. However, if a customer
wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
the letter should be addressed to:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
www.Chevrolet.com
1-800-222-1020
1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Telephone Devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-243-8872
From Puerto Rico:
1-800-496-9992 (English)
1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
13-3
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
13-4
Black plate (4,1)
Customer Information
Canada
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gm.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
Mexico, Central America, and
Caribbean Islands/Countries
(Except Puerto Rico and U.S.
Virgin Islands)
General Motors de Mexico, S. de
R.L. de C.V.
Customer Assistance Center
Av. Ejercito Nacional #843
Col. Granada
C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F.
01-800-466-0800
Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0800
Overseas
Please contact the local General
Motors Business Unit.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Customer Assistance for
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (5,1)
Customer Information
Online Owner Center
Other Helpful Links
Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.)
www.chevyownercenter.com
Chevrolet — www.chevrolet.com
Information and services
customized for your specific
vehicle — all in one convenient
place.
.
Digital owner manual, warranty
information, and more.
.
Storage for online service and
maintenance records.
.
Chevrolet dealer locator for
service nationwide.
.
Exclusive privileges and offers.
.
Recall notices for your specific
vehicle.
.
Chevrolet Merchandise —
www.chevymall.com
Help Center — www.chevrolet.com/
pages/mds/helpcenter/faq.do
.
FAQ
.
Contact Us
My GM Canada www.gm.ca
Here are a few of the valuable tools
and services you will have
access to:
.
My Showroom: Find and save
information on vehicles and
current offers in your area.
.
My Dealers: Save details such
as address and phone number
for each of your preferred GM
dealers.
.
My Driveway: Access quick links
to parts and service estimates,
check trade-in values,
or schedule a service
appointment by adding the
vehicles you own to your
driveway profile.
.
My Preferences: Manage your
profile and use tools and forms
with greater ease.
My GM Canada is a
password-protected section of
www.gm.ca where you can save
information on GM vehicles, get
personalized offers, and use handy
tools and forms with greater ease.
OnStar and GM Cardmember
Services Earnings summaries.
To sign up, visit the My GM.ca
section within www.gm.ca.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
13-5
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
13-6
Black plate (6,1)
Customer Information
GM Mobility
Reimbursement Program
General Motors of Canada also has
a Mobility Program. Call
1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for
details. TTY users call
1-800-263-3830.
Roadside Assistance
Program
This program is available to
qualified applicants for cost
reimbursement of eligible
aftermarket adaptive equipment
required for the vehicle, such as
hand controls or a wheelchair/
scooter lift for the vehicle.
For U.S.‐purchased vehicles, call
1‐800‐243‐8872; (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1‐888‐889‐2438).
For Canadian‐purchased vehicles,
call 1-800-268-6800.
Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance,
have the following information
ready:
.
Your name, home address, and
home telephone number.
.
Telephone number of your
location.
.
Location of the vehicle.
.
Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.
.
Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and
delivery date of the vehicle.
.
Description of the problem.
Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.
For more information on the limited
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or
call the GM Mobility Assistance
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (7,1)
Customer Information
Coverage
Services Provided
Services are provided up to 5 years/
160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever
comes first.
.
Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.
.
Lock‐Out Service: Service to
unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out. A remote unlock may
be available if you have OnStar.
For security reasons, the driver
must present identification
before this service is given.
In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is not
covered.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Chevrolet and General Motors of
Canada Limited reserve the right to
make any changes or discontinue
the Roadside Assistance program at
any time without notification.
Chevrolet and General Motors of
Canada Limited reserve the right to
limit services or payment to an
owner or driver if they decide the
claims are made too often, or the
same type of claim is made many
times.
.
Emergency Tow from a Public
Road or Highway: Tow to the
nearest Chevrolet dealer for
warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is also given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
13-7
.
Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with the spare
tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
must be in good condition and
properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not
covered by the warranty.
.
Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery.
Services Not Included in
Roadside Assistance
.
Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws.
.
Legal fines.
.
Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
chains, or other traction devices.
.
Towing or services for vehicles
driven on a non-public road or
highway.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
13-8
Black plate (8,1)
Customer Information
Services Specific to
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
.
Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
is approximately $5 Canadian.
Diesel fuel delivery may be
restricted. Propane and other
fuels are not provided through
this service.
.
Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.
.
Trip Routing Service: Detailed
maps of North America are
provided when requested either
with the most direct route or the
most scenic route. There is a
limit of six requests per year.
Additional travel information is
also available. Allow three
weeks for delivery.
.
.
Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: Must be over
250 kilometers from where your
trip was started to qualify.
General Motors of Canada
Limited requires
pre-authorization, original
detailed receipts, and a copy of
the repair orders. Once
authorization has been received,
the Roadside Assistance advisor
will help to make arrangements
and explain how to receive
payment.
Alternative Service: If
assistance cannot be provided
right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give
permission to get local
emergency road service. You will
receive payment, up to $100,
after sending the original receipt
to Roadside Assistance.
Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Scheduling Service
Appointments
When the vehicle requires warranty
service, contact your dealer and
request an appointment. By
scheduling a service appointment
and advising the service consultant
of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department
immediately, keep driving it until it
can be scheduled for service,
unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call
your dealership, let them know this,
and ask for instructions.
If your dealer requests you to bring
the vehicle for service, you are
urged to do so as early in the work
day as possible to allow for
same-day repair.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (9,1)
Customer Information
Courtesy Transportation
Program
To enhance your ownership
experience, we and our participating
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Coverage period in Canada),
extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid‐specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation
options are available to assist in
reducing inconvenience when
warranty repairs are required.
Courtesy Transportation is not a
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet
entitled “Warranty and Owner
Assistance Information” furnished
with each new vehicle provides
detailed warranty coverage
information.
Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
if you are unable to wait, GM helps
to minimize inconvenience by
providing several transportation
options. Depending on the
circumstances, your dealer can offer
one of the following:
Shuttle Service
Shuttle service is the preferred
means of offering Courtesy
Transportation. Dealers may provide
shuttle service to get you to your
destination with minimal interruption
of your daily schedule. This includes
one‐way or round‐trip shuttle service
within reasonable time and distance
parameters of your dealer's area.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
13-9
Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement
If the vehicle requires overnight
warranty repairs, and public
transportation is used instead of
your dealer's shuttle service, the
expense must be supported by
original receipts and can only be up
to the maximum amount allowed by
GM for shuttle service. In addition,
for U.S. customers, should you
arrange transportation through a
friend or relative, limited
reimbursement for reasonable fuel
expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information regarding the allowance
amounts for reimbursement of fuel
or other transportation costs.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
13-10
Black plate (10,1)
Customer Information
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
Your dealer may arrange to provide
you with a courtesy rental vehicle or
reimburse you for a rental vehicle
that you obtain if the vehicle is kept
for an overnight warranty repair.
Rental reimbursement will be limited
and must be supported by original
receipts. This requires that you sign
and complete a rental agreement
and meet state/provincial, local, and
rental vehicle provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements,
insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
You are responsible for fuel usage
charges and may also be
responsible for taxes, levies, usage
fees, excessive mileage, or rental
usage beyond the completion of the
repair.
Additional Program
Information
All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at
every dealer. Please contact your
dealer for specific information
about availability. All Courtesy
Transportation arrangements will be
administered by appropriate dealer
personnel.
General Motors reserves the right to
unilaterally modify, change,
or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim
eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its
sole discretion.
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a
collision and it is damaged, have the
damage repaired by a qualified
technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement
parts. Poorly performed collision
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
value, and safety performance can
be compromised in subsequent
collisions.
Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials
and construction methods as the
parts with which the vehicle was
originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety
are preserved. The use of Genuine
GM parts can help maintain the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (11,1)
Customer Information
Recycled original equipment parts
may also be used for repair. These
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in
prior crashes. In most cases, the
parts being recycled are from
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
A recycled original equipment GM
part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally
designed appearance and safety
performance; however, the history of
these parts is not known. Such parts
are not covered by the GM New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
companies other than GM and may
not have been tested for the vehicle.
As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not
perform properly in subsequent
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
covered by the GM New Vehicle
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.
Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that
meets your needs before you ever
need collision repairs. Your dealer
may have a collision repair center
with GM-trained technicians and
state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
able to recommend a collision repair
center that has GM-trained
technicians and comparable
equipment.
Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
are significant differences in the
quality of coverage afforded by
various insurance policy terms.
Many insurance policies provide
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation for
damage repairs by using
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
13-11
aftermarket collision parts. Some
insurance companies will not
specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM
original equipment collision parts.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching
to another insurance carrier.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
company may require you to have
insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement
parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
13-12
Black plate (12,1)
Customer Information
If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call
emergency services for help. Do not
leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of.
Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are
instructed to move it by a police
officer.
Give only the necessary information
to police and other parties involved
in the crash.
For emergency towing see
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13‑6.
Gather the following information:
.
Driver name, address, and
telephone number.
.
Driver license number.
.
Owner name, address, and
telephone number.
.
Vehicle license plate number.
.
Vehicle make, model, and
model year.
.
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
.
Insurance company and policy
number.
.
General description of the
damage to the other vehicle.
Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts.
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
section.
If the airbag has inflated, see What
Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? on page 3‑26.
Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process
In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends
that you take an active role in its
repair. If you have a pre-determined
repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
your insurance company may
initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on
Genuine GM parts. Remember,
if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle
repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.
If another party's insurance
company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision policy
repair limits, as you have no
contractual limits with that company.
In such cases, you can have control
of the repair and parts choices as
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (13,1)
Customer Information
Service Publications
Ordering Information
Service Manuals
Service Manuals have the diagnosis
and repair information on the
engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical,
steering, body, etc.
Service Bulletins
Service Bulletins give additional
technical service information
needed to knowledgeably service
General Motors cars and trucks.
Each bulletin contains instructions
to assist in the diagnosis and
service of the vehicle.
13-13
Owner Information
Current and Past Models
Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and intended
to provide basic operational
information about the vehicle. The
Owner Manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all
models.
Technical Service Bulletins and
Manuals are available for current
and past model GM vehicles.
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Booklet.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Without Portfolio: Owner
Manual only.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
ORDER TOLL FREE:
1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday
8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time
For Credit Card Orders Only
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
Or write to:
Helm, Incorporated
P.O. Box 07130
Detroit, MI 48207
Prices are subject to change without
notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.
All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
funds.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
13-14
Black plate (14,1)
Customer Information
Reporting Safety
Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
to the United States
Government
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that
a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
Reporting Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or
write to:
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a safety
defect, notify Transport Canada
immediately, and notify General
Motors of Canada Limited. Call
Transport Canada at
1-800-333-0510 or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590
Transport Canada
Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
You can also obtain other
information about motor
vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (15,1)
Customer Information
Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy
This GM vehicle has a number of
sophisticated computers that record
information about the vehicle’s
performance and how it is driven.
For example, the vehicle uses
computer modules to monitor and
control engine and transmission
performance, to monitor the
conditions for airbag deployment
and deploy airbags in a crash, and,
if so equipped, to provide antilock
braking to help the driver control the
vehicle. These modules may store
data to help your dealer technician
service the vehicle. Some modules
may also store data about how you
operate the vehicle, such as rate of
fuel consumption or average speed.
These modules may also retain the
owner’s personal preferences, such
as radio pre-sets, seat positions,
and temperature settings.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
13-15
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle has an Event Data
Recorder (EDR). The main purpose
of an EDR is to record, in certain
crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an airbag deployment or
hitting a road obstacle, data that will
assist in understanding how a
vehicle's systems performed. The
EDR is designed to record data
related to vehicle dynamics and
safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed
to record such data as:
.
How various systems in the
vehicle were operating.
.
Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened.
.
How far, if at all, the driver was
pressing the accelerator and/or
brake pedal.
.
How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
13-16
Black plate (16,1)
Customer Information
This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances
in which crashes and injuries occur.
Important: EDR data is recorded
by the vehicle only if a non-trivial
crash situation occurs; no data is
recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) is recorded.
However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
investigation.
GM will not access this data or
share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or,
if the vehicle is leased, with the
consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be
used for GM research needs or may
be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
OnStar®
If the vehicle is equipped with an
active OnStar system, that system
may also record data in crash or
near crash‐like situations. The
OnStar Terms and Conditions
provides information on data
collection and use and is available
at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by
pressing the Q button and
speaking to an advisor. See OnStar
Overview on page 14‑1 for more
information.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (17,1)
Customer Information
Navigation System
If the vehicle has a navigation
system, use of the system may
result in the storage of destinations,
addresses, telephone numbers, and
other trip information. Refer to the
navigation manual for information on
stored data and for deletion
instructions.
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID)
RFID technology is used in some
vehicles for functions such as tire
pressure monitoring and ignition
system security, as well as in
connection with conveniences such
as key fobs for remote door locking/
unlocking and starting, and
in-vehicle transmitters for garage
door openers. RFID technology in
GM vehicles does not use or record
personal information or link with any
other GM system containing
personal information.
Radio Frequency
Statement
This vehicle has systems that
operate on a radio frequency that
comply with Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and with Industry Canada
Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. The device may not cause
harmful interference.
2. The device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
13-17
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
13-18
Black plate (18,1)
Customer Information
2 NOTES
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (1,1)
OnStar
OnStar
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar Services
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14-2
14-2
14-2
14-4
14-5
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
If equipped, this vehicle has a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live Advisor
for Emergency, Security, Navigation,
Connection, and Diagnostic
Services.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
14-1
The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
status light is:
.
Solid Green: System is ready.
.
Flashing Green: On a call.
.
Red: Indicates a problem.
Push Q or call 1‐888‐4‐ONSTAR
(1‐888‐466‐7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
Push
X to:
.
Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.
.
Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.
.
Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation voice commands.
Requires the available Directions
and Connections service plan.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
14-2
OnStar
Push Q to connect to a live
Advisor to:
.
Verify account information or
update contact information.
.
Get driving directions. Requires
the available Directions and
Connections service plan.
.
Receive On-Demand
Diagnostics for a check on the
vehicle’s key operating systems.
.
Receive Roadside Assistance.
Push ] to get a priority connection
to an Emergency Advisor available
24/7 to:
.
.
.
Black plate (2,1)
Get help for an emergency.
Be a Good Samaritan or
respond to an AMBER Alert.
Get crisis assistance and
evacuation routes.
OnStar Services
Navigation
Emergency
OnStar navigation requires the
Directions and Connections
service plan.
With Automatic Crash Response,
the built-in system can automatically
connect to help in a crash even if
you cannot ask for it.
Push ] to connect to an
Emergency Advisor. GPS
technology is used to identify the
vehicle location and can provide
critical information to emergency
personnel. The Advisor is also
trained to offer critical assistance in
emergency situations.
Security
OnStar provides services like Stolen
Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition
Block, and Roadside Assistance,
if the vehicle is equipped with these
services. OnStar can unlock the
vehicle doors remotely, if it is
equipped with automatic door locks,
and can help police locate the
vehicle if it is stolen.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Push Q to receive directions or
have them sent to the vehicle
navigation screen. Destinations can
also be forwarded to the vehicle
from Google Maps™ or
MapQuest.com. The OnStar
mapping database is continuously
updated. Visit www.onstar.com for
coverage maps.
Turn‐by‐Turn Navigation
1. Push Q to connect to a live
Advisor.
2. Request directions.
3. Directions are downloaded to the
vehicle.
4. Follow the voice-guided
commands.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (3,1)
OnStar
Using Voice Commands
During a Planned Route
Cancel Route
1. Push X. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say
“Cancel route.” System
responds: “Would you like to
cancel route directions to your
destination?”
2. Say “Yes.” System responds:
“OK, route canceled.”
3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice
commands.
Route Preview
1. Push X. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Route Preview.” System
responds with the next three
maneuvers.
Repeat
1. Push X. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Repeat.” System responds
with the last direction given, then
responds with “OnStar ready,”
then a tone.
3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice
commands.
Get My Destination
1. Push X. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Get my destination.”
System responds with miles to
the destination, then responds
with “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice
commands.
3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice
commands.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
14-3
Other Navigation Services
Available from OnStar
OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers
to send destinations from Google
Maps™ and MapQuest.com to their
Turn-by-Turn Navigation or
screen-based navigation system.
When ready, the directions will be
downloaded to the vehicle.
Destination Download: Push
Q, then request the Advisor to
download directions to the
navigation system in the vehicle.
After the call ends, push the “Go”
button on the navigation screen to
begin driving directions.
Destinations can also be
downloaded on the go. For
information about eNav, Destination
Download, and coverage maps visit
www.onstar.com.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
14-4
Black plate (4,1)
OnStar
Connections
End a Call
OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows
calls to be made and received from
the vehicle. The vehicle can also be
controlled from a cell phone through
the OnStar mobile app. See
www.onstar.com for coverage maps.
Push X. System responds: “Call
ended.”
Hands-Free Calling
1. Push X. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Dial.” System responds:
“Please say the name or number
to call.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing, including a “1” and the
area code. System responds:
“OK calling.”
Retrieve My Number
1. Push X. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
Store a Name Tag for Speed
Dialing
1. Push X. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Store.” System responds:
“Please say the number you
would like to store.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing. System responds:
“Please say the name tag.”
4. Pick a name tag. “System
responds: ”About to store <name
tag>. Does that sound OK?”
5. Say “Yes” or “No” to try again.
System responds: “OK, storing
<name tag>.”
2. Say “My Number.” System
responds: “Your OnStar
Hands-Free Calling number is.”
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Place a Call Using a Stored
Number
1. Push X. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call <name tag>.” System
responds: “OK, calling
<name tag>.”
Verify Minutes and Expiration
Push X and say “minutes” then
“verify” to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.
OnStar Mobile App
With an iPhone® or
Android™-based mobile device, an
OnStar mobile app can be
downloaded. The vehicle can be
remote started, if equipped, or the
doors can be unlocked from
anywhere there is cell phone
service. It can also check the fuel
level, tire pressure, and oil life.
It can connect to an OnStar Advisor
anytime. For OnStar mobile app
compatibility or further information,
see www.onstar.com.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (5,1)
OnStar
Diagnostics
OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will
perform a vehicle check every
month. It will check the engine,
transmission, antilock brakes, and
major vehicle systems. It also
checks the tire pressures, if the
vehicle is equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System. If a
diagnostics check is needed
between e-mails, push Q, and an
Advisor can run a check.
OnStar Additional
Information
Transferring Service
Push Q to request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor
can assist in canceling or removing
account information. If OnStar
receives information that vehicle
ownership has changed, OnStar
may send a voice message to the
vehicle, requesting updated account
information.
Reactivation for Subsequent
Owners
Push Q and follow the prompts to
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible after acquiring the vehicle.
The Advisor will update vehicle
records and will explain the OnStar
service offers and options available.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
14-5
How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
are available on most vehicles. Not
all OnStar services are available
everywhere or on all vehicles. For
more information, a full description
of OnStar services, system
limitations, and OnStar terms and
conditions, see www.onstar.com
(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada);
contact OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR
(1‐888‐466‐7827) or TTY
1‐877‐248‐2080; or push Q to
speak with an Advisor. OnStar
services require a vehicle electrical
system, wireless service, and GPS
satellite technologies to be available
and operating for features to
function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
14-6
Black plate (6,1)
OnStar
OnStar service cannot work unless
your vehicle is in a place where
OnStar has an agreement with a
wireless service provider for service
in that area, and the wireless
service provider has coverage,
network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar’s
service. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot
work unless GPS signals are
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar
hardware. OnStar service may not
work if the OnStar equipment is not
properly installed or it has not been
properly maintained. If equipment or
software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar service may not
work. Other problems beyond
OnStar’s control may prevent
service such as hills, tall buildings,
tunnels, weather, electrical system
design and architecture of the
vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a
crash, or wireless phone network
congestion or jamming.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑17 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
Services for People with
Disabilities
Advisors provide services to help
subscribers with physical disabilities
and medical conditions.
Push
Q for help with:
.
Locating a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas.
.
Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
that meets accessibility needs.
.
Providing directions to the
closest hospital or pharmacy in
urgent situations.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to
communicate to the deaf,
hard‐of‐hearing, or speech‐impaired
customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer‐installed TTY
system can provide in-vehicle
access to all of the OnStar services,
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Turn‐by‐Turn Navigation.
Onstar.com
The website provides access to
account information, manages the
OnStar subscription, and allows
viewing of videos of each service.
Get subscription plan pricing and
sign up for OnStar Vehicle
Diagnostics. Click on the “My
Account” tab on the home page.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (7,1)
OnStar
OnStar Personal Identification
Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some of
the OnStar services, like Remote
Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle
Assistance. You will be prompted to
change the PIN the first time when
speaking with an Advisor. To
change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar
and provide the Advisor with the
current number.
Warranty
OnStar equipment may be
warranted as part of the new-vehicle
limited warranty. The manufacturer
of the vehicle furnishes detailed
warranty information.
Languages
The vehicle can be programmed to
respond in French or Spanish. Push
Q and ask an Advisor. Advisors
can speak French or Spanish.
Potential Issues
Some OnStar services are disabled
after five days. OnStar cannot
perform Remote Door Unlock or
Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the
vehicle has been off continuously
for five days. After five days, OnStar
can contact Roadside Assistance
and a locksmith to help gain access
to the vehicle.
Global Positioning
System (GPS)
.
Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall
buildings; in parking garages;
around airports; in tunnels,
underpasses, or parking
garages; or in an area with very
dense trees. If GPS signals are
not available, the OnStar system
should still operate to call
OnStar. However, OnStar could
have difficulty identifying the
exact location.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
14-7
.
In emergency situations, OnStar
can use the last stored GPS
location to send to emergency
responders.
.
A temporary loss of GPS can
cause loss of the ability to send
a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route.
The Advisor may give a verbal
route or may ask for a call back
after the vehicle is driven into an
open area.
Cellular and GPS Antennas
Avoid placing items over or near the
antenna to prevent blocking cellular
and GPS signal reception. Cellular
reception is required for OnStar to
send remote signals to the vehicle.
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
14-8
Black plate (8,1)
OnStar
Unable to Connect to OnStar
Message
If there is limited cellular coverage
or the cellular network has reached
maximum capacity, this message
may come on. Push Q to try the
call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.
Add-on Electrical Equipment
Privacy
The OnStar system is integrated
into the electrical architecture of the
vehicle. Do not add any electrical
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment on page 9‑63. Added
electrical equipment may interfere
with the operation of the OnStar
system and cause it to not operate.
The complete OnStar Privacy
Statement may be found at
www.onstar.com. Privacy-sensitive
users of wireless communications
are cautioned that the privacy of any
information sent via wireless cellular
communications cannot be assured.
Third parties may unlawfully
intercept or access transmissions
and private communications without
consent.
Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (1,1)
INDEX
A
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-63
Additional Information,
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Adjustments
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-14
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Air Filter, Passenger
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Airbag
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Airbag System (cont.)
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-23
Airbags
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-13
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
Alarm System
Anti-theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . 10-26, 9-33
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14, 7-16
Antenna
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-23
Anti-theft
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Alarm System Messages . . . . .5-32
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
i-1
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84
Assistance Program,
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-24
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-27
Audio System
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-23
Rear Seat (RSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-2
Automatic
Climate Control System . . . . . . . . 8-3
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . 9-29
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
Shift Lock Control
Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
i-2
Black plate (2,1)
INDEX
B
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-29
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . 7-36, 7-38, 7-42
Brake System Warning Light . . . 5-17
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-35
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34, 6-4
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Bulb Replacement (cont.)
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-35
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
and Backup Lamps . . . . . . . . 10-34
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
C
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
California
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-52
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Camera, Rear Vision . . . . . . . . . . 9-45
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9, 2-10
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Cargo
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Cautions, Danger, and
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-1
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-14
Check
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Ignition
Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-28
Child Restraints
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-43
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50, 3-52
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (3,1)
INDEX
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 8-1
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-10
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-73
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Connections, OnStar® . . . . . . . . . 14-4
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Coolant
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Engine Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9
Cover
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4
Customer Information
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-13
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-10
Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-15
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Devices, Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Diagnostics, OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
i-3
Door
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4
Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . 10-26, 9-33
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Driving
Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-57
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-26
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . .9-12
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . .9-15
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-16
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
i-4
Black plate (4,1)
INDEX
E
E85 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53
ECO Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Economy Mode
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
Electrical Equipment,
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-63
Electrical System
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Emergency, OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Check and Service Engine
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Cooling System Messages . . .5-29
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Engine (cont.)
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-29
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Engine Oil
Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-15
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1
F
Features
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-3
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-86
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-13
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Fog Lamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . 10-34, 6-4
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Front Fog Lamp
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-52
E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . . . . . . .9-53
Economy Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-56
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-54
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . .9-52
Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-51
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-22
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (5,1)
INDEX
Fuel (cont.)
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-51
Requirements, California . . . . .9-52
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Fuel Economy
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-26
Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
G
Gasoline
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-51
Gauges
Engine Coolant
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Warning Lights and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-56
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
H
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-3
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Headlamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-23
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-23
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
i-5
Heater
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Heating and Air
Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1, 8-3
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-12
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
I
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Instrument Panel
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
i-6
Black plate (6,1)
INDEX
J
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
K
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-30
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
L
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-43
Lamps
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-2
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-15
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . . 9-48
Lane Departure Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49
LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Liftgate
Carbon Monoxide . . . . . . . . 2-9, 2-10
Light
StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Lighting
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Lights
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-17
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Lights (cont.)
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . .5-18
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-12
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Locks
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-22
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (7,1)
INDEX
M
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15
Maintenance Schedule
Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-15
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Messages
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Anti-theft Alarm System . . . . . . .5-32
Battery Voltage and
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-29
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Messages (cont.)
Object Detection System . . . . .5-30
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Mirrors
Automatic Dimming
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Park Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Monitor System, Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
i-7
N
Navigation
Vehicle Data Recording
and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
Navigation, OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
O
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-35
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
i-8
Black plate (8,1)
INDEX
OnStar®
Additional Information . . . . . . . .14-5
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-4
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-1
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
OnStar® System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Operation, Infotainment
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Ordering
Service Publications . . . . . . . . 13-13
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Overview, Infotainment
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3, 7-5
Overview, OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
P
Park
Shifting into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Shifting out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
Park Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Parking
Assist, Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-43
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34
Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-28
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-28
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-28
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . 7-36, 7-38, 7-42
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-25
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Pregnancy, Using Safety
Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Privacy
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-17
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-9
Proposition 65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
R
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-17
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
Radios
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14, 7-16
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-23
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Rear Seat Entertainment System
Rear Seat Audio (RSA) . . . . . . .7-34
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (9,1)
INDEX
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-45
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-5
Rearview Mirror
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Recommended
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-51
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
Reimbursement Program,
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-34
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-20
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-14
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Ride Control Systems
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
i-9
S
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-20
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-18
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-14
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-8
Seats
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-5
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
i-10
Black plate (10,1)
INDEX
Seats (cont.)
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Securing Child
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50, 3-52
Security
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Security, OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Service
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-4
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-15
Maintenance, General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1
Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-8
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Shift Lock Control Function
Check, Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
Sidemarker
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Spare Tire
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
StabiliTrak
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-37
Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-27
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Storage Areas
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
System
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
Black plate (11,1)
INDEX
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Taillamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-14
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Tires
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-53
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-51
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Tires (cont.)
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-62
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Towing
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-57
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-62
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-56
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-78
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-63
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
Traction
Control System (TCS) . . . . . . . .9-35
Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
i-11
Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . .9-63
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Transportation Program,
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Turn Signal
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
U
Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . . 9-43
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual - 2012
i-12
Black plate (12,1)
INDEX
V
W
Vehicle
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Vehicle Identification
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Warning Light
Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Wheels
Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-41
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
Windshield
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-29
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement